100% found this document useful (1 vote)

6K views

TM 9 2350 388 23 1 1 PDF

This technical manual provides instructions for field maintenance of the M1A2 Abrams tank. It is the first volume of 7 that make up the maintenance manual. The manual supersedes an earlier version and contains warnings about safety precautions that must be followed when operating or maintaining the equipment. Failure to observe the precautions could result in injury or death. The warnings address hazards from high voltage, lasers, exhaust gases, heavy parts, hot surfaces, and other dangers associated with the tank.

Uploaded by

Anton Mihailov

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

6K views

TM 9 2350 388 23 1 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Anton Mihailov

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 844

*TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TECHNICAL MANUAL

FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR
TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED:

120 MM GUN, M1A2

SYSTEM ENHANCEMENT PACKAGE (SEP)
(NSN 2350-01-328-5964) (EIC: AAF)
GENERAL ABRAMS

ELECTRICAL
Electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard is present.

WARNING

EXPLOSION
Rapidly expanding symbol shows that gun may fire or ammunition may explode if handled improperly or subjected
to high temperatures, sources of ignition or high pressure.

a Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

FIRE EXTINGUISHER DISCHARGE

Fire extinguisher spraying human face shows that vapors present a hazard to life or health.

WARNING

FLYING PARTICLES
Arrows bouncing off face shows that particles flying through the air will harm face.

WARNING

HEAVY PARTS
Heavy object on human figure shows that heavy parts present a danger to life or limb.

WARNING

HEAVY PARTS
Foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.

WARNING

HOT AREA
Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.

Change 1 b
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

LASER LIGHT
Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections.

WARNING

POISON
Skull and crossbones shows that a material is poisonous or is a danger to life.

WARNING

SHARP OBJECT
Pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.

WARNING

SLICK FLOOR
Wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents a danger for falling.

WARNING

TURRET HAZARD
Crushed human figure shows that rotating turret presents a danger to life or limb.

c Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

VAPOR
Human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or health.

Change 1 d
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

You can be blinded if you look into a laser beam when you are not wearing laser safety goggles. Never aim the laser
rangefinder at personnel.

If laser beam reflects from a flat, mirrorlike surface, it can blind you unless you are wearing laser safety goggles.
All people who work downrange of the laser must wear laser safety goggles. Laser safety goggles,
NSN 4240-00-258-2054, or an approved substitute, will protect you.
Treat the laser rangefinder as a direct-fire weapon, with hazardous range of 5 miles (8 kilometers). Observe the
following precautions when the laser rangefinder is being used:
1. Never fire the laser rangefinder at a target less than 33 feet (10 meters) away.
2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirrorlike targets.
3. Never fire the laser rangefinder if gunner's primary sight window is cracked.
4. Fire the laser rangefinder only at approved laser targets on an approved laser-firing range.
5. Report through the chain of command if:
a. An unprotected person may have been in the beam path and closer than 5 miles (8 kilometers) when
the laser rangefinder was fired.
b. An unprotected person was looking at a flat glass or mirrorlike surface when the laser rangefinder
was fired at it.

NOTE

GUN/TURRET MOVEMENT
Do not place any part of the body through the opening between driver's station and turret unless turret lock is locked
and turret power is off.
Do not place any part of the body above/below the main gun breech unless main gun elevation travel lock is locked
and turret power is off.
Alert crew by announcing "POWER" and make sure all areas around turret, main gun, and breech are cleared
before operating main gun or turret, or before operating palm switches. Injury or death could result if turret is
traversed while body parts are extended between turret and hull or if main gun is moved while body parts are near
breech or gun tube.
Keeps hands away from operating breech.
When palm switches are depressed, main gun or turret can move suddenly if any of the following conditions exist:
1. MRS UPDATE menu is displayed on gunner's control and display panel.
2. GUN/TURRET DRIVE switch on loader's panel is in POWERED position and FIRE CONTROL MODE switch
on gunner's primary sight is in NORMAL or EMERGENCY position.
3. GUN/TURRET DRIVE switch on loader's panel is moved to or from EL UNCPL position.
4. FIRE CONTROL MODE switch is in NORMAL or EMERGENCY position and main gun is over rear deck and is
below 0 degrees elevation.
5. AMMO SELECT pushbutton is pushed to change from one ammo type to another.
6. TARGET RANGE is changed.
7. BALLISTIC SOLUTIONS run in NORMAL mode, with hydraulics active.

Change 1 j
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip-guarding
and personal protective equipment (goggles/faceshield, gloves, etc.).

WARNING

Hot equipment can burn you. To avoid injury, wait until engine parts and hydraulic tubes and hoses are cool enough
to touch before you start work.

WARNING

Heavy parts can crush you. To avoid injury, keep out from under and clear of heavy parts at all times.

WARNING

Remove rings, bracelets, wristwatches, and neck chains before working around the tank. Jewelry can catch on
equipment and cause injury, or may short across an electrical circuit and cause severe burns or electrical shock.

WARNING

Ammunition containing explosives must be handled with care at all times. The explosive in primers and fuses is very
sensitive to shock and high temperature. If ammunition is dropped, thrown, tumbled, or dragged, an explosion may
result, causing death or injury and destruction of equipment. Disassembly of ammunition is not authorized.

k Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

Follow the safety precautions listed in TM 9-1005-213-10 when you handle or remove commander's weapon.
Commander's weapon may fire and cause injury or death if you do not follow precautions.

WARNING

Look at sling and lifting points for breaks or wear before and during hoisting. Remove bad sling and install new sling.
Sling can break and cause injury or death.

WARNING

Do not run bare hand on metal braided cables or hoses. Wires on cables or hoses can cut you. Wear protective
gloves.

WARNING

Wipe up spilled fuel immediately with rags. You can slip and fall on spilled fuel.

WARNING

Engine exhaust can kill you. To avoid injury, operate powerpack in a well-ventilated area only.

Change 1 l
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

Be sure vehicle master power is off before you work on any part of the electrical system. You can get electrical
shock or burns if power is on.

WARNING

Do not put a trouble light within 2 in. (5.08 cm) of a fire sensor. A trouble light too near a fire sensor can cause fire
extinguishers to discharge. Extinguisher gas will irritate eyes and throat and could be hazardous. If fire
extinguishers are discharged, tank should be evacuated and aired within 5 minutes.

WARNING

Tools may short across positive and negative conductor busses and cause burns or electrical shock. To avoid injury
when working in battery compartment, make sure that tools do not short circuit batteries.

WARNING

Do not open two skirts on the same hinge line at same time. Skirts may fall and cause serious injury. Hinge lines are
between skirts 1 and 2, 3 and 4, and 5 and 6.

WARNING

To avoid injury, stay away from powerpack when engine is started.

m Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNING ICONS

WARNING

BIOLOGICAL
Abstract symbol bug shows that a material may contain bacteria or viruses that present a danger to life or health.

WARNING

CHEMICAL
Drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.

WARNING

CHEMICAL WARFARE
Three circles joined in center by a fourth circle shows that a chemical substance presents a danger to life or health.

WARNING

EXPLOSION
A rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of
ignition or high pressure.

WARNING

EYE PROTECTION
A person with goggles shows that the material will injure the eyes.

Change 1 n
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

FIRE
A flame shows that a material may ignite and cause burns.

WARNING

RADIATION
Three circular wedges shows that the material emits radioactive energy and can injure human tissue.

WARNING

VAPOR
A human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or health.

o Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

RADIATION HAZARD
Safety Precautions
This item contains radioactive material. Control of this radioactive material is mandated by federal law. Immediately
report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Radiation Safety Staff Officer (RSSO). If your RSSO cannot be
reached contact the TACOM Safety Office at COM (586) 282-6194 or DSN 786-6194.
1. Tritium (H3).
a. Fire control devices contain luminescent phosphor activated by radioactive tritium gas sealed in
glass capsules. The self-luminous sources are regulated by a Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) license
issued to RI (12-00722-06). Removal of the sources in the field is prohibited by Federal law.
b. Users of fire control devices are required to perform visual checks of the fire control equipment
before, during, and after operation. A loss of illumination may indicate the source is broken. Do not attempt to
repair a non-illuminated instrument in the field. Removal of non-illuminated tritium module(s) is not authorized.
Wear disposable gloves and remove the next higher assembly. Double bag assembly in plastic bags and mark
bag: BROKEN TRITIUM DEVICE-DO NOT OPEN. Notify RSSO and request disposition instructions from RI
National Inventory Control Point (NICP). If breakage occurs while handling the device, restrict area and
immediately notify your RSSO. The RSSO will notify RI License Manager and NICP for disposition instructions.
c. Maintenance and indoor storage areas are to be well ventilated and surveyed quarterly by RSSO to
monitor for tritium contamination. Limit indoor storage to 1000 curies per separate room. Ensure work benches
are covered with absorbent paper (e.g., kraft paper) and spare parts in the maintenance area kept to a
minimum. Additional safety precautions and emergency procedures are in TM 9-254, General Maintenance
Procedures for Fire Control Materiel.
2. Thorium (Th232).
a. The anti-reflective coating on all thermal optics in the gunner's primary sight are coated with thorium
fluoride (ThF4) which is slightly radioactive. The only potential hazard involves ingestion or inhalation of this
coating material. Contact CECOM Safety Office at (732) 427-3112, DSN 987-3112 for radiological control
instructions of broken lenses. Contact your RSSO for further information prior to performing maintenance on
subject items. CECOM holds the NRC license (29-01022-14) for the thorium coating used on the gunner's
primary sight. The RSSO will notify RI NICP for disposition instructions.

Change 1 p
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

b. The M1 series tank contains a turbine engine combustor liner. The liner is a metallic alloy composed
of thorium 232 evenly dispersed in nickel. If the liner breaks or melts, call your RSSO. In coordination with
RSSO, bag liner and all pieces. RSSO will notify TACOM NICP for disposition instructions. Disposal is not
authorized below depot level. Unserviceable combustor liners will be disposed of as radioactive waste or sent
to a licensed thorium rework facility in the Army. The combustor liner is a nonrepairable component. The only
maintenance function allowed is replacement with a new one. Combustor liners separated from vehicle
engines will be tagged/labeled with the words RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL-TH232 and otherwise labeled in
accordance with MIL-STD-129. The combustor liner is regulated through a Department of Army (DA)
Authorization A21-12-05, issued to TACOM.
3. Depleted Uranium (DU or U238). DU is a metal used in munitions and M1A1/M1A2 tank armor because of its
high density. Damage or fire to the DU munitions/armor may result in contaminated smoke, ash, or dust (refer to TB
9-1300-278). DU is an internal health hazard if inhaled, ingested, or embedded in skin. It presents both radiological
and toxicological effects. If handling bare metal is necessary, gloves must be worn. Operations Support Command
(OSC) holds the NRC license for the DU munitions (SUC 1380). The RSSO will notify the OSC License Manager
and OSC NICP for disposition instructions for unserviceable ammunition. The armor is completely encased and
presents no hazard unless it is opened up exposing the DU armor. The RSSO will notify the TACOM License
Manager and TACOM NICP for disposition instructions if armor is ruptured or penetrated. TACOM holds the NRC
license for the DU armor (SUB 1536). Exposure to radiation in the crew compartment of an undamaged tank, by
the DU munitions and armor, is minimal.
4. Engine Spark Igniters. The engines of the M1 series tank contain engine igniters that have nickel 63, cesium
137, and krypton 85 radioactive materials. Hazards exist with these items when they are broken open or when they
are stored in bulk quantities. If either of these conditions exist the RSSO must be notified. The RSSO will take action
to mitigate the conditions and notify TACOM NICP. The spark igniters are licensed through a Department of Army
(DA) Authorization A21-12-04, issued to TACOM.
Identification and Disposal
Radioactive materials are identified by warning labels. These labels should not be removed and should be replaced
immediately when necessary. Dispose of radioactive materials in accordance with AR 385-10, The Army Safety
Program. Command NICP information is contained in TB 43-0116, Identification of Radioactive Items in the Army.
Rules and Regulation
Copies of the following rules and regulations may be obtained from the commands listed in the paragraph below:
1. Title 10 CFR Part 19 - Notices, Instructions, and Reports to Workers; Inspections
2. Title 10 CFR Part 20 - Standards for Protection Against Radiation
3. Title 10 CFR Part 21 - Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance
4. NRC License, license conditions, and license application

q Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

Additional Information
1. Upon notification of fire/breakage or theft/loss of licensed materials, Local Radiation Safety Officer (LRSO) or
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Officer/NCO should immediately notify the RSSO at
the following appropriate offices:
a. Tritium Fire Control Devices: HQ TACOM LCMC-Warren, ATTN: AMSTA-CSC-Z, Warren, MI
48397-5000, COM (586) 282-6194 or DSN 786-6194.
b. Thorium Coated Optics: HQ, CECOM, ATTN: AMSEL-SF-RE, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5024,
COM (732) 427-3112 or DSN 987-3112.
c. DU Ammunition: HQ, JMC, ATTN: AMSJM-RDO, Rock Island, IL 61299-6000, COM (309)
782-0338/2969 or DSN 793-0338/2969 and after duty hours Staff Duty Officer at DSN 793-7270 or COM (309)
782-7270; 24 hours.
d. Thorium Combustor Liners, DU Armor, and Engine Spark Igniters: HQ TACOM LCMC-Warren,
ATTN: AMSTA-CSC-Z, Warren, MI 48397-5000, DSN 786-7635/6194 or COM (586) 282-7635/6194 and after
duty hours Staff Duty Officer at DSN 786-6692 or COM (586) 282-6692.
2. Contact the base safety office for the name and telephone number of your LRSO or CBRN Officer/NCO.

LRSO or CBRN Officer/NCO: ______________________________________________

TELEPHONE: _____________________
First Aid
For further information on first aid, refer to FM 4-25.11.

Change 1 r
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

MIL-C-81302 CLEANING COMPOUND (FREON) CAN KILL YOU

MIL-C-81302 Cleaning Compound (Freon) is a liquid without color that, during use, quickly turns to a gas heavier
than air. Freon gas replaces oxygen needed for breathing and can kill you. Breathing high doses of air with Freon
gas can cause a sleepy feeling, loss of concentration, a heavy feeling in the head, loss of muscle control, a change
in heartbeat, or coma. Brain damage or death can result from heavy exposure. Freon gas can become dangerously
concentrated under conditions of no air movement, such as in the bottom of a tank turret, or in a driver's station.
Freon can cause skin rash, and can blind you if it gets in your eyes.
Precautions must be followed to insure crew safety when Freon is being used for any purpose:
1. DO NOT use Freon from an open container. Use only 16 oz (473 mL), or smaller, aerosol cans of Freon. The
use of any other size or type of Freon is not allowed. Use the smallest amount of Freon possible to do a task.
2. DO NOT use Freon in a closed place unless the place has a lot of moving air. DO NOT use in a closed place by
yourself, use the Buddy System.
3. BE ALERT at all times for exposure symptoms when using Freon. Ignoring exposure symptoms can prevent
escape from closed places. If symptoms are present, IMMEDIATELY REMOVE AFFECTED CREW TO FRESH
AIR. DO NOT PERMIT PHYSICAL EXERCISE; if necessary, give artificial respiration, and get immediate
medical attention. DO NOT GIVE STIMULANTS, such as coffee.
4. DO NOT use Freon near open fire. Freon may decompose and can produce poisonous gases that can cause
injury or death.
5. ALWAYS WEAR protective clothing and rubber gloves when using Freon. Wash immediately with mild soap and
water if Freon gets on skin or clothing. Do not wear clothing wet with Freon; remove and wash clothing before
reuse.
6. ALWAYS WEAR safety glasses when using Freon. If Freon gets in your eyes, flush them with water for 15
minutes and then get medical attention.

s Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

HEALTH/ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD
Gas particulate filters use ASC Whetlerite Carbon which contains Chromium VI. Chromium VI is a known
carcinogen if inhaled or swallowed. Damaged, used, or unusable filters are classified as hazardous waste:
1. DO NOT throw away any damaged, used, or unusable filters as ordinary trash.
2. DO turn in damaged, used, or unusable filters to your hazardous waste management office or local Defense
Reutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO).
3. Gas particulate filters are completely safe to handle and use if they are not damaged in such a way that carbon
leaks from them. In the unlikely event that carbon should leak, use protection such as dust respirator to cover
nose and mouth and put carbon in container such as self-sealing plastic bag; turn in to the hazardous waste
management office or DRMO.
4. Disposal of hazardous waste is restricted by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act as amended (42
U.S.C.A. sec 6901 et seq). Violation of these laws is subject to severe criminal penalties.

Change 1 t
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, AND NUCLEAR

HANDLE CAREFULLY
After Chemical, Biological, Radiological, And Nuclear (CBRN) exposure of this vehicle, all air filters must be handled
with extreme caution. Unprotected personnel may experience injury or death if residual toxic agents or radioactive
material are present. If vehicle is exposed to chemical or biological agents, servicing personnel must wear
protective mask, hood, protective overgarment, and chemical-protective gloves and boots. All contaminated air
filters must be placed in double-lined plastic bags and swiftly moved to a segregation area away from the work site.
The same procedure applies for radioactive dust contamination; however, the company CBRN team should
measure the radiation prior to filter removal to determine the extent of safety procedures required in accordance
with the CBRN Annex to the unit Standing Operating Procedures (SOP). The segregation area in which the
contaminated air filters are temporarily stored must be marked with appropriate CBRN placards. Final disposal of
contaminated air filters shall be in accordance with local SOP. Refer to TB 43-0219 for more information.

u Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

ADHESIVE

Adhesive causes immediate bonding on contact with eyes, skin, or clothing, burns easily, and gives off harmful
vapors. To avoid injury, wear protective goggles, keep away from open fire, and use in a well-ventilated area. Attempt
to keep eyes open if adhesive gets in them and flush with water. Get immediate medical attention.

WARNING

BATTERY ACID

Always wear goggles, rubber gloves, and rubber apron when handling batteries. Battery acid is harmful to skin and
will ruin clothing.

WARNING

CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, AND NUCLEAR (CBRN) FILTERS

Wear protective clothing when you handle contaminated CBRN filters. Contaminated CBRN filters can cause
serious illness or death.

WARNING

CLEANING COMPOUND
Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, use in a well-ventilated
area. Wash immediately with soap and water if compound gets on skin or clothing.

Change 1 v
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

DENATURED ALCOHOL

Denatured alcohol burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use
in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with eyes and do not take internally. If swallowed or splashed in eyes get
immediate medical attention.

WARNING

DRY CLEANING SOLVENT

Dry Cleaning Solvent is toxic and flammable. To avoid injury, wear protective goggles and gloves and use in a
well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes, and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open
fire or excessive heat. The flash point for Type I Dry Cleaning Solvent is 100°F (38°C), and for Type II is 140°F
(60°C). If you become dizzy while using Dry Cleaning Solvent, get fresh air immediately and get medical aid. If
contact with eyes is made, wash your eyes with water and get medical aid immediately.

WARNING

FUEL

Keep fuel away from open fire and keep fire extinguisher within easy reach when working with fuel. Do not let fuel
drain on hot engine. Fuel is very flammable and can explode easily. Fuel can catch fire and cause injury or death.
Fuel is highly combustible. Put up NO SMOKING WITHIN 50 FEET (15 METERS) OF VEHICLE signs before
draining fuel.

w Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

HYDRAULIC FLUID

Fire Resistant Hydraulic (FRH) fluid may contain tricresyl phosphate which, if taken internally, can produce
paralysis. Hydraulic fluid may be absorbed through the skin. Wear long sleeves, gloves, goggles, and faceshield. If
FRH gets in eyes, wash them immediately and get medical aid immediately. If FRH gets on skin, thoroughly wash
with soap and water. Wash hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking. Application of these measures is
considered an effective control of the hazard.
Always wear safety glasses when working on the hydraulic system. If hydraulic fluid gets in your eyes, you can be
blinded.

WARNING

INSULATING COMPOUND

Insulating compound burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and
use in a well-ventilated area.

WARNING

LUBRICATING OIL

Do not get lubricating oil on skin or clothing. Lubricating oil may cause skin rash. If oil gets on skin or clothing, wash
immediately with soap and water.
Engine lubricating oils (MIL-PRF-23699 and MIL-PRF-7808) may contain tricresyl phosphate which, if taken
internally, can produce paralysis. Engine oil may be absorbed through the skin. Wear long sleeves, gloves, goggles,
and faceshield. If engine oil gets in eyes, wash them immediately and get medical aid immediately. If engine oil gets
on skin, thoroughly wash with soap and water. Wash hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking. Application of
these measures is considered an effective control of the hazard.

Change 1 x
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

METHYL-ISOBUTYL-KETONE (MIBK)

Methyl-isobutyl-ketone burns easily and can give off harmful vapors that can irritate eyes, nose, and throat and can
cause headache, dizziness, and nausea. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapors, keep away from eyes and avoid
prolonged skin contact. Use of a respirator is required. Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves. Keep away from
open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.

WARNING

PLUG VALVE GREASE

Plug valve grease is toxic to skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Avoid skin and eye contact. Do not consume or drink
in area. Do not smoke in area. Ensure area is properly ventilated.

WARNING

POTTING COMPOUND

Potting compound burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use
in a well-ventilated area.

WARNING

PRIMER

Primer burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use in a
well-ventilated area.

y Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

WARNING

SEALING COMPOUND

Sealing compound is harmful to skin and clothing, can burn easily, and gives off harmful vapors. Use sealing
compounds away from open fire and in a well-ventilated area.

Sealing compound can cause skin rash and eye irritation. Wear rubber gloves and goggles while using compound.
Wash immediately with soap and water if compound gets on skin. Flush immediately with water and get medical aid
if compound gets in eyes.

WARNING

SOLVENT

Solvent can irritate skin, can burn easily, and gives off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep solvent away from heat,
wear protective clothing, and use in a well-ventilated area.

Change 1 z
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

CHANGE HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 1 Washington, D.C., 16 March 2012
TECHNICAL MANUAL

FIELD
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED:

120 MM GUN, M1A2
SYSTEM ENHANCEMENT PACKAGE (SEP)
NSN 2350-01-328-5964 (EIC: AAF)
GENERAL ABRAMS

HULL

VOLUME 1 OF 7

WARNING: This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq)
or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe
criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1, dated 06 February 2009, is updated as follows:

1. File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.

2. This change is the result of the software 4.4 upgrade and the implementation of the J7 Digital Electronics
Control Unit (DECU), the Engine Memory Unit (EMU), and the Rear View Sensor System (RVSS).

3. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

a thru y/z blank a thru z

A thru I/J blank A thru I/J blank
i thru xlv/xlvi blank i thru xlv/xlvi blank
Sample 2028 and sample back Sample 2028 and sample back
2028 and back 2028 and back
2028 and back 2028 and back
2028 and back 2028 and back
Front Cover and blank Front Cover and PIN
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

5. Replace the following work packages with their revised version.

Work Package Number

WP 0001
WP 0002
WP 0003
WP 0008
WP 0009
WP 0016
WP 0020
WP 0027
WP 0028
WP 0029
WP 0030
WP 0031
WP 0033
WP 0040
WP 0042
WP 0043
WP 0045
WP 0054
WP 0061
WP 0071
WP 0073
WP 0095
WP 0096
WP 0113
WP 0146

6. Add the following new work packages.

Page / WP Change Page / WP Change Page / WP Change

No. No. No. No. No. No.

WP 1334 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1372 (2 pgs) DELETED 1 WP 1406 (2 pgs) 0

WP 1335 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1373 (6 pgs) 0 WP 1407 (2 pgs) 1
WP 1336 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1374 (2 pgs) 1 WP 1408 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1337 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1375 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1409 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1338 (6 pgs) 0 WP 1376 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1410 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1339 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1377 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1411 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1340 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1378 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1412 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1341 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1379 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1413 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1342 (6 pgs) 0 WP 1380 (10 pgs) 0 WP 1414 (4 pgs) 0
WP 1343 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1381 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1415 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1344 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1382 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1416 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1345 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1383 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1417 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1346 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1384 (6 pgs) 0 WP 1418 (2 pgs) 1
WP 1347 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1385 (6 pgs) 0 WP 1419 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1348 (2 pgs) 0 Chp 30 title page 0 WP 1420 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1349 (2 pgs) 0 Blank 0 WP 1421 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1350 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1386 (8 pgs) 0 WP 1422 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1351 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1387 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1423 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1352 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1388 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1424 (16 pgs) 0
WP 1353 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1389 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1425 (4 pgs) 0
WP 1354 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1390 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1426 (4 pgs) 0
WP 1355 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1391 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1427 (8 pgs) 0
WP 1356 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1392 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1428 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1357 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1393 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1429 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1358 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1394 (6 pgs) 0 WP 1430 (2 pgs) 0
WP 1359 (2 pgs) 1 WP 1395 (4 pgs) 0 Chp 32 title page 0
WP 1360 (4 pgs) 1 WP 1396 (2 pgs) 0 Blank 0
WP 1361 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1397 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1431 (20 pgs) 0
WP 1362 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1398 (4 pgs) 0 Chp 33 title page 0
WP 1363 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1399 (4 pgs) 0 Blank 0
WP 1364 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1400 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1432 (4 pgs) 1
WP 1365 (2 pgs) 1 Chp 31 title page 0 WP 1433 (46 pgs) 1
WP 1366 (2 pgs) 1 Blank 0 WP 1434 (12 pgs) 1
WP 1367 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1401 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1435 (18 pgs) 1
WP 1368 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1402 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1436 (30 pgs) 1
WP 1369 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1403 (2 pgs) 0 Index-1 - Index-136 1
WP 1370 (4 pgs) 0 WP 1404 (2 pgs) 0 Inside back cover 0
WP 1371 (2 pgs) 0 WP 1405 (2 pgs) 0 Back cover 0

I/J blank Change 1

* TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C., 06 February 2009

TECHNICAL MANUAL

FIELD
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED:

120 MM GUN, M1A2
SYSTEM ENHANCEMENT PACKAGE
(SEP)
NSN 2350-01-328-5964 (EIC: AAF)
GENERAL ABRAMS

HULL

VOLUME 1 OF 7
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend
any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred
method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank
Forms) through the Internet on the TACOM Unique Logistics Support Applications (TULSA)
Web site. The Internet address is https://tulsa.tacom.army.mil. Access to all applications
requires CAC authentication, and you must complete the Access Request form the first time
you use it. The DA Form 2028 is located under the TULSA Applications on the left-hand
navigation bar. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the TULSA Web site
will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and to better manage the DA Form
2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to
the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S.
Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS
727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, War ren, MI 48397-5000. The e-mail address is
[email protected]. The fax number is DSN 786-1856 or Commercial (586)
282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.

* Supersedes TM 9-2350-388-20-1-1, 28 February 2001, including all changes.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

NOTE
This manual is divided into seven volumes. Chapters 1 thru 3 are contained in this volume.
Chapters 4 thru 8 are contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-2. Chapters 9 thru 11 are
contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-3. Chapters 12 thru 14 are contained in TM
9-2350-388-23-1-4. Chapters 15 thru 21 are contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-5. Chapters
22 thru 26 are contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-6. Chapters 27 thru 33 are contained in
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-7.

i Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP
Sequence
No.

VOLUME 1

How to Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page xxxiv

Chapter 1 General Information, Equipment Description and Theory of Operation

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0001

Equipment Description and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0002
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0003

Chapter 2 Troubleshooting - Built-in Diagnostics And Fault Isolation Procedures

Built-In Diagnostics And Fault Isolation General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0004

Start At Commander's Display Unit (CDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0005
Start At Driver's Integrated Display (DID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0006
Start At Gunner's Control And Display Panel (GCDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0007
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0008
Symptom Discernment Procedure Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0009
Caution And Warning Discernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0010
Brake System (BS) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0011
Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0012
External Lights System (VELS) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0013
Fire Extinguisher System (FES) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0014
Fuel Supply (FS) System Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0015
Hull Power Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0016
Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical System (NBC) Symptom Discernment
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0017
Transmission System (XMSN) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0018
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Symptom Discernment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0019
Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index . . . . .WP 0020
Clear DECU Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0021
Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT or AUTO FIT Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0022
Hull Utility Bus TP Reference Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0023
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting - TP Follow-On Procedures

TP 018 Thru TP 021 Or TP 029 Thru TP 032 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0024
TP 100 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0025
TP 111 Thru TP 119, TP 121, TP 161 Thru TP 169, Or TP 171 Follow-On
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0026
TP 120 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0027
TP 123 Or TP 125 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0028
TP 124 Or TP 145 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0029
TP 126 Or TP 127 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0030
TP 150 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0031
TP 170 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0032
TP 173 Or TP 175 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0033
TP 174 Or TP 195 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0034
TP 176 Or TP 177 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0035
TP 200 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0036
TP 240 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0037
TP 241 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0038
TP 244 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0039
TP 245 Or TP 253 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0040
TP 248 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0041
TP 250 Or TP 255 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0042
TP 251 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0043
TP 252 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0044
TP 254, TP 279, Or TP 289 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0045
TP 256 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0046

Change 1 ii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

TP 257 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0047

TP 258 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0048
TP 259 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0049
TP 260 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0050
TP 261 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0051
TP 262 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0052
TP 263 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0053
TP 264 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0054
TP 265 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0055
TP 268 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0056
TP 270, TP 285, Or TP 290 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0057
TP 271 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0058
TP 272 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0059
TP 273 Or TP 288 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0060
TP 274 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0061
TP 275 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0062
TP 280 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0063
TP 281 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0064
TP 282 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0065
TP 296 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0066
TP 301 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0067
TP 302 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0068
TP 303 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0069
TP 304 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0070
TP 307 or TP 380 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0070.1
TP 308 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0071
TP 309 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0072
TP 310 or TP 366 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0072.1
TP 311 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0073
TP 317 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0074
TP 321 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0075
TP 322 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0076
TP 323 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0077
TP 324 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0078
TP 325 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0079
TP 326, TP 327, Or TP 332 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0080
TP 328 Or TP 330 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0081
TP 329 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0082
TP 331 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0083
TP 333 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0084
TP 334 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0085
TP 335 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0086
TP 336 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0087
TP 337 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0088
TP 338 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0089
TP 339 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0090
TP 340 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0091
TP 341 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0092
TP 342 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0093
TP 343 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0094
TP 344 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0095
TP 345, TP 346, TP 349, Or TP 350 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0096
TP 347 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0097
TP 348 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0098
TP 351 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0099
TP 352 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0100
TP 353 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0101
TP 354 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0102
TP 355 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0103
TP 356 Or 357 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.1
TP 358 Or 359 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.2
TP 360 Or 361 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.3
TP 362 Or 363 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.4

iii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

TP 364 Or 365 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.5

TP 376 Or 377 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.6
TP 378 Or 379 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103.7
TP 400 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0104
TP 401 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0105
TP 402 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0106
TP 403 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0107
TP 405 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0108
TP 408 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0109
TP 409 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0110
TP 410 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0111
TP 412 Or TP 445 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0112
TP 416 Or TP 449 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0113
TP 417 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0114
TP 418 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0115
TP 419 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0116
TP 425 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0117
TP 426 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0118
TP 427 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0119
TP 428 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0120
TP 430 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0121
TP 431 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0122
TP 433 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0123
TP 434 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0124
TP 435 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0125
TP 436 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0126
TP 437 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0127
TP 438 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0128
TP 439 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0129
TP 440 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0130
TP 441 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0131
TP 442 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0132
TP 443 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0133
TP 444 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0134
TP 446 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0135
TP 447 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0136
TP 448 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0137
TP 457 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0138
TP 458 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0139
TP 519 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0140
TP 520 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0141
TP 528 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0142
TP 529 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0143
TP 532 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0144
TP 566 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0145
TP 572 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0146
TP 600 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0147
TP 601 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0148
TP 602 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0149
TP 603 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0150
TP 604 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0151
TP 605 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0152
TP 915 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0153
TP 916 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0154

VOLUME 2

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting - Manual Troubleshooting Procedures

BP-1 Bilge Pump Fails To Operate Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0155

PBS-1 Parking Brakes Do Not Hold Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0156
PBS-2 Parking Brake Set Warning Message Does Not Come On With
Parking Brake Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0157
Change 1 iv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

PBS-3 Parking Brakes Do Not Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0158

PBS-4 Parking Brake Set Warning Message Stays On At All Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0159
PBS-5 Parking Brake Hydraulic Pressure Drops Below 1400 psi Within
12 Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0160
SBS-1 Service Brakes Do Not Stop Or Hold Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0161
SBS-2 Service Brakes Drag Or Lock When Attempting To Drive Tank . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0162
SBS-3 Service Brake On Two Min Warning Message Does Not Come On
When Service Brake Is Applied For More Than Two Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0163
SBS-4 Service Brake On Two Min Warning Message Does Not Go Off
When Service Brake Is Released . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0164
BOS-1 Battle Override System Found Faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0165
DLS-1 Driver's Integrated Display Does Not Operate Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0166
DLS-2 Driver's Dome Light Fails To Operate Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0167
ECS-1 Electrical Charging System Found Faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0168
Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed Inspection/Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0169
Power Turbine Stator (PTS) Inspection/Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0170
Throttle Control (TCNTL) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0171
Digital Electronic Control Unit (DECU) Backup Battery Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0172
Vehicle Speed Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0172.1
ESS-1 Engine System Caution/Warning Message(s) Appears On Display . . . . . . . .WP 0173
ESS-2 Engine System Caution/Warning Message Does Not Appear On
Display When A Problem Exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0174
ESS-3 Engine Fails To Respond To A TAC-IDLE Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0175
ESS-4 Engine Smokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0176
ESS-5 Engine Oil Consumption Is More Than 1 Quart Per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0177
ESS-6 Starter Fails To Disengage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0178
Engine Health Check General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0179
ESS-7 or NBC-8 Engine Health Check, Or Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent
Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During Operation, Or Main
NBC System Airflow Is Unsteady (Surges) During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0180
ESS-8 Engine Does Not Shut Down With Emergency Shutoff Tee Handle . . . . . . . .WP 0181
ESS-9 Engine Fails To Shut Down When Engine Shutoff Switch Is Selected . . . . . .WP 0182
ESS-10 Engine Does Not Crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0183
ESS-11 Digital Electronic Control Unit Reset Switch Does Not Function
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0184
ESS-12 Engine Or Transmission Is Seized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0185
ESS-13 Engine Memory Unit Status Led Does Not Illuminate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0185.1
ESS-14 Engine Run Timer Module Does Not Increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0185.2
VELS-1 A Headlight Does Not Come On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0186
VELS-2 A Taillight Does Not Come On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0187
VELS-3 External Lights Are On When They Should Not Be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0188
RVSS-1 Rear View Video Does Not Appear On Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0188.1
RVSS-2 Function Switches On Camera Control Unit (CCU) Do Not
Operate Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0188.2
FD-1 Final Drive Leaks Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0189
FES-1 Main Engine Or Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher
Discharged Without A Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0190
FES-2 Main Engine Or Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher Failed To
Discharge Automatically With A Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0191
FES-3 Fire Extinguisher First Shot Discharged Caution And/Or Main
Engine Fire Warning Message Does Not Appear On Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0192
FES-4 First Shot Discharged Caution Message Remains On Display
After First Shot Reset Switch Is Pressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0193
FES-5 Main Engine Second Shot Fire Extinguisher Fails To Discharge
And/Or Main Engine Fails To Shut Down When Fire Extinguisher
2nd Shot Switch Is Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0194
FES-6 Main Engine Fire Was Not Extinguished When First And/Or
Second Shot Bottles Discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0195
FES-7 Crew And/Or Main Engine Compartment Fire Extinguisher
Bottles Fail To Discharge Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0196
FES-8 Fire Extinguisher System Checkout And/Or Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0197
Fire Suppression System Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0198
FS-1 Fuel Supply System Caution Message(s) Appears On Display . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0199

v Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

FS-2 Fuel Supply System Caution Message Does Not Appear On

Display When A Problem Exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0200
FS-3 Vehicle Leaks Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0201
FS-4 Fuel Transfer Fails To Operate Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0202
FS-5 Fuel Level Display Is Incorrect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0203
FS-6 Water Separator Does Not Automatically Discharge Collected Water . . . . . . . .WP 0204
HPDS-1 Cannot Turn On Master Power From Driver's Integrated Display . . . . . . . . .WP 0205
HPDS-2 Cannot Turn Off Master Power From Driver's Integrated
Display And/Or Hull Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0206
HPDS-3 HMPU Critical Fault Caution Keeps Recurring After Master
Power Is Cycled Off And On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0207
HPDS-4 Utility Jack Circuit Breaker Trips And/Or No Power Output
From Utility Jack On Hull Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0208
HPDS-5 Circuit Breaker CB1 On Power Interface Box Shuts Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0208.1
NBC-1 Main NBC System Warning Message(s) Appear On Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0209
NBC-2 Main NBC System Warning Message Does Not Appear On
Display When A Problem Exists And NBC Alarms Are Incorrect Or
Cannot Be Heard At Crew Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0210
NBC-3 Main NBC System Does Not Turn On Or Off Or Has No Airflow . . . . . . . . . .WP 0211
NBC-4 Main NBC System Temperature Controller Does Not Adjust Air
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0212
NBC-5 Main NBC System Has Low Airflow With Main NBC System On . . . . . . . . . .WP 0213
NBC-6 Main NBC System Has Low Or No Airflow At Crew Orifices
With Main NBC System On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0214
NBC-7 Backup NBC System Does Not Operate Properly Or Fails
Semiannual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0215
NBC-9 NBC Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0216
PHS-1 Personnel Heater Does Not Operate Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0217
PJS-1 Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0218
PJS-2 Pulse Jet System Does Not Scavenge Dirt From Air Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0219
SGS-1 Smoke Generator Does Not Produce Smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0220
SS-1 No Steering Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0221
SS-2, SS-3, or SS-4 Tank Pulls To One Side With Steer Bar In Center
Position, Or Tank Steers Well In One Direction Only, Or No Full
Steer In Either Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0222
SSS-1 Roadwheel Hub Or Idler Hub Is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0223
SSS-2 Support Roller Hub Is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0224
SSS-3 Unusual Track Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0225
SSS-4, SSS-5, or SSS-6 Degraded Suspension (Unusually Rough Ride), Or
One Or More Shock Absorber Housings Are Colder Than Others After
Tank Operation, Or Shock Absorber Will Not Maintain Proper Oil Level . . . . . . . .WP 0226
SSS-7 Track Tension Will Not Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0227
SSS-8 Tank Does Not Sit Level On Level Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0228
SSS-9 Shock Absorber Oil Is Milky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0229
SSS-10 Roadwheel And Compensating Idler Hub Oil Is Milky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0230
SSS-11, or SSS-12 Number 1 Skirt Wear, Or Clearance Between End
Connector And Number 1 Skirt Is Less Than 1/8-Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0231
SSS-13 Loose Idler Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0232
XMSN-1 Transmission Leaks Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0233
XMSN-2 Transmission Does Not Shift Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0234
XMSN-3 Transmission Caution/Warning Message(s) Appear On Display . . . . . . . . .WP 0235
XMSN-4 Transmission Caution/Warning Message(s) Do Not Appear On
Display When A Problem Exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0236
HUC-1 Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0237
NATO-1 Cannot Slave Start Engine Or Cannot Charge Vehicle
Batteries Using External NATO Slave Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0238
NATO-2 NATO UTL PWR A/M Pushbutton Cannot Be Toggled
Between A (Automatic) And M (Manual) Or NATO Connector And
Auxiliary Bus Remain Powered When Master Power Is Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0239
HHAR-1 Hull Wiring Harness Faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0240

Change 1 vi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting - Supplementary Data

Supplementary Data General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0241

Breakout Box Tool Kit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0242
Tank Harness Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0243
Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0244
Connector Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0245
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Test Hose Assembly Hookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0246
Breakout Box Cable Hookup Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0247
Harness Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0248
Chassis And NBC Component Locator Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0249
Engine Component Locator Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0250
External And Battery Component Locator Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0251
Turret Component Locator Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0252

Chapter 6 PMCS Maintenance Instructions

Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0253

Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) And Mandatory
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0254

Chapter 7 Service Upon Receipt Maintenance Instructions

Service Upon Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0255

Chapter 8 Preparation for Storage or Shipment Instructions

Preparation for Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0256

VOLUME 3

Chapter 9 Powerpack Maintenance

Engine Rear Exhaust Duct Seals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0257

Exhaust Duct Door Assembly Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0258
Exhaust Duct Nut, Covers, Screw Assembled Chain, and Washer
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0259
Turbine Exhaust Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0260
Engine Step Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0261
Powerpack Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0262
Powerpack Ground Hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0263
Ground Hop Pressure Fluid Filter Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0264
Plenum-to-Engine Plain Seal Replacement (Seal P/N 12388137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0265
Plenum-To-Engine Plain Seal Replacement (Seal P/N 12287063) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0266
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Cleaning Wand Adapter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0267
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Engine Module Base, Adapter and Swivel
Joint Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0268
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Coupler and Elbow Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0269
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Bleed Air Tube and Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 0270
Engine Assembly Disconnection from Transmission Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0271
Engine Assembly Connection to Transmission Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0272
Placing Full Up Powerpack (FUPP) in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0273
Full Up Powerpack (FUPP) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0274

Chapter 10 Engine Maintenance

Engine Fuel System

Hose Assembly (Tube Tee to Fuel Nozzle Adapter) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0275
Hose Assembly (Tube Tee to Check Valve Tee) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0276
Hose Assembly (Valve and Tube Assembly to Check Valve Tee) Replacement . . . .WP 0277
Hose Assembly (Fuel Control to Valve and Tube Assembly Filter) Replacement . . .WP 0278
Hose Assembly (Check Valve to Fuel Nozzle Body) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0279
vii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Check Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0280

Tube Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0281
Hose Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System to Power Turbine
Stator Cylinder Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0282
Tube Assembly (Bottom of Inlet Guide Vane Actuating Cylinder) Replacement . . . .WP 0283
Hose Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System to Bottom of Power
Turbine Stator Cylinder Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0284
Fuel Drain Gate Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0285
Combustor Safety Relief Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0286
Electro-Mechanical (Electro-Mech) Fuel System Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0287
Fuel Nozzle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0288
Fuel Nozzle Insert or Fuel Nozzle Body Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0289
Fuel Nozzle Assembly Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0290
Combustor Cover Gasket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0291
Combustor or Access Cover and Combustor Liner Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0292
Inlet Guide Vane Bellcrank Spring Pin Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0293
Inlet Guide Vane Actuating Cylinder Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0294
Inlet Guide Vane Feedback Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0295
Power Turbine Stator Cylinder Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0296
Power Turbine Stator Feedback Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0297
Tube Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System Jumper) Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0298
Tube Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System to Bottom of Inlet
Guide Vane Actuating Cylinder) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0299
Tube Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System to Top of Inlet Guide
Vane Actuating Cylinder) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0300
Tube Assembly (Top of Inlet Guide Vane Actuating Cylinder) Replacement . . . . . . .WP 0301
Tube Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System to Bottom of Power
Turbine Stator Cylinder Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0302
Tube Assembly (Electro-Mechanical Fuel System to Top of Power
Turbine Stator Cylinder Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0303
Valve and Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0304
Tube Assembly (In-Line Pressure Fluid Filter to Liquid/Water
Separator) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0305
Plate Spacer (In-Line Pressure Fluid Filter to Liquid/Water Separator
Tube Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0306
Tube Assembly (In-Line Pressure Fluid Filter to Electro-Mechanical
Fuel System) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0307
Fluid Filter Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0308
Pressure Fluid Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0309
Pressure Fluid Filter Double Angle Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0310
Pressure Fluid Filter Tube Reducers Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0311
Feedback Control Assembly Protection Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0312
Inlet Pressure Fluid Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0313
Inlet Guide Vane Angle Indicator Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0314
Bleed Actuator Lever Assembly and Inlet Guide Vane Actuator Link
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0315
Inlet Guide Vane Stop Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0316
Rotary Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0317
Spur Gearshaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0318
Engine Air System
Tube Assembly (No. 5 and 6 Bearings) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0319
Reduction Gearbox Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0320
Rear Reduction Gearbox Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0321
Forward Reduction Gearbox Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0322
Flange to Hose Elbow (Reduction Gearbox) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0323
Rear Tube Assembly (No. 5 and 6 Bearings) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0324
Compressed Air Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0325
Air Bleed Butterfly Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0326
Bleed Valve Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0327
Splitter Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0328
Air Tube Assembly (No. 2 and 3 Bearings) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0329
Screen Assembly (Engine Air Inlet) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0330
Helical Spring and Mounting Bracket (Air Bleed Butterfly Valve) Replacement . . . . .WP 0331

Change 1 viii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Engine Lubrication System

Accessory Gearbox Vent Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0332
Hose Assembly (No. 5 Inner Bearing Scavenge) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0333
Tube Assembly (Reduction Gearbox Oil Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0334
Hose Assembly (No. 6A and 6B Bearing Scavenge) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0335
Machine Thread Plug (Accessory Gearbox Drain) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0336
Oil Pressure Fluid Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0337
Adjust Oil Pump Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0338
On-Condition Oil Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0339
Engine Oil Pump Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0340
Lubricating Oil Tank Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0341
Hose Assembly (Oil Tank Vent) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0342
Tube Assemblies (Oil Tank to Engine Oil Pump Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0343
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Bracket or Liquid Float Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0344
Oil Tank Filter Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0345
Tube Assembly (Accessory Gearbox Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0346
Tube Assembly (No. 2 and 3 Bearing Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0347
Tube Assembly (No. 4 Bearing Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0348
Tube Assembly (No. 5 and 6 Bearing Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0349
Tube Assembly (Reduction Gearbox Oil Feed - Forward) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0350
Tube Assembly (No. 1 Bearing Scavenge) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0351
Tube Assembly (No. 4 Bearing Scavenge - Left Hand) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0352
Tube Assembly (No. 4 Bearing Scavenge - Right Hand) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0353
Tube Assemblies (Forward Reduction Gearbox Scavenge) Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0354
Fluid Filter Element (Engine Oil Pump to Oil Cooler) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0355
Gearbox Housing Screen (Forward Reduction Gearbox Scavenge)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0356
Scavenge Pump Nozzle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0357
Bearing Feed Tube Assemblies Clamps Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0358
Tube Assembly (No. 1 Bearing Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0359
Tube Assembly (Oil Pump Return to Cooler - Forward) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0360
Tube and Housing Assembly (Oil Pump Return to Cooler-Forward)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0361
Engine Mount
Hull Engine Mount Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0362
Engine Resilient Mount Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0363
Engine Sensors and Switches
Oil Temperature Transmitter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0364
Temperature Rotor Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0365
Engine Electrical Speed Pickup No. 1 or 2 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0366
Oil Pressure-Thermal Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0367
Filter Bypass Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0368
Engine Oil Cooler, Tube Assemblies, and Hoses
Oil Cooler Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0369
Cooler Inlet or Outlet Tube Assembly (Left Side) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0370
Cooler Inlet or Outlet Tube Assembly (Crossover) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0371
Cooler Inlet and Outlet Tube Assembly (Right Side) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0372
Generator Oil Inlet Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0373
Generator Oil Outlet Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0374
Turbine Heat Shield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0375
Engine Assembly
Engine Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0376
Top Weldment Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0377
Engine/Rear Module Lifting Sling Installation and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0378
Engine Removal From and Installation In Shipping Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0379
Screen Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0380
Air Tube Assembly (Reduction Gearbox-Short) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0381
Splined Shaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0382
Speedometer Adapter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0383
Speed Wiring Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0384
Tube Assembly (Reduction Gearbox Feed) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0385
Tube Assembly (Reduction Gearbox Scavenge - Rear) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0386
Reduction Gearbox Lifting Sling Installation and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0387

ix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Reduction Gearbox Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0388

Reduction Gearbox Assembly Removal From and Installation In
Shipping Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0389
No. 10 Bearing Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0390
Accessory Seal Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0391
AGB Module Lifting Sling Installation and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0392
Gearbox Module Removal From and Installation On Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0393
Accessory Gearbox Removal From and Installation In Shipping Container . . . . . . . .WP 0394
Front Angle Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0395
Accessory Gearbox Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0396
Gear Access Cover Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0397
Screw Thread Insert (Machine Thread Plug) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0398
Screw Thread Insert (Engine Electrical Motional Transducer/Speed
Pickup No. 1 or 2) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0399
Reduction Gearbox Lubrication System Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0400

Chapter 11 Air Cleaner Maintenance

Air Cleaner Assembly

Air Cleaner Assembly Plate and Rubber Strip Seals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0401
Air Induction System Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0402
Inlet Air Box Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0403
Precleaner-Baffle
Precleaner-Baffle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0404
Precleaner-Baffle Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0405
Precleaner-Baffle Bottom Gasket Replacement (P/N 12321626) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0406
Precleaner-Baffle Screen Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0407
Precleaner-Baffle Upper Rubber Strip Seals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0408
Precleaner-Baffle Gaskets Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0409
Precleaner-Baffle Decal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0410
Precleaner-Baffle Latch Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0411
Pulse Jet
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Air Cleaner Assembly Intake Filter Elements
and Ducts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0412
Air Cleaner Assembly Intake Filter Elements Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0413
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Air Cleaner Clamp Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0414
Plenum and Air Box
Gain Access to Bottom of Plenum and Air Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0415
Plenum and Air Box and Mounting Brackets Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0416
Plenum and Air Box External Rubber Seals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0417
Plenum and Air Box Pressure Switch 2S152 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0418
Plenum and Air Box Inlet Rubber Strip Seals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0419
Close Access to Bottom of Plenum and Air Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0420
Induction Scavenge System
Half Covers Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0421
Scavenger Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0422
Scavenger Duct Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0423
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Tubeaxial Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0424
Precleaner Air Exhaust Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0425
Oil Supply Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0426
Oil Drain Tube Assembly and Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0427
Oil Supply Tube to Boss Straight Adapter and Packing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0428
Oil Drain Tube Straight Adapter and Packing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0429
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Splitter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0430
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Tubeaxial Fan Flanged Shaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0431
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Accumulator Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0432
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Bleed Air Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0433
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Check Valve, Flex Hose, and Tube Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0434
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Vacuum Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0435
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Solenoid Valve Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0436
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Dampening Port Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0437
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Tubeaxial Fan Flanged Flexible Coupling
Insert Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0438

Change 1 x
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Transmission Pressure-Thermostatic Switch 3S102 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0772

Low Main Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0773
Brake Apply Shaft Cover Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0774
Brake Pack Running Clearance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0775
Transmission Steer Centering Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0776
Differential Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0777
Filter Bypass Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0778
Sump Thermostatic Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0779
Centrifugal Governor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0780
Transmission Filter Bypass Pressure Switch Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0781
Governor Speed Transmitter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0782
Compressor Discharge Pressure Actuator Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0783
Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0784
G1 Modulating Directional Linear Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0785
Trim Boost Valve Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0786
Directional Linear Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0787
Modulator Directional Linear Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0788
Forward/Reverse Directional Linear Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0789
24-Volt Transmission Solenoid Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0790
Pressure Fluid Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0791
Main Regulator Valve Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0792
Shaft Retaining Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0793
Transmission Lifting Eye Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0794
Left or Right Transmission Cradle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0795
Vent Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0796
Liquid Rod-Cap Gage Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0797
Rod-Cap Gage Tube Support Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0798
Change 1 xviii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Oil Fluid Filter Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0799

Right Side Oil Cooler Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0800
Left Side Oil Cooler Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0801
Transmission Pressure Velocity Modulator Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0802
Oil Pressure Fluid Filter Cover Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0803
Quick-Disconnect Terminal Nylon Insulator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0804
Steer Shaft Cover Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0805
Full Steer Downshift Push Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0806
Left Transmission Fluid Cooler Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0807
Right Transmission Fluid Cooler Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0808
Left Transmission Fluid Cooler Inlet Tube and Hose
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0809
Right Transmission Fluid Cooler Outlet Tube and Hose
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0810
Transmission Fluid Cooler Crossover Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0811
Transmission Servicing (Oil and Filter Change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0812
Pressure Relief Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0813
Transmission Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0814
Left or Right Power Take Off Plain Encased Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0815
Differential (Alternator Drive) Gear Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0816
Alternator Drive Output Plain Encased Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0817
Check Filter Bypass Switch (Transmission P/N 12321800) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0818
Access Cover Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0819
Chapter 16 Final Drive Maintenance

Left or Right Final Drive Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0820

Left or Right Final Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0821
Left or Right Final Drive Packing Retainer and Packing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0822
Broken Left or Right Final Drive Cam Headed Straight Pin or
Disconnect Cam Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0823
Check Torque on Left or Right Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0824
Connect Left or Right Final Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0825
Left or Right Final Drive Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0826

Chapter 17 Brake System Maintenance

Dial Pressure Gage Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0827

Parking Brake Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0828
Parking Brake Release Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0829
Left or Right Parking Brake Lock Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0830
Parking Brake Actuating Cylinder Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0831
Parking Brake Manual Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0832
Parking Brake Lock Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0833
Parking Brake Lock Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0834
Parking Brake Hydraulic Fluid Regulating Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0835
Parking Brake Control Pedal and Mounting Bracket Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0836
Parking Brake Rear Control Assemblies Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0837
Parking Brake Rear Control Assemblies Brace Mounting
Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0838
Parking Brake Release Control Assembly Rod End Clevis Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 0839
Left or Right Parking Brake Manual Control Lever Rod End
Clevis Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0840
Left or Right Parking Brake Quick-Release Pin Rod End
Clevis Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0841
Parking Brake Release Control Assembly Protection Bellows Replacement . . . . . . .WP 0842
Left or Right Parking Brake Lock Control Assembly Protection
Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0843
Left or Right Rear Parking Brake Control Assemblies Protection
Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0844
Left or Right Rear Parking Brake Control Assemblies Groove
Pulley Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0845

xix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Right Parking Brake Control Quadrant, Helical Spring, and Angle

Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0846
Left Parking Brake Control Quadrant, Helical Spring, and Angle
Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0847
Right Parking Brake Transmission Control Assembly and Bent Tube
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0848
Left Parking Brake Transmission Wire Rope Assembly and Tube
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0849
Rear Parking Brake Control Assemblies Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0850
Front Parking Brake Control Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0851
Front Parking Brake Control Assembly Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0852
Left or Right Parking Brake Lock Angle Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0853
Parking Brake Lock Riser Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0854
Parking Brake Hydraulic Accumulator Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0855
Parking Brake Hydraulic Accumulator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0856
Hydraulic Accumulator Tube to Boss Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0857
Front Service Brake Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0858
Service Brake Manual Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0859
Service Brake Bellcrank Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0860
Rear Service Brake Control Assembly and Insulation Sleeving Replacement . . . . . .WP 0861
Rear Service Brake Bellcrank Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0862
Rear Service Brake Continuous Thread Stud Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0863
Remote Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0864
Front Service Brake Cable Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0865
Rear Service Brake Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0866
Retaining Arm Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0867
Front Service Brake Control Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0868
Rear Service Brake Control Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0869

Chapter 18 Track And Suspension Maintenance

Suspension Torsion Bars

Gain Access to Number 1 Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0870
Gain Access to Number 2 Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0871
Gain Access to Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Left Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0872
Gain Access to Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0873
Gain Access to Number 7 Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0874
Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0875
Close Access to Number 7 Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0876
Close Access to Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0877
Close Access to Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Left Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0878
Close Access to Number 1 Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0879
Close Access to Number 2 Left or Right Suspension Torsion Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0880
Shock Absorber Torsion Bar Housing, Positions 1, 2, and 7
Shock Absorber Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0881
Shock Absorber Housing Torsion Bar Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0882
Shock Absorber Housing Oil Fill Machine Thread Plug Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0883
Shock Absorber Housing Liquid Sight Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0884
Shock Absorber Housing Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0885
Torsion Bar Cover and Housing Replacement
Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Torsion Bar Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0886
Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Torsion Bar Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0887
Roadwheel or Idler Wheel Hub
Wheel Hub Cap and Protective Dust Plug Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0888
Wheel Assembly Hub Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0889
Wheel Assembly Hub Plain Encased Oil Seals Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0890
Wheel Assembly Hub Tapered Roller Cups Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0891
Ribbed Shouldered Hub Bolt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0892
Roadwheel Hub and Arm Assembly
Number 1, 2, or 7 Left or Right Roadwheel Hub and Arm
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0893
Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Left or Right Roadwheel Hub and Arm
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0894

Change 1 xx
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Number 1, 2, or 7 Left or Right Hub and Arm Assembly Upper

Spindle Inner Bearing Ring and Splined Spacer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0895
Number 1, 2, or 7 Left or Right Hub and Arm Assembly Upper
Spindle Retainer Assembly, Outer Bearing Ring, and Plain Encased
Oil Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0896
Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Left or Right Hub and Arm Assembly Upper
Spindle Needle Roller Bearings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0897
Number 3, 4, 5, or 6 Left or Right Hub and Arm Assembly Upper
Spindle Oil Seal Retainer, Safety Relief Valve, and Plain Encased
Oil Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0898

Track Assembly
Track Support Roller, Tapered Cones and Rollers, and Plain Encased
Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0899
Track Support Roller Tapered Roller Cups Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0900
Track Support Roller Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0901
Left or Right Idler Wheel Hub and Arm Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0902
Idler Wheel Hub and Arm Assembly Upper Spindle Track Hub Spacer
(Sleeve Bearings) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0903
Idler Wheel Hub and Arm Assembly Upper Spindle Oil Seal Retainer,
Lubrication Fitting, and Plain Encased Grease Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0904
Left or Right Track Adjusting Link Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0905
Track Adjusting Link Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0906
Sprocket Wheels and Final Drive Hub
Roadwheel Scraper Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0907
Track Plate Retainer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0908
Sprocket Wheels Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0909
Sprocket Wheels and Final Drive Hub Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0910
Left and Right Sprocket Wheels and Final Drive Hub Reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0911
Sprocket Wheels Reversal or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0912
Loose or Missing Hub Bolts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0913
Sprocket Wheels to Final Drive Hub Screws Tightening or Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 0914
Track Assemblies Reversal, Bump Stop Bracket, Roadwheel and Idler Wheel Wear
Plate Assembly Replacement
Bump Stop Bracket Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0915
Roadwheel or Idler Wheel Wear Plate Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0916
Roadwheel or Idler Wheel Wear Plate Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0917

Chapter 19 Steering Maintenance

Throttle Steering Assembly Handle Grip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0918

Throttle Steering Assembly Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0919
Steering Assembly Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0920
Throttle Steering and Shift Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0921
Front or Rear Protection Bellows and Rod End Clevis Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0922
Shift Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0923
Steering Control Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0924
Steering Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0925
Door Handle and Remote Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0926
Rotary and Lever Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0927
Driver's Control Arm Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0928
Steering Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0929
Throttle Steering Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0930
Bellcrank Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0931
Transmission Steering Cover Assembly Indicator (Remote Control
Lever) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0932
Throttle Control Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0933
Steering Linkages Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0934
Throttle Steering and Shift Control Assembly Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0935
Throttle Steering Control Cover Instruction Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0936

xxi Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Chapter 20 Battle Override Maintenance

Control Handle Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0937

Control Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0938
Control Handle and Drain Valve Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0939
Control Cable Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0940
Control Bracket Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0941
Engine Fuel Control Cable Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0942
Engine Cable Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0943
Transmission Cable Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0944
Transmission Support Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0945
Battle Override Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0946
Marker Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0947
Battle Override Activation/Deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0948

Chapter 21 Tow Pintle Assembly Maintenance

Tow Pintle Assembly Cotter Pin, Weldless Chain, and Drive

Screw Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0949
Tow Pintle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0950

VOLUME 6

Chapter 22 Maintenance Instructions: Hull Assemblies Exterior

Top Deck and Grilles

Top Deck and Grilles Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0951
Top Deck Right Front Metal Grille Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0952
Top Deck Right Rear Metal Grille Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0953
Top Deck Left Outer or Inner Metal Grille Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0954
Top Deck Cargo Hook and Shoulder Screw Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0955
Top Deck Screw Thread Insert Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0956
Tiedown Hook Eye Pad Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0957
Left Air Intake Metal Grilles Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0958
Top Deck Left or Right Side Metal Grille Strainer Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 0959
Oil Cooler Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0960
Top Deck Intake Grating Door Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0961
Sponson, Battery, Precleaner, and Engine Covers, Doors and Grilles
NBC Sponson Air Inlet Screen Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0962
Sponson Stowage Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0963
Sponson Stowage Cover Door Handles Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0964
Sponson Stowage Cover Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0965
NBC Sponson Air Inlet Armor Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0966
Rear Battery Access Door Rubber Strip Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0967
Rear Battery Access Door Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0968
Front Battery Access Door Rubber Strip Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0969
Front Battery Access Door Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0970
Front or Rear Battery Access Door Hinge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0971
Front or Rear Battery Access Door Pad Eye Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0972
Precleaner Access Doors Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0973
Engine Access Door Cushioning Pads Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0974
Battery Access Door, Engine Access Door, or Precleaner Access Door
Bail Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0975
Final Drive Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0976
Sponson Stowage Box Pipe Plug Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0977
Rear Metal Grilles
Rear Metal Grilles Open and Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0978
Right Oil Cooler Grate, Engine Exhaust Grate, or Left Oil Cooler
Grate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0979
Rear Metal Grille Cargo Hook Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0980
Rear Metal Grille Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0981
Rear Metal Grilles Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0982

Change 1 xxii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Rear Metal Grilles Block Hinge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0983

Exhaust Duct Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0984
Grille Door Support Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0985
Rear Grille Wear Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0986
Metal Grille Hook Screw Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0987
Sponson Covers
Syncro Clamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0988
Syncro Clamp Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0989
Front NBC Sponson Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0990
Middle NBC Sponson Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0991
Rear NBC Sponson Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0992
Sponson Cover Armor Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0993
NBC Sponson
NBC Sponson Box Metal Grille or Rear Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0994
NBC Sponson Stowage Box Drain Plug Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0995
NBC Sponson Box Forward Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0996
Plates
Upper Ammunition Armored Plates Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0997
Lower Blow-Off Plates Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0998
Hull Skirts and Vehicular Fenders
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Grab Hook Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0999
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Seal and Rubber
Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1000
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1001
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Step Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1002
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Grab Hook Swivel Pin Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1003
Number 2 Left or Right Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1004
Number 2 Left or Right Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1005
Number 3 Left Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1006
Number 3 Left Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1007
Number 3 Right Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1008
Number 3 Right Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1009
Number 4 Left Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1010
Number 4 Left Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1011
Number 4 Right Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1012
Number 4 Right Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1013
Number 5 Left or Right Fender Skirt Rubber Strip Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1014
Number 5 Left or Right Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1015
Number 6 Left or Right Fender Skirt Rubber Strip or Top Closure
Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1016
Number 6 Left or Right Fender Skirt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1017
Left or Right Side Vehicular Splash Guard Rubber Strip Seal Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1018
Left or Right Side Vehicular Splash Guard Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1019
Left or Right Side Vehicular Splash Guard Pin Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1020
Left or Right Side Pin Assembly Angle Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1021
Left or Right Fender Skirt Support or Strut Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1022
Left or Right Torsion Bar Angle Bracket and Front Fender Hold-Open
Angle Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1023
Small Front Vehicular Fender Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1024
Left Rear Vehicular Splash Guard Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1025
Left Rear Vehicular Dirt Guard Assembly Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1025.1
Right Rear Vehicular Splash Guard Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1026
Right Rear Vehicular Dirt Guard Assembly Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1026.1
Left or Right Front Vehicular Fender Torsion Bar Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1027
Left or Right Front Fender Rubber Strips and Gaskets Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1028
Left or Right Large Front Vehicular Fender Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1029
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Brace Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1030
Number 1 or Number 2 Left or Right Tee Hinge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1031
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Sliding Stay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1032
Number 1 Left or Right Fender Skirt Block Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1033

xxiii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Number 3 or Number 4 Left or Right Skirt Mounting Bracket or Angle

Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1034
Number 4 or Number 5 Left or Right Skirt Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1035
Number 5 or Number 6 Left or Right Skirt Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1036
Number 6 Left Skirt Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1037
Number 6 Right Skirt Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1038
Number 6 Skirt Butt Hinge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1039
Left or Right Fender Skirt Support or Strut Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1040
Armor Repair - Armor Patch
Damage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1041
Preparation of Surface For Patching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1042
Dye Penetrant Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1043
Over-Size Standoff Patch Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1044
Over-Size Basic Patch Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1045
Standoff Patch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1046
Basic Patch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1047
Armor Repair - Nonpenetrating Cavities
Damaged Area Inspection and Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1048
Surface Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1049
Fill Cavity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1050
Rear Grille Mounting Hinges
Damaged Hinges Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1051
Locate Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1052
Hinges Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1053
Skirt Lifting Eye Mounting Brackets
Damaged Brackets Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1054
Locate Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1055
Brackets Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1056
Cracked Skirts
Damaged Skirts Inspection (Non-Special Armor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1057
Damaged Skirts Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1058
Sponson Repair
Damaged Sponson Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1059
Sponson or Fender Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1060
Hull/Turret
Race Ring Wiper Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1061
Turret Ring Headless Shoulder Pin Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1062
Hull
Bump Stop Brackets Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1063
Sponson Syncro Clamp Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1064
Auxiliary Batteries
Rear Door Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1065
Rear Door Latch Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1066

Chapter 23 Maintenance Instructions: Hull Assemblies Interior

Driver's Hatch and Lifting Mechanism

Cap Assembly And Compressed Helical Springs Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1067
Driver's Hatch Lifting Mechanism Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1068
Hand Crank Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1069
Lifting Mechanism Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1070
Periscope Lock Or Driver's Hatch Lock and Interlock Switch Bracket
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1071
Driver's Vehicle Hatch Door Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1072
Vehicle Hatch Door Nonmetallic Special Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1073
Pivot Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1074
Driver's Hatch Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1075
Lifting Mechanism Housing Mechanical Felt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1076
Driver's Periscopes
Unity or Tank Periscope Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1077
Unity Periscope Quick-release Retainer Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1078
Unity Periscope Quick-Release Retainer Assembly Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1079
Unity or Tank Periscope Mirror Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1080

Change 1 xxiv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Unity or Tank Periscope Rubber Round or Rubber Strip Seal Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1081
Unity or Tank Periscope Retainer Continuous Thread Stud Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1082
Driver's Periscope Washer
Windshield Washer Nozzles and Tubing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1083
Windshield Washer Inside Tubing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1084
Windshield Washer Reservoir Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1085
Windshield Washer Vacuum Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1086
Drain Valves
Front Drain Valve Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1087
Front Drain Poppet Valve Assembly and Remote Control Lever Replacement . . . . .WP 1088
Front Drain Poppet Valve Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1089
Front Drain Valve and Control Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1090
Driver's Vehicular Seat and Headrest
Upper Seat Back Cushion Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1091
Lower Seat Back Cushion Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1092
Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1093
Driver's Vehicular Seat Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1094
Vehicular Seat Cushion Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1095
Threaded Actuator Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1096
Bevel Gearshaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1097
Driver's Seat Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1098
Seat Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1099
Driver's Seat Back and Back Support Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1100
Flat Spring Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1101
Driver's Vehicular Seat and Headrest
Knob Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1102
Flat Spring Cap Screw and Angle Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1103
Threaded End Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1104
Manual Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1105
Torsion Spiral Springs Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1106
Driver's Seat Subframe, Rigid Connecting Link, and Pivot Bracket
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1107
Headrest Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1108
Headrest Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1109
Headrest Guide Post Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1110
Headrest Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1111
Driver's Seat Frame and Threaded Spacer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1112
Ammunition Compartment
Bottom Radio Frequency Isolator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1113
Ammunition Access Door Vertical Latch Clamp Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1114
Door Latch Insert Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1115
Ammunition Load/Unload Position Hull Identification Marker Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1116
Isolator Mounting Pad Shims Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1117
Engine Compartment Insulation Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1118
Ammo Rack Sidewall Liner Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1119
Ammo Rack Bottom Liners Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1120
Ammunition Access Door Vertical Latch Clamp Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1121
Ammo Rack
Ammo Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1122
Ammo Tube Latch and Plunger Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1123
Ammo Tube Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1124
Ammo Tube Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1125
Ammo Tube Nonmetallic Bushings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1126
Front Wall Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1127
Bottom Front Wall Connector Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1128
Upper Connector and Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1129
Rear Wall Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1130
Ammo Rack Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1131
Mounting Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1132
Threaded Stand-off Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1133
Mounting Bracket (L-Shape) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1134
Jumper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1135

xxv Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Driver's Station
Driver's NBC Mask Stowage Webbing Strap and Strap Fastener Loop
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1136
Flashlight Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1137
Identification Plate
Position/Navigation Identification Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1138
Vehicle Identification Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1139
Ammunition Doors
Inner And Outer Ammunition Access Doors And Tracks Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1140
Door Ball Transfer Units Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1141
Ammunition Access Door Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1142
Ammunition Access Doors Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1143

Chapter 24 Maintenance Instructions: Accessory Items

Vehicular (Personnel) Heater

Vehicular Heater and Diffuser Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1144
Heater Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1145
Driver's Air Circulating Ventilator Nonmetallic Hose Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1146
Driver's Air Circulating Ventilator Nonmetallic Lower Hose and Nozzle
Replacement (Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1146.1
Driver's Air Circulating Ventilator Nonmetallic Hose Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1146.2
Driver's Air Circulating Ventilator Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1147
Driver's Air Circulating Ventilator Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1147.1
Filter Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1148
Personnel Heater Electrical Fuel Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1149
Fuel Filter Water Separator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1150
Fuel Filter Water Separator Tubes and Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1151
Driver's Diffuser Assembly Knob Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1152
Driver's Diffuser Assembly Knob, Spring or Screw Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1152.1
Personnel Heater Fuel Pump Filter Replacement (P/N 12472992) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1153
Personnel Heater Fuel Pump Filter Replacement (P/N 12324586) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1154
Diffuser Assembly Repair (Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . .WP 1155
Diffuser Assembly Repair (Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . WP 1155.1
Heater Exhaust Tube Assembly and Flared Conical Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1156
Control Unit
Driver's Intercommunication Control Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1157
Smoke Generator
Fuel Discharge Tube Assembly (Check Valve to Tube Nipple) Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1158
Fuel Discharge Hoses, Reducer, Tee, and Elbow Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1159
Fuel Spray Nozzles Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1160
Check Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1161
Hose Assembly (Quick-Disconnect Coupling to Check Valve) Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1162
Quick-Disconnect Coupling Half Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1163
Check Valve Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1164
Driver's Periscope Wiper
Wiper Mount Assembly and Flexible Drive Shaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1165
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1166
Windshield Wiper Arm and Helical Spring Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1167
Manual Control Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1168
Wiper Mount Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1169
Wiper Mount Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1170
Windshield Wiper Blade Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1171
Sound Suppressor
Rear Sound Suppressor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1172
Top or Bottom Half Side Sound Suppressor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1173
Bottom Sound Suppressor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1174

Change 1 xxvi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Chapter 25 Maintenance Instructions: Bilge Pump

Centrifugal Bilge Pump Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1175

Bilge Pump Unit Tube Assembly, Metallic Bent Tube, and
Rubber Hoses Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1176

Chapter 26 Maintenance Instructions: Hull Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Hydraulic Rotary Pump Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1177

Main Hydraulic Centrifugal Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1178
Hull Hydraulic Hose Assemblies, Tube Assemblies, and Fittings
Tube Assemblies (Hydraulic Distribution Manifold to Bilge Pump Unit)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1179
Tube Assembly (Hydraulic Distribution Manifold To Pressure Switch
Tee) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1180
Tube Assembly (Hydraulic Accumulator To Pressure Switch Tee)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1181
Tube Assembly (Pressure Switch Tee To Pressure Switch) Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1182
Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1183
Pressure Switch Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1184
Pressure Hose Assembly (Hydraulic Distribution Manifold to Slipring)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1185
Return Hose Assembly (Hydraulic Distribution Manifold to Slipring)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1186
Pressure Hose Assembly and Tube Assembly (Hydraulic Distribution
Manifold to Filter Manifold) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1187
Return Hose Assembly and Tube Assembly (Hydraulic Distribution
Manifold to Filter Manifold) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1188
Tube Assembly (Auxiliary Rotary Pump Unit to Hydraulic Reservoir)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1189
Tube Assembly (Auxiliary Rotary Pump Unit to Filter Manifold) Replacement . . . . . .WP 1190
Centrifugal Pump Inlet and Outlet Hose Assemblies, Rubber Bushings,
Protection Bellows, and Hose Clamps Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1191
Case Drain Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1192
Two Piece Case Drain Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1193
Centrifugal Pump Coupling Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1194
Heat Exchanger Pressure and Return Hose Assembly and Tube
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1195
Case Drain Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1196
Pump Bypass Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1197
Distribution Manifold
Hydraulic Distribution Manifold Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1198
Hydraulic Distribution Manifold Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1199
Hydraulic Reservoir
Hydraulic System Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1200
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Hydraulic Reservoir Shield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1201
Reservoir Liquid Sight Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1202
Reservoir Suction Strainer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1203
Reservoir Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1204
Strainer Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1205
Hydraulic Reservoir Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1206
Reservoir Pressure Fluid Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1207
Reservoir Filler Opening Cap Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1208
Manifold
Hydraulic Filter Manifold Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1209
Hydraulic Filter Manifold Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1210
Hydraulic Filter Manifold Fluid Filter Elements Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1211
Heat Exchanger
Hydraulic Heat Exchanger and Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1212
Centrifugal Pump Pressure and Suction Hose Assemblies
and Coupling Halves Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1213
Heat Exchanger Hose Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1214
Hose Assemblies, Nipples and Check Valves Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1215
xxvii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Hydraulic Reservoir Pressure Hose Assembly and Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1216
Centrifugal Pump Pressure Hose Assembly And Half Coupling Replacement . . . . .WP 1217
Auxiliary Power Unit Hydraulic Elbow and Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1218
Auxiliary Power Unit Hydraulic Case Drain Tube Assemblies
and Nipple Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1219
Hydraulic Reservoir Suction Hose Assembly And Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 1220
Check Valve and Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1221
Tubing
Cut And Deburr Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1222
Tube With Damaged Section Under 5/16-Inch (7.9 mm) Long Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1223
Tube With Damaged Section Over 5/16-Inch (7.9 mm) Long Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1224
Leaking Tee Or Elbow Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1225
Leaking Bulkhead Union Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1226
Leaking Or Damaged End Fitting Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1227
Crack Or Hole In Tube Bend Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1228
Swage Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1229

VOLUME 7

Chapter 27 Maintenance Instructions: Driver's Air Distribution System

Driver's Air Distribution System

Air Duct Hose and Quick-Disconnect Coupling Half (to Orifice Connector
Assembly) Replacement (Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) .WP 1230
Air Duct Hose and Quick-Disconnect Coupling Half (to Orifice Connector
Assembly) Replacement (Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . WP 1230.1
Connector Assembly Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1231
Connector Assembly Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1231.1
Holder Assembly Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1232
Holder Assembly Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1232.1
Air Duct Hose (Connector Assembly to Tube Reducer) Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1233
Air Duct Hose (Connector Assembly to Tube Reducer) Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1233.1
Preformed Hose (Tube Reducer to Duct Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1234
Orifice Assembly Connector and Angle Bracket Replacement
(Models without Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1235
Orifice Assembly Connector and Angle Bracket Replacement
(Models with Rear View Sensing System (RVSS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 1235.1
Hoses and Tubes
Hose (Duct Assembly To Left Sponson) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1236
Hose (Distribution Duct to Slipring Bent Tube) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1237
Slipring Metallic Bent Tube Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1238
Scavenge Manifold
Air Exhaust Manifold Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1239
Tube Assembly (Air Exhaust Manifold to Filter Inlet Manifold) Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1240
Tube Assembly (Air Exhaust Manifold to Hull Straight Adapter) Replacement . . . . .WP 1241
Tube Assembly and Hose Assembly (Air Exhaust Manifold to Air Inlet
Tube) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1242

Chapter 28 Maintenance Instructions: Fire Extinguisher System

APU Compartment Fire Extinguisher Responder Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1243

Fire Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1244
Fire Extinguisher Control Amplifier Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1245
Control Amplifier Electrical Connector TJ1 Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1246
Reset Switch Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1247
Left Side Fire Extinguisher Tube Assemblies and Tube Nipple Replacement . . . . . .WP 1248

Change 1 xxviii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Right Side Forward Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly and Tube

Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1249
Right Side Upper Rear Fire Extinguisher Metal Tube
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1250
Right Side Lower Rear Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1251
Left or Right Side Fire Extinguisher Bulkhead Check Valves Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1252
APU Compartment Rear Fire Extinguisher Tube Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1253
APU Compartment Rear Fire Extinguisher Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1254
APU Compartment Upper Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1255
APU Compartment Extinguisher Tube Assembly (Tee to Tee) Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1256
APU Compartment Front Fire Extinguisher Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1257
APU Compartment Right Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1258
APU Compartment Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly (Check Valve to
Tee) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1259
APU Compartment Fire Extinguisher Check Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1260
APU Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly (Reducer to Check Valve)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1261
APU Fire Extinguisher Hose Assembly (Elbow to Tube) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1262
APU Fire Extinguisher Union (Hose to Tube) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1263
APU Fire Extinguisher Hose Assembly (Valve and Bottle to Union)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1264
Valve and Bottle Assemblies
Crew Compartment Valve and Bottle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1265
Engine Compartment Valve and Bottle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1266
Hose Assembly or Tube Nipple Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1267
Fire Extinguisher Bottle Strap Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1268
Support Bracket Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1269
Valve and Bottle Assembly Instruction Plate or Decal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1270
APU Fire Extinguisher Valve and Bottle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1271
APU Fire Extinguisher Support Bracket and Straps Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1272
Fire Extinguisher Manifold Replacement (Halon System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1273
Fire Extinguisher System Manual Controls
Driver's Crew Compartment Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1274
Driver's Manual Control Handle, Bellcrank, and Remote
Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1275
Driver's Engine Compartment Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1276
Outside (Second Shot) Engine Compartment Control Assembly and
Manual Control Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1277
APU Compartment Fire Extinguisher Control Cable Assembly Replacement . . . . . .WP 1278
APU Fire Extinguisher Manual Control Handle, Bellcrank, Remote
Control Lever, and Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1279
Dry Chemical Fire Suppression System
Fire Extinguisher Right Side or Left Side Tube Assembly (Manifold
To Bulkhead) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1280
Flex Hose or Nipple Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1281
1st Shot Tube Assemblies and Nipple Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1282
Fire Extinguisher Manifold, Adapter and Check Valve Replacement
(Dry Chemical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1283
Left or Right Side Fire Extinguisher Bulkhead Check Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1284
Fire Extinguisher Right Side Tube Assembly (Check Valve to Tee)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1285
Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly (Right Side Plenum) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1286
Fire Extinguisher Lower Right Side Tee and Tube Assembly (Plenum
to Panel) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1287
Fire Extinguisher Lower Right Side Two Tees, Bracket and Tube
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1288
Fire Extinguisher Right Side Tube Assembly (Disconnect Panel)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1289
Right Side Lower Rear Fire Extinguisher Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1290
Fire Extinguisher Left Side Tube Assembly (Tee to Tee) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1291
Fire Extinguisher Left Rear Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1292
Fire Extinguisher Left Rear Upper Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1293
Fire Extinguisher Left Rear Upper Tube Assembly Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1294

xxix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Fire Extinguisher Left Rear Lower Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1295
Driver's (First Shot) Engine Compartment Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1296
Driver's Manual Control Handle, Bellcrank, and Remote Control Lever
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1297
Driver's Crew Compartment Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1298
Outside (Second Shot) Engine Compartment Control Assembly and
Manual Control Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1299
Fire Sensor Replacement (Dry Chemical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1300
Valve and Bottle Assembly Upper Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1301
Valve and Bottle Assembly Bracket Strap Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1302
Second Shot Tube Assemblies and Nipple (Nipple to Check Valve)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1303
Fire Extinguisher Left Side Tube Assembly (Check Valve to Tee) and
Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1304
Left Side Fire Extinguisher Lower Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1305
Fire Extinguisher Front Left Side Tee and Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1306
Engine Compartment First and Second Shot Valve and Bottle
Assembly Lower Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1307
Crew Compartment Valve and Bottle Assembly Lower Bracket
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1308
Engine Compartment Valve and Bottle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1309
Valve and Bottle Assembly Warning Decal or Label Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1310
Valve and Bottle Assembly Guard Marker Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1311
Dispersion Tube and Discharge Nozzle Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1312
Left Side Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1313
Right Side Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1314

Chapter 29 Maintenance Instructions: Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical System

Particle Pipeline Separator and Hose (Separator to Exhaust Duct)

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1315
NBC Filter Support Assembly
Outlet Air Exhaust Manifold or Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1316
Gas-Particulate Filters Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1317
NBC Tube Assembly and Duct Boot Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1318
NBC Duct Boot and Nonmetallic Hose (Air Inlet Manifold to Tube
Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1319
NBC Check Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1320
Rigid Connecting Link Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1321
Air Exhaust Manifold Mounting Support Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1322
Inlet Air Exhaust Manifold and Rigid Connecting Links Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1323
Mounting Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1324
Precooler and Hose (Precooler to NBC Heat Exchanger) Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 1325
Venturi Air Circulating Duct and Pressure Regulating
Flow Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1326
Pressure Regulating Flow Valve Check Valve and Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1327
Pressure Regulating Flow Valve Filter Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1328
Venturi Air Circulating Duct and Pressure Regulating Flow Valve Repair . . . . . . . . . .WP 1329
Heat Exchanger, Turbine, Deswirl, Isolator Mount, Support, and
Water Spray Nozzle
Gain Access to NBC Heat Exchanger, Tubeaxial Fan, and Discharge Fan . . . . . . . .WP 1330
NBC Heat Exchanger Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1331
Tubeaxial Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1332
Discharge Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1333
NBC Heat Exchanger Resilient Mount Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1334
NBC Heat Exchanger Support Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1335
NBC Water Spray Cap, Adapter, Clamp, and Nut Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1336
Close Access to NBC Heat Exchanger, Tubeaxial Fan, and Discharge Fan . . . . . . . .WP 1337
NBC Unit Condenser, Hose (Condenser to Heat Exchanger), and Hose
(Condenser to Tubeaxial Fan) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1338
Water Extractor, Hose (Water Extractor to Condenser), and Hose
(Water Extractor to Tubeaxial Fan) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1339
Hose (Water Extractor to Water Spray Nozzle) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1340

Change 1 xxx
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Hose (Water Extractor to Duct) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1341

Front Anti-Ice Valve Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1342
Temperature Control Valve Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1343
Anti-Ice Servo Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1344
Anti-Ice Servo Assembly Check Valve and Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1345
Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1346
Conditioned Air Temperature Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1347
Conditioned Air Overtemperature Rotary Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1348
Bleed Air Inlet Overtemperature Rotary Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1349
Filter Differential Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1350
Duct Assemblies
Bleed Air Inlet Metallic Bent Tube, Hose (Bent Tube to NBC Heat
Exchanger), and Hose (Bent Tube to Venturi Air Circulating Duct)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1351
Temperature Control Valve Inlet NBC Duct and Hose (Inlet NBC Duct
to Venturi Air Circulating Duct) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1352
Bleed Air Tube Insulation Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1353
Anti-Ice Valve Outlet NBC Duct and Hose (Outlet NBC Duct to
Tubeaxial Fan) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1354
Anti-Ice Valve Inlet NBC Duct and Hose (Inlet NBC Duct to Water
Extractor) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1355
Conditioned Air Outlet NBC Duct and Hose (Outlet NBC Duct to
Sponson Discharge Duct) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1356
Hose and Tube Assemblies
Hose (Pressure Regulating Valve to Air Circulating Duct) Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 1357
Hose (Air Circulating Duct to Condenser) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1358
Hose (Air Circulating Duct to Pipeline Separator) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1359
Hose, Filter Assembly, and Tube Assembly (Air Circulating Duct to
Manifold) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1360
Hose (Anti-Ice Servo Assembly to Tubeaxial Fan) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1361
Hose (Anti-Ice Servo Assembly to Condenser) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1362
Hose (Anti-Ice Servo Assembly to Manifold) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1363
Hose (Anti-Ice Servo Assembly to Anti-Ice Valve Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1364
Tube Assembly (Conditioned Air Outlet NBC Duct to Filter
Differential Pressure Switch) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1365
Tube Assembly (Manifold to Temperature Control Valve Assembly)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1366
Hose (Manifold to Anti-Ice Valve Assembly) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1367
Manifold Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1368
Filter Differential Pressure Switch Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1369
NBC Mounting Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1370
Engine NBC System
Prioritization Valve Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1371
Tubing Shield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1372
Tube Assembly (Diffuser to Prioritization Valve) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1373
Tube Assembly (Prioritization Valve to Sponson) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1374
System Prioritization Regulating Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1375
Prioritization Valve Check Valve and Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1376
Pulse Jet System (PJS) Prioritization Valve Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1377
Prioritization Valve Filter Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1378
Leak Test NBC System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1379
Semiannual NBC Sponson Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1380
Stand-off Spacers Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1381
NBC Manifold Assembly Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1382
NBC Duct Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1383
NBC Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1384
NBC Welded Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1385

Chapter 30 Maintenance Instructions: Under Armor Auxiliary Power Unit System

Maintain Auxiliary Power Unit Compartment Production Stubbing

Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1386
Auxiliary Power Unit Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1387

xxxi Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Auxiliary Power Unit Large Guard Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1388

Auxiliary Power Unit Oil Door Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1389
Auxiliary Power Unit Fuel Door Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1390
Auxiliary Power Unit Filter Access Door Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1391
Auxiliary Power Unit Manifold Access Door Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1392
Auxiliary Power Unit Fuel Door Assembly or Oil Door Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1393
Auxiliary Power Unit Guillotine Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1394
Guillotine Plate Tube Assembly Nipple and Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1395
Auxiliary Power Unit Reservoir to Left Rear Fuel Tank Fill Hose Replacement . . . . .WP 1396
Auxiliary Power Unit Vent Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1397
Auxiliary Power Unit Reservoir Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1398
Auxiliary Power Unit Sensor Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1399
Drain Valve (APU Compartment) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1400
Chapter 31 Maintenance Instructions: General Maintenance Instructions

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1401

Cleaning Mechanical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1402
Cleaning Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1403
Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1404
HCP Cleaning and Installing Items to Maintain Hardness Critical
Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1405
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Sensitive Component Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1406
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1407
Tagging Electrical Wires and Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1408
Vehicle Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1409
Installing Anti-Chafing Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1410
Installing Adjustable Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1411
Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1412
Harness Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1413
Fittings, Tubes, and Hoses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1414
Reducing System Hydraulic Pressure to Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1415
Bleeding and Checking for Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1416
Bending Flexible Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1417
Suspension System Torquing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1418
Use of Hub and Arm Lifting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1419
Use of Safety Wood Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1420
Fire Extinguisher Valve and Bottle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1421
Setting Up Charging Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1422
NBC System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1423
Repair Electric Impact Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1424
Safety Wiring Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1425
Installing Safety Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1426
Bleed Air from Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1427
Replacing Data Plate on Unit Packaging Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1428
Replacing Pressure Relief Valve on Unit Packaging Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1429
Broken Screw Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1430

Change 1 xxxii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

WP
Sequence
No.

Chapter 32 Maintenance Instructions: Illustrated List of Manufactured Items

Illustrated List of Manufactured Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1431

Chapter 33 Supporting Information

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1432

Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1433
Expendables and Durable Supplies List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1434
Tool Identification List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1435
Mandatory Replacement Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1436

Alphabetical Index

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1

xxxiii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The safest, easiest, and best way to do maintenance on the M1A2 SEP Tank is to use this Technical Manual
(TM). Learning to use this TM is as easy as reading through the next few pages. Knowing what's in this TM and
how to use it will save you time, work, and help you avoid exposing yourself to unnecessary hazards while you do
your job.

So, where do you start?

Right here if this is the first time you are using this TM. Be sure to completely read this section on How To Use
This Manual first. There's a lot of information here you need to know.

ORGANIZATION

This manual is divided into three types of maintenance activities. These are: Troubleshooting Procedures that
fault isolates to a faulty Line Replaceable Unit (LRU); Scheduled Maintenance, also known as Preventive
Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS); and Maintenance Procedures that are used to correct faults and
replace failed parts. You will be using the procedures in this manual to do one of these types of maintenance.
Within the Troubleshooting and Maintenance portions of this manual you will find the material organized in
functional group code order like the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Vol 7, WP 1433 of this TM. This
allows the TM to be alined with its applicable Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL). For information on
how to use the RPSTL, refer to the introduction in TM 9-2350-388-24P-1.

General Maintenance Instructions (GMI) are provided to assist you with common knowledge information which
you might not use every day. They are provided in Vol 7, Chapter 31, as general instructions so the specific steps
won't have to be included in every procedure. You should familiarize yourself with all the information in the GMI.
GMI includes information on the following subjects:
Cleaning Mechanical Parts Fittings, Tubes, and Hoses Replacement
Cleaning Electrical Components Reducing System Hydraulic Pressure to Zero
Painting Bleeding and Checking for Leaks
HCP Cleaning and Installing Items to Bending Flexible Hoses
Maintain Hardness Critical Integrity Suspension System Torquing
Welding Use of Hub and Arm Lifting Tool
Tagging Electrical Wires and Parts Use of Safety Wood Blocks
Vehicle Armor Fire Extinguisher Valve and Bottle
Installing Anti-Chafing Sleeves Assembly Replacement
Installing Adjustable Fittings Setting Up Charging Kit
Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors NBC System
Harness Routing Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Sensitive
Component Handling

HOW TO FIND PROCEDURES

If you're going to do Scheduled Maintenance, you can turn directly to the Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS) in Vol 2, WP 0253. If you're using the manual to perform Troubleshooting, go to HOW TO DO
TROUBLESHOOTING and proceed according to the instructions there. If you are using the manual to perform
repair or replacement of a part that you already know is bad, you would start by locating the part to be replaced in
the Alphabetical Index located at the back of the last volume of this manual.

How do you find the correct procedure?

Look in the Alphabetical Index for a key noun from the vehicle system or part nomenclature. The Alphabetical
Index lists each task under one or more headings. For example, the procedure for DRIVER'S PERISCOPE
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENT, would be listed under "D" for "Driver's Periscope Windshield
Wiper Blade," under "W" for "Wiper Blade, Windshield, Driver's Periscope," and also under "B" for "Blade, Wiper,
Windshield, Driver's Periscope."

Change 1 xxxiv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

Once you've located the correct procedure, read through it to determine if you have everything you need to
perform the job. Make sure all the Equipment Conditions have been met. Familiarize yourself with the potential
hazards described by the WARNINGS and CAUTIONS. You must familiarize yourself with the entire maintenance
procedure before beginning the maintenance task.

HOW TO DO TROUBLESHOOTING

Chapters 2 through 5 contain instructions for field level troubleshooting of the M1A2 SEP Tank hull assembly.

Chapter 2 contains the Built-in Diagnostics And Fault Isolation Procedures and Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index which are used in conjunction with the on tank built-in diagnostics to identify a faulty Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) or ambiguity group of LRUs. The ambiguity groups of LRUs identified by built-in diagnostics are fault
isolated by Troubleshooting Procedure (TP) Follow-on Procedures. The built-in diagnostics and fault isolation
procedures begin in WP 0004.

Also contained in Chapter 2 is the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index, Symptom Discernment Procedures,
and Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault System Index. These indexes identify any
symptom malfunction of the hull systems not identified by built-in diagnostics. Symptom Discernment Procedure
Index is located in WP 0009 and the Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault System Index is
located in WP 0020.

Chapter 3 contains the TP Follow-on procedures starting in WP 0024 and Chapter 4 contains the Manual
Troubleshooting Procedures starting in Vol 2, WP 0155.

Chapter 5 contains supplementary data on test equipment operation and hook-up, component location diagrams
and other related tank data which are referenced in the troubleshooting procedures. This data begins in Vol 2, WP
0241.

PURPOSE

Troubleshooting is a step-by-step process for finding the cause of a tank problem. This section will explain the
overall approach to the troubleshooting procedures presented in Chapter 2. References within this volume will be
by work package number. References within other volumes of the same TM will be by volume and work package
number. References to other TMs will only be by TM number. If you are given a reference to TM 9-2350-388-10,
for instance, use the index at the end of the TM 9-2350-388-10-2 book to find the proper task location. System
Functional Schematic Foldouts (FOs) are located in TM 9-2350-388-24-1.

There are four key steps that make for good troubleshooting:
• Identify the symptom.
• Find the procedure.
• Isolate the fault.
• Verify the repair.

xxxv Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

IDENTIFY THE SYMPTOM

Gather Information. To identify the symptom, read the DA Form 5988-E/DA Form 2404 that was filled out by the
tank crew. If required, ask the crew questions and get more information about the symptom.

If you do not know the answer to a question about your symptom, try to find the answer by duplicating the
necessary operation. For example, if you were asked if panel lights were OK, and you do not know for sure, check
out all lights to make sure they work properly before answering the question.

Record any messages obtained during troubleshooting and symptom verification. If the crew has reported a
failure message that is no longer present in the system and you cannot duplicate the message, the embedded
diagnostics may not properly identify the fault. It may be necessary to operate the failing function for up to 30
seconds to duplicate a failure message. If the message is a circuit breaker tripped caution, determine which
circuit breaker trips by monitoring circuit breaker status while operating the control or function. Always try to keep
failure messages in the system by keeping master power on until all necessary Built-In Test (BIT) and Fault
Isolation Tests (FITs) have been run. Most failure messages are lost when master power is turned off. The
exceptions are the engine failures that are detected by the Digital Electronic Control Unit (DECU). They are
retained in the DECU memory even when master power is off.

WARNING

Do not operate tank if there is any chance the symptom may injure personnel or damage tank.
Example: "No steering control''. Before operating tank, notify nearby personnel and make sure
surrounding area is clear, to prevent injury to personnel or damage to equipment.

Operate Tank. If necessary, operate the tank, i.e., turn on tank power and/or start engine as necessary, to help
verify the symptom and make sure there was no crew error. Troubleshooting in this book is based on the
assumption that all -10 troubleshooting has been completed and if possible, the fault verified.

Change 1 xxxvi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

FIND THE PROCEDURE

Built-in Diagnostics. Built-in diagnostics consists of self test that runs anytime master power is on. BIT and FIT
are initiated by the field mechanic. The result of running built-in diagnostics will identify a faulty LRU by its name
or an ambiguity group of LRUs by a TP number. The TP number will relate directly to an action listed in the
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index in WP 0008.

Symptom Discernment Procedures. The fault discernment logic is designed to insure that you will be using the
correct procedure to troubleshoot your symptom(s). You may have more than one symptom, and because many of
the symptoms/problems are interrelated, we have assigned priorities so troubleshooting will not have to be
repeated in several subsystems. These procedures help the mechanic find the correct manual troubleshooting
procedure for symptoms not identified by built-in diagnostics. These symptom discernment procedures are
organized by tank system/subsystem. These procedures are listed in the Symptom Discernment Index in WP
0009.

Manual Troubleshooting Procedures. These procedures are based on tank symptoms not identified by the built-in
diagnostics. They fault isolate an ambiguity group of LRUs to a single LRU using a multimeter and a breakout
box. The correct manual troubleshooting procedure can be found by using symptom discernment procedures or, if
you are sure about the correct symptom, use the Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index
in WP 0020.

Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Procedure. If a symptom is present that is not covered by a
symptom discernment procedure, notify your supervisor. To ensure that future problems are addressed, submit a
DA FORM 2028 with the following data:
• Any recorded measurements
• Corrective action
• Observed symptoms

Refer to page i for submittal information.

ISOLATE THE FAULT

Follow-on Procedures. The follow-on procedures are in the form of fault isolation flow charts; see Sample
Procedure. Each flow chart begins with a TP number identified by built-in diagnostics or with a fault symptom that
can be seen, felt, or heard during tank operation. Step by step instructions for finding and correcting the fault are
given for each symptom. When needed, illustrations are included that show the location of test points and tank
hardware. Chapter 5, Supplementary Data, contains test equipment and tank data which is referenced throughout
the fault isolation procedures.

VERIFY THE REPAIR

Replace Component. Most fault isolation procedures will lead to the replacement of a tank component. Follow the
reference to the maintenance manual and replace the faulty part.

Verify Problem Is Solved. After the repair is completed, operate the tank or perform built-in diagnostics to be sure
the symptom failure is no longer present. If your tank still has a problem after a repair action has been performed,
your tank may have had more than one fault. Repeating the troubleshooting process as shown in Block Diagram
should fix your second fault.

xxxvii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

STANDARD TROUBLESHOOTING PRACTICES

The following steps need to be performed each time you are doing a troubleshooting procedure. These standard
practices will improve the accuracy of fault isolation and help prevent damage to the tank or test equipment.

• Remember to close all grille doors and access panels before traversing the tank turret.
• Be sure master power is off before connecting or disconnecting any electrical cable or harness unless
otherwise specified. If master power must remain on, be sure turret power is off.
• Anytime a connector is disconnected it should be checked for cleanliness and broken, bent, or pushed in
pins (Vol 2, WP 0245). If you find missing or damaged pins, notify your supervisor.
• Remove test probes and jumpers after answering the question at the end of each block unless otherwise
noted. If additional adapter and/or jumpers are required, refer to Vol 2, WP 0241 for information on
additional items.
• Continuity is defined as a 0 to 5 ohms reading on a multimeter. A buzzer or light can give a false continuity
or short circuit indication when the circuit resistance is actually greater than 5 ohms. Do not use a buzzer
or light without verifying the actual multimeter reading.
• When instructed to make a measurement to chassis ground, ensure you make solid contact to a metal
surface, free of paint, grease and dirt. Connector backshells (not the coupling ring) and braided wire
ground straps are reliable chassis connections.
• If testing for an intermittent condition, flex the harness and test for a reading that varies above or below the
limits specified in test block.
• When preparing the multimeter for measuring 0 to 5 ohms, make sure the RANGE switch is set to its lowest
position.
• Use care when hooking up connectors by carefully alining the keyway to avoid bending or breaking pins.
• Composite connectors used in electrical cables and LRUs utilize connector bodies that do not conduct
electricity. When required to test to a connector body, test to the EMI adapter (backshell) for cable
connectors and to the component chassis for LRUs.

Figure 1. Composite Connectors.

Change 1 xxxviii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

• HCP Ensure electrical connectors are fully mated. Hand tighten connectors whenever possible and only
use plastic jaw pliers as a last resort. There are two types of locking mechanisms for tank electrical
connectors. When connecting threaded connectors, ensure that connector is fully mated by turning
connector until a metal to metal bottoming is felt. Wiggle harness slightly while turning connector to ensure
that connector is fully mated. When connecting bayonet type connectors, turn connector until an audible
click is heard.

• HCP Always look for obvious damage to harnesses and all surrounding components while checking for
loose electrical connectors or making harness disconnects. Remember to connect all cables and
harnesses that were disconnected in order to get at the connector being checked. Replace all harnesses
where outer shield is damaged to the extent that inner conductors are visible.

• HCP Make sure all vehicle LRU test connectors are covered with provided metal caps whenever testing
is not being performed.

SEPV2 IMPROVED ELECTRICAL BOXES

There have been several upgrades to the latest version of the SEP (SEP version 2, or SEPv2) vehicle, which
includes the following new boxes: Improved Commander's Display Unit (iCDU), Improved Commander's
Electronic Unit (iCEU), Improved Driver's Integrated Display (iDID), Improved Gunner's Control and Display Panel
(iGCDP), and Improved Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (iHMPU and iTMPU). The redesigned Improved
Fire Control Electronics Unit (IFCEU) can be used with either the original SEP (version 1, or SEPv1) or SEPv2
configurations. Refer to Differences Between Models section in WP 0002 for more information.

NOTE
The technical manual will continue to refer to the new boxes by their original nomenclature
(without "improved") unless there is a specific need to identify configuration differences.

xxxix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

SAMPLE PROCEDURE

These sample procedure blocks show the different parts of a fault isolation procedure and tell how they should be
performed.

NOTE
When a message or title has many varying values or designations, a series of X's are used in
place of the actual value or designation.
1. FAULT SYMPTOM NUMBER: Provides a fault symptom number, if applicable, as referenced by the
symptom index.
2. FAULT SYMPTOM TITLE: Provides a fault symptom description as referenced by the symptom index.
3. TOOLS AND SPECIAL TOOLS: This lists the assigned tool box and special, fabricated, or common tools
not found in assigned tool box, or test equipment needed to do the procedure. The assigned tool box is
designated in the Manual Troubleshooting Procedures.
4. MATERIALS/PARTS: This lists any supply items from the Expendable/Durable Items and Materials List
and/or Mandatory Replacement Parts List needed to perform the procedure.
5. PERSONNEL: Only used when more than one mechanic is needed to perform the procedure.
6. EQUIPMENT CONDITION: These are additional conditions required before starting a procedure. TANK
PARKED, PARKING BRAKE SET, ENGINE SHUT DOWN, and MASTER POWER OFF are standard
conditions, unless otherwise specified.
7. REFERENCES: This lists any references to other manuals or other pages/work packages within the same
manual that are necessary to perform the procedure.

Figure 2. Sample Procedure 1.

Change 1 xl
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

1. PROCEDURE BLOCK: This tells you to perform one or more actions and provides references for further
information when required.
2. QUESTION BLOCK: Answer the question yes or no, then follow the proper flow line to the next block.
3. FLOW LINE: This flow line tells you that the procedure continues on next page.
4. PROCEDURE ILLUSTRATION: The illustration will show you where the components called out in the
procedure are located.
5. CORRECTIVE ACTION BLOCK: This tells you how to correct a problem. In most cases it will give you a
maintenance reference and tell you to replace a part.
6. GO TO BLOCK/GO BACK TO BLOCK: This block will send you to another part of the fault isolation
procedure to continue troubleshooting.

Figure 3. Sample Procedure 2.

xli Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

BLOCK DIAGRAM

Figure 4. Block Diagram.

Change 1 xlii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

HOW TO USE A MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE

The first page of a maintenance procedure lists everything you will need to perform that procedure. The following
paragraphs describe all the blocks of information you will find there.

EFFECTIVITY NOTICE. If the procedure is applicable to specific models, the data under this heading will identify
those model differences to you. If the procedure is applicable to all models, it's assumed and this heading will not
even be listed.

TOOLS AND SPECIAL TOOLS. Individual tools from your mechanic's tool kit will not be listed under this heading.
If any tools from this kit are required, the tool kit itself will be listed as the first item. Special tools, fabricated tools,
and tools from any other source will be listed with a reference to a specific item and work package number. The
referenced work package will provide you with the necessary information to find or make the tool. Vol 7, WP 1435
will list all special tools, tools from supply catalog sets, kits and outfits, and tools which must be acquired through
the GSA catalog. Vol 7, WP 1431 will list the fabricated tools with complete fabrication instructions. In some
procedures two of the same tool may be required to perform the specific steps but only one is included in the
mechanic's tool kit. In such cases, the second tool will be listed as an additional requirement to the mechanic's
tool kit.

MATERIALS/PARTS. If any expendable or consumable supplies are needed to perform the task, they will be
listed under this heading along with the quantity in parentheses and a reference to an item and work package in
the back of the TM. The referenced work package will give you the detailed information necessary to requisition
the supply if you don't have it on hand. Replacement parts are not normally listed under this heading. The
inspection steps in the removal or disassembly procedure will tell you which parts to replace. Mandatory repair
parts (parts that are destroyed in disassembly or not normally reused, such as gaskets and lockwashers) are
listed under this heading by their nomenclature only. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-24P-1 for information you need on
repair parts.

PERSONNEL REQUIRED. The number of personnel required to perform the procedure will be listed here. You
will find this heading only in procedures that require more than one person.

xliii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

EQUIPMENT CONDITION. This heading will list only the special conditions you will have to meet in order to
perform the procedure. In addition to these specific conditions the following general equipment conditions always
apply unless otherwise specified:
• Tank parked, preferably on hard level surface
• Parking brake set
• MASTER POWER switch set to OFF
• Transmission shift control set to N (Neutral)

Procedures that must be completed before starting the specific job you are doing (Preliminary Procedures) will be
listed in past tense with a work package or TM reference. You will have to do all the procedures listed under
EQUIPMENT CONDITION of those tasks also before starting the specific procedure you have set out to do. As an
example, when the equipment condition of "Engine assembly disconnected from transmission assembly (Vol 3,
WP 0271)" is listed and you go to that procedure and find an equipment condition of "Powerpack removed (Vol 3,
WP 0262)," then you must do that procedure also.

REFERENCES. These are other technical publications or work packages you will need to refer to in order to do
the task. This heading will appear only when other references or work packages are referenced.

FEATURES OF THE NEW PROCEDURE FORMAT

MULTIPLE EXPERIENCE LEVEL COVERAGE. This means that the TM is written with both SUMMARY and
DETAIL steps. The SUMMARY steps in all capital letters are basic steps that the experienced mechanic requires
to perform the job. The detail steps, if needed, follow immediately and are lettered and shown in regular case
letters. This reduces the material the experienced mechanic needs to review to perform a job.

PICTORIAL WARNINGS. Certain general warnings are shown by pictures rather than by text within procedures.
Refer to the WARNING SUMMARY found just after the front cover of this TM for the specific meaning of each
pictorial warning used in this TM. You must become familiar with them. Until you are, always refer to the detailed
WARNING SUMMARY in the front of the TM. These pictorial warnings are just as important as the specific text
warnings that are also used throughout the TM. When you see a pictorial warning in the very beginning of the
procedure you should heed the precautions throughout. For example, when you see the following pictorial
warning, then you should follow the precautions for keeping away from open fire, wear eye protection, and use in
a well-ventilated area whenever you use the adhesive in the procedure.

WARNING

ADHESIVE

Failure to heed these warnings could result in injury or death to yourself or others.

USE OF TOOLS AND PERSONNEL. Each procedure lists the tool kits and tools that you will need for that
procedure. The procedural steps will not tell you how and where to use common tools. Also, the procedural steps
will not tell you which persons do which steps in procedures with more than one person. The mechanic
responsible for the task should direct the rest of the personnel what to do. If you have difficulty determining what
tools to use or how to use personnel see your supervisor for help.

Change 1 xliv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

REFERENCES. References are made to work package numbers within a given TM. The multiple volume TM
9-2350-388-23-1 is considered to be one TM; references between volumes within the same TM will be by volume
and work package. References to other Technical Manuals will be by TM number only and users will need to use
the Alphabetical Index of that TM to find the information they need.

PROCEDURE ORGANIZATION. Most of the procedures in this TM fall into the category of either a replacement
or repair. These procedures will contain both the removal and installation or the disassembly and assembly steps
in the same procedure.

LOCATING COMPONENTS. The use of locator illustrations in this TM are minimized. Locator illustrations will not
be used to show locations of operating controls and major components located in the Operator's manual. Refer to
Principles of Operation and Controls and Indicators in TM 9-2350-388-10 for this information. In addition,
equipment which is specifically located in the performance of the Equipment Conditions procedures do not
normally have locators in the beginning of the procedure. Where locators are required, they are only used in the
beginning of the Removal subtask. No locators are used in Installation subtasks. If for some reason you are in
doubt of the location of a component, refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. If you still have trouble see your supervisor.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS. A list of definitions for all abbreviations, acronyms
and symbols used in this TM may be found in the List of Abbreviations in WP 0001.

xlv/xlvi blank Change 1

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND THEORY OF

OPERATION
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

FIELD MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION

SCOPE

Type Of Manual. This manual contains Field maintenance level troubleshooting and maintenance procedures
for the M1A2 SEP Tank hull and hull system components.

Model Number And Equipment Name. M1A2 SEP - Tank, Combat, Full-Tracked, 120 mm Gun.

Purpose Of Equipment. Provide maneuverable shell fire and shock to enemy; perform reconnaissance and
provide security for friendly units; provide offensive, defensive and delaying action; destroy, capture, or repel
enemy assault.

MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as
applicable) PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual; or AR 700-138,
Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability.

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your equipment needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell
us what you don't like about your equipment. Let us know why you don't like the design or performance. If you
have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to go to the Web Product
Quality Deficiency Reporting (PQDR) website: https://www.nslcptsmh.csd.disa.mil/webpqdr/webpqdr.htm. New
accounts can be established at the following address: https://www.nslcptsmh.csd.disa.mil/accessforms/
uarform.htm. You may also submit your information using an SF Form 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report).
You can send your SF Form 368 via email, regular mail, or facsimile using the addresses/facsimile numbers
specified in PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual. We will send you
a reply.

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be
made to prevent the problem in future items. Corrosion specifically occurs with metals. It is an electrochemical
process that causes the degradation of metals. It is commonly caused by exposure to moisture, acids, bases, or
salts. An example is the rusting of iron. Corrosion damage in metals can be seen, depending on the metal, as
tarnishing, pitting, fogging, surface residue, and/or cracking. Plastics, composites, and rubbers can also degrade.
Degradation is caused by thermal (heat), oxidation (oxygen), solvation (solvents), or photolytic (light, typically UV)
processes. The most common exposures are excessive heat or light. Damage from these processes will appear
as cracking, softening, swelling, and/or breaking. SF Form 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report, should be
submitted to the address specified in PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users
Manual.

OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES (ODS)

The automatic fire extinguishing system in the crew compartment contains bottles of Halon 1301, a class I ODS.
These bottles should only be filled or otherwise handled by qualified personnel. Halon 1301 should only be
discharged in case of fire.

DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Refer to TM 750-244-6 for instructions on destruction of army materiel to prevent enemy use.

0001-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

Refer to Vol 2, WP 0256 for instructions on preparing the M1A2 SEP tank for storage or shipment.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations, acronyms, signs, or symbols used in this manual are listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols.

Acronyms Description
2nd Gen FLIR Second Generation Forward Looking Infrared
AC Air Conditioner
AC Alternating Current
ADJ Adjust
ADPSW AMMO Door Power Switch
ADS Ammunition Door System
AEGR Army Embedded GPS (Global Positioning System) Receiver
AGYRO Gun Azimuth Reference Gyroscope
AHS Auxiliary Hydraulic System
AHU Air Handling Unit
AIM Analog Input Module
AIRSW Plenum And Air Box Pressure Switch
ALT Generator
AM/A2 Vehicle Amplifier Adapter
AMMO Ammunition
AMCCOM Armament, Munitions and Chemical Command
AMMCOMP Ammunition Compartment
AMP Amperes
AMP Amplifier
ANR Automatic Noise Reduction
AOAP Army Oil Analysis Program
APC Analog Processor Card
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
AR Army Regulations
ASM Armament System Maintenance
ASOL Transmission Solenoid A
ASSY Assembly
AST Auto Self Test
ATE Automated Test Equipment
ATTN: Attention
AUTO Automotive
AUTO FIT Automatic Fault Isolation Test
AUX Auxiliary
AUXP Auxiliary Hydraulic Pump
AXHPS Hydraulic Pressure Switch
AUX PUMP Auxiliary Pump
AZ Azimuth
BBWH Brake Branched Wiring Harness
BD Bolt
BE Bale
BF Board Foot
BFT Blue Force Tracking
BICU Biocular Image Control Unit
BII Basic Issue Items

Change 1 0001-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
BIT Built-In Test or Burner Inlet Temperature Sensor
BK Book
BLD Bleed
BLDVL System Prioritization Regulating Valve
BLWR Blower
BMACH Blasting Machine
BO Battle Override or Black Out
BOB Breakout Box
BOS Battle Override System
BP Bilge Pump
BRD Board
BREECH Breech Fire Sensor
BS Brake System
BSOL Transmission Solenoid B
BT or BTL Bottle
BUU Basic User Unit
BX Box
BZL Bezel
C Centigrade or Celsius
C Operator/Crew
CA Cartridge
CAGE Commercial and Government Entity Code
CAL Caliber
CB Circuit Breaker
CBWH Control Branched Wiring Harness
CC Cubic Centimeter
CCA Circuit Card Assembly
CCHA Commander's Control Handle Assembly
CCU Camera Control Unit
CCW Counterclockwise
CDOME Commander's Domelight
CDR Commander
CDRSL Commander's Spotlight
CDU Commander's Display Unit
CECOM Communications and Electronics Command
CEGPS Commander's Extension, Gunner's Primary Sight
CEU Commander's Electronic Unit
CFFCS Commander's Full Function Crew Station
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CG Control Grip
CHEM or CHM Chemical
CID Commander's Integrated Display
CINTS Commander's Intercom Electrical Switch
CIP Compressor Inlet Pressure
CIT Compressor Inlet Temperature
CITV Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer
CITVAD Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Azimuth Drive
Assembly
CITVCEU Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Common Electronics
Unit
CITVSA Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Sight Assembly
CITVSEU Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Servo Electronics Unit

0001-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
CITVSM Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Sight Module
CK Commander's Keyboard
CL Coil
CLP Cleaner/Lubricant, Preservative
CM or cm Centimeter
CMDR Commander
CMDRS Commander's Fire Sensor
cm H2O Centimeters of Water
CMM Coaxial Machinegun Mount
CN Can
CNTLM Water Separator Control Module
CO Container
COAX Coaxial
COAXS COAX Electrical Solenoid
COM Commercial
COMM Communications
CPLSW NBC Crew Pressure Low Switch
CREW 2 Counter RCIED Electronic Warfare 2
CROWS II Common Remotely Operated Weapon Station II
CS Communication System or Cooling System
CSA Commander's Seat Assembly
CSAHU Cooling System Air Handling Unit
CSAMM Counter Sniper Anti Materiel Mount
CSI Cooling System
CSOL Transmission Solenoid C
CSM Cooling System Manifold
CTA Common Table of Allowance
CTD Commander's (or Color) Tactical Display
CTRL Controller
CTSIII Contact Test Set III
Cu. Cubic
CVALV Crew Fire Extinguisher Valve
CVC Combat Vehicle Crewman Helmet Cord
CVC Combat Vehicle Crewman
CW Clockwise
CWM Commander's Weapon Mount
CWS Commander's Weapon Station
CWSHMA Commander's Weapon Station Hatch and Mechanism Assembly
CWSP Commander's Weapon Station Periscope
CY Cylinder
DA Department of the Army
DAGR Defense Advanced GPS Receiver
DAHA Dual Axis Head Assembly
DBC Data Bus Coupler
DBCA1 Data Bus Coupler A1
DBCA2 Data Bus Coupler A2
DBCB1 Data Bus Coupler B1
DBCB2 Data Bus Coupler B2
DBC1 Data Bus Coupler 1
DBC2 Data Bus Coupler 2
DC Direct Current
DDOME Driver's Domelight

Change 1 0001-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
DECU Digital Electronic Control Unit
DELTA P Differential Pressure
DEPRESS Depressurization
DET Detector
DFFCS Driver's Full Function Crew Station
DGR Defense Advanced GPS Receiver
DHISW Driver's Hatch Interlock Switch
DHYSW Safety Switch Disable Switch
DIA. or dia. Diameter
DIAG Diagnostic
DID Driver's Integrated Display
DISC Disconnect
DL Domelight
DLS Display And Light System
DMLT or DM LT Dome Light
DMWR Depot Maintenance Work Requirements
DPC Digital Processor Card
DPCM Display Panel Control Module
DR Drum
DRECP Dummy Receptacle
DRMO Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office
DRS Daysight Reticle Subsystem
DRVRS Driver's Fire Sensor
DSESTS Direct Support Electrical System Test Set
DSFSW Ready Ammunition Door Safety Switch
DSN Defense Switched Network
DSOL Transmission Solenoid D
DTV Driver's Thermal Viewer (Driver's Vision Enhancer)
DU/U238 Depleted Uranium
DVD Driver's Video Display
DVE Driver's Vision Enhancer
DVI Digital Video Interface
DZ Dozen
EA or ea Each
EAS Engine Air System
ECM Engine Control Module (UAAPU/APU)
ECS Electrical Charging System
EFS Engine Fuel System
EGYRO Gun Elevation Reference Gyroscope
EIR Equipment Improvement Recommendations
EL Elevation
ELCT Electronics
ELEC Electrical
EL UNCPL Elevation Uncoupled
ELSVO Elevation Servomechanism
EMER Emergency
EMFS Electrical-Mechanical Fuel System
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
EMIF Electromagnetic Interference Filter Box
EMIFB Electromagnetic Interface Filter Box
ENG Engine
EOTXM Engine Oil Temperature Transmitter

0001-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
EPLRS Enhanced Position Location Reporting System
ESA Elevation Servomechanism Assembly
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
ESLV Embedded Software Loader/Verifier
ESOL Transmission Solenoid E
ESS Engine System
etc Et Cetera
EX or EXT Extinguisher
EXCTR Ignition Exciter
EXT-NATO External NATO Slave Receptacle
F Fahrenheit
FAADS Forward Area Air Defense System
FBCB2 Force XXI Battle Command Brigade & Below
FC Fire Control
FCCP Fire Control and Communication Processor Card
FCER Fire Control Electronics Rack
FCEU Fire Control Electronics Unit
FCS Firing Circuit Subsystem
FCSM Fire Control System Maintenance
FD Final Drive
FEA Fire Extinguisher Amplifier
FERSW First Shot Reset Switch
FES Fire Extinguisher System
FFCS Full Function Crew Station
FIRE1 Engine Fire1 Sensor
FIRE2 Engine Fire2 Sensor
FIRE3 Engine Fire3 Sensor
FIRE4 Engine Fire4 Sensor
FIT Fault Isolation Test
FL Fuel
FLIR Forward Looking Infrared
FLT Filter
FLXFM Auxiliary Fueling Manifold
FLXFP Cam Actuated Electrical Fuel Pump
FLXMR Left Rear Fuel Level Liquid Transmitter
FM Field Manual
FO Fold-outs
FPC or FPCU Fill/Purge/Charge or Fill/Purge/Charge Unit
FRH Fire Resistant, Rust Inhibited
FRT Front
FS Fuel Supply System
FT or ft Feet or Foot
FT-LB or ft-lb Foot-Pounds
FWSEP Water Separator Solenoid Valve
GAS Gunner's Auxiliary Sight
GASFS Gunner's Auxiliary Sight Front Seal
GCA Gunner's Control Assembly
GCDP Gunner's Control Display Panel
GCH Gunner's Control Handle
GDOME Gunner's Domelight
GEN Generator
GFFCS Gunner's Full Function Crew Station

Change 1 0001-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
GFSW Gunner's Foot Switch
GL Gallon
GM Gun Mount
GMI General Maintenance Instructions
GPB Precleaner And Particulate Filter Assembly
GPFS Gas Particulate Filter System
GPM Gallons Per Minute
GPS Global Positioning System
GPS Gunner's Primary Sight
GPSA Global Positioning Sensor Antenna
GPSCAHL Gunner's Primary Sight Cover Assembly, Handle, and Linkage
GPSD Gunner's Primary Sight Defroster Subsystem
GR Gross
GRAPH Graphics
GSA Gunner's Seat Assembly
GTD Gun Turret Drive
GTMD Gun, Turret, Mirror, And Drive Subsystem
GTR Gun Trunnion Resolver
GUNC+ Main Gun Primer Positive Contact
GUNC- Main Gun Primer Torque Bracket Contact
GYRO Gyroscope
H General Support Maintenance
H3 Tritium
HANDP Hand Pump Hydraulic Handle
HAR Wiring Harness
HBPSW Auxiliary Hydraulic Brake Pressure Switch
HCP Hardness Critical Process
HDLT Headlight
HEATP Personnel Heater Electrical Fuel Pump
HGYRO Hull Gyroscope
HMPU Hull Mission Processor Unit
HPB Main Hydraulic Centrifugal Pump
HPDS Hull Power Distribution System
HPDU Hull Power Distribution Unit
HQ Headquarters
HRSM Hull Remote Switching Module
HS Hydraulic System
HSOL Transmission Solenoid H
H/TPS or HTPS Hull/Turret Position Sensor
HTR Heater
H/TSA Hull/ Turret Slipring Assembly
H/TSR Hull/Turret Slipring
HUC Hull Unusual Conditions
HYD or HYDR Hydraulic
HZ Hertz
I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit
ICB Intercom Control Boxes: Commander's, Gunner's, and Loader's
iCDU Improved Commander's Display Unit
ICETP NBC Anti-Ice Temperature Sensor
iCEU Improved Commander's Electronic Unit
ICEVL NBC Front Anti-Ice Valve Assembly
ID Inside Diameter

0001-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
iDID Improved Driver's Integrated Display
iFCEU Improved Fire Control Electronics Unit
iGCDP Improved Gunner's Control and Display Panel
IGV Inlet Guide Vane
iHMPU Improved Hull Mission Processor Unit
IL Illinois
IMA Interface Module Assembly
IN. or in. Inch or Inches
IND Indicator
in. H2O Inches of Water
IN-LB or in-lb Inch-Pounds
INT Intermittent or Intercom
INTER FIT Interactive Fault Isolation Test
I/O Input/Output
IOC Industrial Operations Command
JSOL Transmission Solenoid J
KG or kg Kilograms
KG-CM or kg-cm Kilogram-Centimeter
KM Kilometer
KNESW Loader's Knee Switch
kPa Kilopascal
kPaA Kilopascal Absolute
kPaG Kilopascal Gage
KSOL Transmission Solenoid K
KT Kit
LB or lb Pound
LB-FT or lb-ft Pound-Feet
LB-IN or lb-in Pound-Inches
L/DVE Loader's/Driver's Vision Enhancer
LDOME Loader's Domelight
LDR Loader
LDRS Loader's Fire Sensor
LDS Lights And Display System
LFFCS Loader's Full Function Crew Station
LFFLP Left Rear Fuel Pump
LFFXM Left Front Fuel Level Transmitter
LFLPS Left Fuel Pump Pressure Switch
LGREN Left Grenade Launcher
LGTS Lights
LH Loader's Hatch
LHEAD Left Headlight
LIN Line Item Number
LO Lubrication Order
LOS Line-Of-Sight
LP Loader's Panel
LPARK Left Parking Brake Signal Switch
LR or LRF Laser Rangefinder
LRPO Local Radiation Protection Officer
LRSO Local Radiation Safety Officer
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LSA Loader's Seat Assembly
LT Light or Left

Change 1 0001-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
LTAIL Left Stoplight-Taillight Assembly
LTWS Loader's Thermal Weapon Sight
LUP Loader's Unity Periscope
LVDT Linear Variable Differential Transformer
LWM Loader's Weapon Mount
M or m Meter
M240 M240 Machinegun
MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart
MALF Malfunction
MAN Manual
MANFA Hydraulic Distribution Manifold
MAX Maximum
MCP NO. Mission Capability Power Number
MCS Master Control Station
MEAA Manual Elevation Accumulator Assembly
MEZZ Mezzanine
MFLD Manifold
MGSS Main Gun Safety Switch
MHA Mounting Housing Assembly
MHS Main Hydraulic System
MI Michigan
MIBK Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone
ML or ml Milliliter
MM or mm Millimeter
MMU Mass Memory Unit
M OHMS Megohms (million ohms)
M/OSB Menu/Option Select Button
MPH Miles-Per-Hour
MPU Mission Processing (Processor) Unit or Main Processing Unit
MRS Muzzle Reference Sensor
MTOE Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
MTP Manual Troubleshooting Procedure
MTS Movement Tracking System
MTSSM MTS Satellite Modem
MWO Modification Work Order
MX Thousand
NA Not Available
NAIRT NBC Condition Air Temperature Sensor
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NAV Navigation
NBC Nuclear Biological Chemical System
NBCFSA Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Filter Support Assembly
NED Nuclear Event Detector
NEG Negative
NFTSW NBC Filter Differential Pressure Switch
NH High Pressure Compressor Speed
NH1 High Pressure Compressor Speed Pickup NO. 1
NH2 High Pressure Compressor Speed Pickup NO. 2
NICP National Inventory Control Point
N•M or Nm Newton Meters
NO. Number
NPRVL NBC Pressure Regulating Flow Valve

0001-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
NPT Power Turbine Speed
NPT1 Power Turbine Speed Sensor NO. 1
NPT2 Power Turbine Speed Sensor NO. 2
NSN National Stock Number
NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission
O Unit Maintenance
OD Outside Diameter
OHM Resistance
OILFS Engine Oil Filter Bypass Pressure Switch
OILPS Engine Low Oil Pressure-Thermal Switch
OLVLS Engine Oil Liquid Float Switch
OSC Operations Support Command
OZ Ounce
PAM Pamphlet
PART Particulate
PBS Parking Brake System
PCU Power Control Unit
PDA Personal Digital Assistant
PDB Power Distribution Box
PDU Power Distribution Unit
PDBCB Power Distribution Box Circuit Breaker
PER Personnel
PG Package
PGW Propylene Glycol and Water
PHEAT Vehicular Personnel Heater
PHS Personnel Heater System
PIB Power Interface Box
PJS Pulse Jet System
PJSPCU Pulse Jet System Pulse Control Unit
PJSSOL Pulse Jet System Solenoid
PJSVS Pulse Jet System Vacuum Switch
PLA Power Level Angle
PLM Programmable Load Module
PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
PMP Pump
P/N Part Number
POS Positive
POS/NAV Position Navigation (Unit)
PPC Prime Power Controller
PPI Prime Power Interrupter
PR Pair
PRES or PRESS Pressure
PS Power Supply
PSI or psi Pounds-Per-Square-Inch
psia Pounds-Per-Square-Inch Absolute
psig Pounds-Per-Square-Inch Gage
PT Pint
PTS Power Turbine Stator
PU Personal Unit
PVT Pivot
PWR Power
QT Quart

Change 1 0001-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
R-134a Technical Tetrafluoroethane
RADIAC Radiological Warning Device
RB Relay Box Assembly
RCIED Remote Control Improvised Explosive Device
RCU Remote Control Unit
RDC Resolver To Digital Converter
REG Regulator
RFFXM Right Front Fuel Level Liquid Transmitter
RFI Radio Frequency Interference
RFLPS Right Fuel Pump Pressure Switch
RFLXM Sponson Fuel Level Liquid Transmitter
RGREN Right Grenade Launcher
RHEAD Right Headlight
RIT-1 Rotor Inlet Temperature Sensor #1
RIT-2 Rotor Inlet Temperature Sensor #2
RIU Radio Interface Unit
RL Reel
RLTS Resident LRU Test Software
RMC Removable Memory Cartridge
RO Roll
RPARK Right Parking Brake Signal Switch
RPC Remote Power Controller
RPM Rotations-Per-Minute
RPO Radiological Protection Officer
RPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools List
RRFLP Right Rear Fuel Pump
RSM Remote Switching Module
RSM1 Remote Switching Module 1
RSM2 Remote Switching Module 2
RSM3 Remote Switching Module 3
RSM4 Commander's Remote Switching Module 4
RSM5 Loader's Remote Switching Module 5
RSM6 Gunner's Remote Switching Module 6
RSO Radiation Safety Officer
RT Right
R/T Radio Transceiver
RTAIL Right Stoplight-Taillight Assembly
RTN Return
RVDT Rotary Variable Differential Transformer
RVSS Rear View Sensor System
RVSS TAIL RVSS Taillight
SA Sight Assembly
SBS Service Brake System
SC Supply Catalog
SCFM Standard Cubic Feet Per Minute
SCMM Standard Cubic Meters Per Minute
SEL Select
SEPv1 System Enhancement Package version 1
SEPv2 System Enhancement Package version 2
SERVO Servomechanism
SETCOM Set Communicator
SEU Servo Electronics Unit

0001-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
SF Standard Forms
SFCS Sighting And Fire Control System
SGL Smoke Grenade Launcher
SGS Smoke Generator System or Smoke Grenades System
SH Sheet
SHOT1 Engine First Shot Fire Extinguisher Valve
SHOT2 Engine Second Shot Fire Extinguisher Valve
SHTR Shutter
SIG Signal
SINCGARS Single Channel Ground/Airborne Radio System
SIOSW Bleed Air Inlet Overtemperature Rotary Switch
SL Spool
SL/V Software Loader Verifier
SMK Smoke
SMOKE Smoke Generator Pump
SOL Solenoid
SOOSW Condition Air Overtemperature Rotary Switch
SOP Standard Operating Procedures
SPA Selectable Power Adapter
SPEEDO Speedometer
Sq. Square
SRU Shop Replaceable Unit
SS Steering System
SSA Shift Select Assembly
SSOL Starter Motor Solenoid Switch
SSS Suspension System
STAB Stabilization
START Starter Motor
STE/ICE-R Simplified Test Equipment for Internal Combustion Engines,
Programmable
STOPS Stop Light Switch Assembly
STRSW Full Steer Downshift Switch
SW Switch
SYM Symbol
TA Turret Assembly
TACOM Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command
TACH Tachometer
TACT Tactical
TAD Turret Ammunition Doors
TAMMS The Army Maintenance Management System
TAR Turret Ammunition Racks
TB Technical Bulletin
TBD To Be Determined
TCNTL Throttle Control
TCU Temperature Controller Unit
TDA Turret Dome Light Assembly
TEMP Temperature
TER Turret Electrical Rack
TESB Turret Exterior Stowage Boxes
TESM Turret Electrical System Maintenance
TGYRO Feed Forward Gyroscope (Turret GYRO)
TH Turret Hydraulics

Change 1 0001-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
Th232 Thorium
ThF4 Thorium Fluoride
THPD Turret Hydraulic Power Distribution
THPDV Turret Hydraulic Power Distribution Valve (Turret Valve)
THSM Turret Hydraulic System Maintenance
TIP Tank Infantry Phone
TIS Thermal Imaging System or Thermal Imaging Subsystem
TISCEU Thermal Imaging System Common Electronics Unit
TJ Test Jack
TLA Turret Lock Assembly
TM Technical Manual
TMPU Turret Mission Processor Unit
TMS Thermal Management System (Cooling System)
TOE Table of Organization and Equipment
TP Troubleshooting Procedure
TP Turret Platform
TPDS Turret Power Distribution System
TPVL Temperature Control Valve Assembly
TRA Turret Race Assembly
TRU Thermal Receiver Unit
TRVMC Traversing Mechanism
TRVSV Traverse Servomechanism
TS Turret Stowage
T/S Troubleshooting
TSA Thermal System Test Set Assembly
TSA Traverse Servomechanism Assembly
TSTS Thermal System Test Set
TU Tube
TUC Turret Unusual Conditions
TUSK Tank Urban Survivability Kit
T1 or T1SNR Temperature Rotor Sensor
UBC Utility Bus Coupler
UBCA3 Utility Bus Coupler A3
UBCA4 Utility Bus Coupler A4
UBCB3 Utility Bus Coupler B3
UBCB4 Utility Bus Coupler B4
UBC1 Utility Bus Coupler 1
UBC2 Utility Bus Coupler 2
UBC3 Utility Bus Coupler 3
UBC4 Utility Bus Coupler 4
UBIM Utility Bus Interface Module
UC Unusual Conditions
U/I Unit of Issue
UJ Utility Jack
U/M Unit of Measure
U.S. United States
VAA Vehicle Amplifier Adapter
VAC Volts Alternating Current
VCSU Vapor Compression System Unit
VDC or V dc Volts Direct Current
VEH SYS Vehicle System
VELS Vehicle External Lights System

0001-13 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

Table 1. Abbreviations, Acronyms, or Symbols. - Continued

Acronyms Description
VGA Video Graphics Array
VIS Vehicular Intercommunications System
VLV Valve
VOLTR Voltage Regulator
WF Fuel Flow
WP Work Package
WS Weapon Station
WSCP Weapon Station Control Panel
XDIFS Primary Fuel Filter Pressure Switch
XDUCER Transducer
XFER orXFR Transfer
XMSN Transmission
XMTR Transmitter
XOILP Transmission Oil Filter Differential Pressure Switch
XPRES Transmission Low Main Pressure Switch
XSMPS Transmission Sump Temperature Switch
XTHRM Transmission Pressure-Thermostatic Switch
XWIND Crosswind Sensor
X2FLS Transmission Filter Bypass Pressure Switch
YD Yard
ZDES or ZDESW Zero Degree Elevation Switch
120 120 mm Gun
° Degrees
% Percent
+ Plus
± Plus or Minus
– Minus

QUALITY OF MATERIAL

Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this Field Maintenance
Manual for the M1A2 SEP tank. If quality of material requirements are not stated in this TM, the material must
meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or approved engineering change proposals
applicable to the subject equipment.

SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING

Many electronic components are ESD sensitive and are subject to damage by the discharge of static electricity.
ESD items require special handling precautions. To prevent damage, ESD sensitive items must be handled
according to ESD handling procedures in MIL-STD-1686. A task or subtask involving the handling of an ESD item
is identified by a general ESD caution. The ESD caution is placed before a task (REPAIR, REMOVAL) when the
complete task involves handling of an ESD item. When certain steps within a task involve handling of an ESD
item, the ESD caution is placed before that step (s). Follow the General Maintenance Instructions for Electrostatic
Discharge (ESD) Sensitive Component Handling (Vol 7, WP 1406).

Change 1 0001-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

NUCLEAR HARDNESS

A hardness critical process or step is identified by the symbol HCP .

CAUTION
• To prevent degrading nuclear hardness, nuclear hardened parts must be
replaced with authorized parts only.
• To prevent degrading nuclear hardness of the overall assembly, do not attempt
to repair a part at a lower-than-authorized maintenance level.

The symbol HCP is placed before the task title when the complete task is considered hardness critical. When
only certain steps within a task are hardness critical, the symbol HCP is placed before the main level step.
Follow the General Maintenance Instructions for HCP Cleaning and Installing Items to Maintain Hardness
Critical Integrity such as harnesses, electrical connectors, and ground straps (Vol 7, WP 1405).

SUPPORTING INFORMATION FOR REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TEST, MEASUREMENT, &
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE), AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

Common Tools and Equipment For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to Vol 7, WP 1435, and
the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE), CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except:
Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), CTA 50-909, Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment,
or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items, as applicable to your unit.

Special Tools and Test Equipment Special tools and test equipment are listed in the Tool Identification List
(Vol 7, WP 1435).

Fabricated Tools and Equipment Fabricated tools and equipment are listed in the Illustrated List of
Manufactured Items (Vol 7, WP 1431).

Repair Parts Repair parts lists and illustrations are listed in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL),
TM 9-2350-388-24P-1.

Mandatory Replacement Parts Mandatory replacement parts are listed in the Mandatory Replacement Parts
List (Vol 7, WP 1436).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001-15/16 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0002

FIELD MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES. The M1A2 SEP tank is powered by a 1500
horsepower turbine engine driving an automatic transmission which includes differential steering and braking
functions. Transmission output is through identical left and right final drives to the track drive hub and sprocket
assemblies. With governed maximum engine speed, a vehicle top speed of 41.5 miles per hour (66.8 kilometers
per hour) on level hard surface roads is achieved. A suspension system with seven roadwheels per side, which is
torsion bar sprung and hydraulically damped, provides a tank capability to move over cross-country terrain at
speeds up to 30 miles per hour (48.3 kilometers per hour).

Weld-fabricated rolled homogeneous armor combined with hull and turret armor assemblies provide frontal armor
protection. The hull front protection is provided by an armor assembly across the entire hull width and is enclosed
by high obliquity upper and lower glacis plates. On the hull sides, armor coverage has been extended to include
protection for suspension components. The hull rear is protected against small arms fire by the armored grille
doors. Crew survivability is further enhanced by an integrated overpressure NBC system, and compartmentalized
storage of hazardous fuel and ammunition. The crew area and engine compartment are protected by an
automatic fire extinguishing system.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. Refer to the Operator's Manual

(TM 9-2350-388-10) for the location and description of all major external and internal components.

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS. There have been several upgrades to the latest version of the SEP
vehicle, called SEP version 2 (SEPv2) that affects both troubleshooting and maintenance. The original 2nd Gen
Forward Looking Infrared (FLIR) Thermal Imaging System (TIS) and Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer
(CITV) subsystems have been modified to enhance the FLIR components. The new FLIR configuration, called
Block 1 Upgrade, combines electronics to eliminate the TIS Common Electronics Unit (TISCEU) and the CITV
Common Electronics Unit (CITVCEU). The harness interface has also been modified to accommodate these
changes. Several electronics boxes have been upgraded for enhanced operation and to address electronic
component obsolescence issues. The new electronics boxes for the SEPv2 configuration feature improved
processing power, redesigned circuit cards, new displays that include touch sensitive screens, and expanded
built-in test. The new boxes are: Improved Commander's Display Unit (iCDU); Improved Commander's Electronic
Unit (iCEU); Improved Driver's Integrated Display (iDID); Improved Gunner's Control and Display Panel (iGCDP);
and Improved Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (iHMPU and iTMPU). The redesigned Improved Fire
Control Electronics Unit (IFCEU) can be used with either the original SEP (version 1, or SEPv1) or SEPv2
configurations.

NOTE

The technical manual will continue to refer to the new boxes by their original nomenclature
(without "improved") unless there is a specific need to identify configuration differences.

EQUIPMENT DATA. Refer to the Operator's Manual (TM 9-2350-388-10) for performance data and capacities
information.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0002-1/2 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

FIELD MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION

GENERAL. This section contains a functional description of equipment operation for the M1A2 SEP tank.
Diagrams are included to help you understand the operation of the systems. Schematic diagrams are contained
in TM 9-2350-388-24-1 and TM 9-2350-388-24-2.

ENGINE OPERATION (Figure 1). The turbine engine system consists of air and fuel control components,
combustion chamber, turbines, and exhaust system. The engine burns fuel mixed with heated and compressed
air. Engine starting is automatic after the PUSH TO START pushbutton is depressed on Driver's Integrated
Display (DID). Engine speed, temperature, and other critical conditions are monitored by the Digital Electronic
Control Unit (DECU). If the DECU detects an out of limit condition, it protects the engine by shutting it down or by
limiting engine power. Normal engine shutdown is initiated when the SHUT OFF switch on the DID is pressed. A
two-minute cool down period is a part of shutdown unless overridden by pressing the SHUT OFF switch twice.

Air. Air supply for combustion is drawn from outside the tank by the action of the compressors. The air passes
through a precleaner, filter elements, and a plenum duct to the engine air inlet. From the inlet, the air flows through
a low-pressure compressor section and then through a high-pressure compressor section. The compressed air
then passes into a recuperator that is heated by the engine exhaust. The air heated in the recuperator then flows
into the combustion chamber where it mixes with fuel vapor and burns.

Fuel. Fuel is fed from the vehicle fuel supply system to the engine Electro-Mechanical Fuel System (EMFS).
The engine DECU controls the flow of fuel from the EMFS to the combustion chamber. These two control units
automatically provide the correct fuel flow for varying engine operating conditions. They can limit engine power
when failure of a component could cause damage to the engine. They also control engine speed and temperature
to meet the demands made by the driver through throttle movement.

Combustion. Electric ignition combustion is used only during the starting cycle. A continuous flow of air and
fuel vapor after the start is completed maintains continuous burning until either the air or the fuel flow is shut off.
For normal engine shutdown, the fuel flow is shut off. When air flow is decreased by clogged air filters (or for any
other reason), increased burning temperature is sensed by the DECU which sends control signals to the
Electro-mechanical fuel system. The Electro-mechanical fuel system unit reduces fuel flow to the combustion
chamber. This reduces power output until adequate airflow is restored.

0003-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Turbines. Exhaust gas leaves the combustion chamber through discharge nozzles and forces a two-stage
turbine to turn. The high-pressure turbine drives the high-pressure compressor rotor. The low-pressure turbine
drives the low-pressure compressor rotor. After leaving the low pressure turbine, the exhaust gas drives a
two-stage power turbine. The power turbine supplies the force to turn the engine power output drive shaft through
a reduction gearbox.

Exhaust. Exhaust gas leaving the power turbine is routed around the recuperator and then into the exhaust
duct. Heat from the exhaust gas is transferred to the compressed air passing through the recuperator to enhance
burning.

Figure 1. Engine Operation.

Change 1 0003-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

FUEL SYSTEM (Figure 2). Fuel is stored in three tanks: left front, right front, and rear of vehicle. The front
tanks are located in the hull to the left and right of the driver. Each front tank contains a fuel fill port with vented
cap. The rear tank contains two fuel fill ports with vented caps, one in the right rear sponson and one in the left
rear reservoir.

Fuel lines connect the front tanks to the rear tank through a fuel manifold and transfer pump. Check valves in the
fuel lines prevent backward flow. The front tanks feed fuel to the rear tank. The left front tank also feeds fuel
directly to the personnel heater.

Main engine fuel flows from the rear tank through a primary in-line filter, water separator, and final engine in-line
filter to the EMFS on the engine. The primary in-line filter and separator are located in the engine compartment.
The final engine in-line filter is located on the engine.

The primary in-line filter contains a delta pressure switch that senses when the filter is clogged. When the
pressure across the primary in-line filter exceeds 18 psi (124 kPa), a caution message, FUEL FILTER CLOGGED,
is displayed on the DID. A manual valve on the separator body can be opened to bypass the primary in-line filter
for emergency operation. A manual fuel shutoff valve is located on the right side of the engine compartment near
the separator, and is operated from inside the vehicle.

Rear Tank. The rear fuel tank is made up of three cells connected by fuel lines to form one fuel tank. One cell
is located in the right rear sponson and two main cells are located under the transmission. One fuel pump is
located in each main fuel cell. Both pumps begin to operate when the engine PUSH TO START pushbutton is
depressed, and run continuously until the engine SHUTOFF switch is activated. Failure of either pump is detected
by pressure switches in the fuel lines. The pressure switches, through the AIM, generate a REAR LEFT and
REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE CAUTION messages on the DID.

Front Tanks. The left and right front fuel tanks are each made up of a single fuel cell.

Fuel Level Sensing. Fuel level sensors in the two front tanks, the left rear main tank and the left rear reservoir
provide fuel quantity information to the Analog Input Module (AIM). The AIM transmits the information via the
utility bus to the Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (H/TMPUs). The H/TMPU relays fuel levels over the data
bus to be displayed on the CDU and the DID. The fuel indicator on the CDU and on the DID displays the fuel level
in each fuel tank. A LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message is displayed on DID when all three tanks are less than
1/8 full and goes out when any tank is greater than 1/8 full. A TRANSFER FUEL CAUTION message is displayed
on the DID when the rear tank is less than 1/4 full and either front tank is at least 1/8 full. TRANSFER FUEL
CAUTION message goes out when the rear tank is more than 3/8 full. The vehicle software monitors the rear fuel
sensors for valid data. If the engine compartment sensor indicates an average fuel level of less than 5/8 full while
the sponson fuel sensor indicates average fuel level greater than 5/8 full, a sensor failure exists. The fuel level
display at the DID will show empty for the rear tanks, and the FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT CAUTION will
appear to alert the crew.

The invalid fuel sensor data will prohibit automatic stopping of fuel transfer if activated. If the driver or commander
attempts to transfer fuel to the rear tanks under this condition, the following advisory will be displayed: FUEL
LEVEL ERROR. TRANSFERRING FUEL CAN RESULT IN OVERFILLING REAR TANKS.

Fuel Transfer. Fuel flow from each front tank to the transfer pump is controlled by the FUEL XFER menu on the
DID. When the FUEL XFER is set to either front position, the valve for the selected front fuel tank will open and
the transfer pump will start. The pump will continue to run until the rear tank is 7/8 full or the fuel transfer is
cancelled by the driver.

0003-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 2. Fuel System Functional Block Diagram.

Change 1 0003-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM/PULSE JET SYSTEM (PJS) (Figure 3). The air intake system utilizes a Pulse Jet
System (PJS) which is an automated system for prolonging a free flow of air to the engine. This is accomplished
by sequentially backflushing the air cleaner assembly intake filter elements.

When vehicle master power is turned on, the PJS Pulse Control Unit (PCU) begins to monitor engine RPM. The
first time engine speed exceeds approximately 1500 RPM, the PCU will start a timer. When the accumulated
engine run time above 1500 RPM reaches two minutes, the PCU will activate the PJS. This two-minute timed
initialization period occurs only once per PCU power up.

Engine bleed air is used to charge an accumulator, located inside the plenum, to approximately 200 psi (1379
kPa). Attached to the accumulator are nine PJS solenoids. Three solenoids are used for each intake filter
element. Each solenoid is sequentially activated for a period of 100 milliseconds at approximately 10 second
intervals. Upon activation, a solenoid directs a high pressure air pulse into an intake filter element. Activating all
nine solenoids in sequence is considered one cycle of operation. These high pressure pulses of air cause a
momentary reverse air flow through a portion of the intake filter element in line with the solenoid. This blows out
dust or dirt accumulations from that portion of the intake filter element. Any dust or dirt blown out falls to the
bottom of the air box and is scavenged out through the scavenge ducts.

The system initially starts in the low clean mode. The low clean mode consists of three cycles of pulses (27 total)
repeated at approximately 15 minute intervals. Any time the PCU monitors an engine speed below 1410 RPM for
longer than 10 seconds, pulsing will cease. If the engine speed goes back above 1500 RPM, the PCU will resume
operation at the point in the cleaning cycle where it left off. During operation, the PCU monitors the level of flow
restriction through the use of a vacuum switch located between the intake filter elements and the engine.
Whenever the vacuum level reaches approximately 19 inches of water (48 cm of water), the vacuum switch will
open. At this signal, the PCU will switch to a high clean mode. The high clean mode will be maintained until the
flow restriction decreases to the point where the vacuum switch closes. The vacuum switch will close at
approximately 12 inches of water (30 cm of water). The PCU rechecks the state of the vacuum switch each time
two cycles of pulses are completed.

During the high clean mode, the PCU will continuously pulse all nine solenoids sequentially at approximately 10
second intervals. There are no 15 minute delay intervals between every third cycle in the high clean mode. When
the high clean mode signal is no longer present, the PCU will end the high clean mode with three final cycles (27
pulses).

Built In Test (BIT) provides PJS system status by checking circuitry during engine operation. If a fault is detected,
a fault message is displayed on the DID.

0003-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 3. Pulse Jet System (PJS).

Change 1 0003-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

General. The M1A2 SEP tank utilizes a 24-volt electrical system. A voltage regulator and engine mounted
alternator provide a nominal 26-30 Vdc while engine is operating. The regulated output is dependent on ambient
temperature. Table 1 lists the expected high and low voltage values for several temperature ranges. When the
main engine is not operating, six primary 12-volt batteries, connected in series-parallel, provide 24 Vdc. Vehicles
equipped with auxiliary batteries have six additional 12-volt batteries connected in series-parallel with the primary
batteries, providing extra amp-hours at 24 Vdc.

Table 1. Voltage Values

Temperature LOW HIGH
°F °C
-60 to 49 -51 to 9 29.2 V dc 30.0 V dc
50-66 10-19 28.5 V dc 29.6 V dc
67-84 20-29 27.7 V dc 28.9 V dc
85-103 30-39 27.1 V dc 28.2 V dc
104-139 40-59 26.5 V dc 27.6 V dc
140-225 60-107 26.2 V dc 26.9 V dc

MASTER POWER pushbuttons are located on the DID and the CDU. Either of these pushbuttons will turn master
power on and off. The master power on/off signal from the CDU goes through the Hull/Turret Slipring (H/TSR) to
the Hull Power Distribution Unit (HPDU).

0003-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Power Distribution System (Figure 4). A network of Remote Power Controllers (RPCs), controlled by
commands issued over the utility bus, distributes electrical power to various vehicle systems/components. The
Hull Power Distribution Unit (HPDU) RPCs, the Fire Control Electronics Unit (FCEU), the Analog Input Module
(AIM), and six Remote Switching Modules (RSMs) provide power control, overload protection and status/feedback
on load current thresholds.

When master power is off, electrical power from the primary batteries is isolated from most of the circuits in the
vehicle by the Prime Power Controller (PPC) located in the right battery compartment. Vehicles equipped with
auxiliary batteries include a Prime Power Interrupter (PPI) located in the left battery compartment. The MASTER
POWER and TURRET POWER pushbuttons have power applied to them even with master power off. When the
MASTER POWER pushbutton is pressed, a 24 Vdc signal (MASTER POWER ON) is sent from the DID or CDU
to the HPDU. This signal in the HPDU, causes the K2A relay coil on the MASTER POWER CONTROL MODULE
(A2 circuit card) to energize, closing and latching the K2 relay contacts. With K2 closed, 24 Vdc is sent to the
PRIME POWER CONTROL BOARD (A3 circuit card). This signal causes Q1 on the A3 card to turn on and
energize relay(s) PPC K1, and PPI K1 if equipped. The K1 relay contacts close and provide battery power to the
2W1 bus in the right battery compartment and to the 2W1 bus in the HPDU via cable harness 2W154/5-7. Power
is sent from the 2W1 bus to the RPCs located in the HPDU. HPDU RPC 7 (HMPU) and HPDU RPC 15 (RSM 6)
receive power at this time. RPC 7 causes the Hull Mission Processor Unit (HMPU) to power up and RPC 15
causes RSM 6 to power up. Once RSM 6 is powered, RPC 9 (TMPU) in RSM 6 causes the Turret Mission
Processor Unit (TMPU) to power up. With power applied to the HMPU and the TMPU, together they boot the
system and bring the utility bus operations on line. Software and operator actions control the remaining RPCs to
provide power to the various tank systems/components that are allowed to function with master power on.

The TURRET POWER pushbutton on the CDU controls electrical power to most turret systems. The TURRET
POWER pushbutton also activates master power, if it is off, the same way the MASTER POWER pushbutton
does. The 24 Vdc signal from the TURRET POWER pushbutton also energizes the K3B relay coil on the A2 board
in the HPDU. This latches the K3 relay normally open (NO) contacts closed and the normally closed (NC)
contacts open. When the NO contacts close, a 5 Vdc TURRET POWER ON signal is sent to the utility bus
processor which relays the command to the Hull Mission Processor Unit (HMPU) via the utility bus. The HMPU
responds by sending commands across the utility bus to turn on HPDU RPC 16 (FCEU) and the other turret
power related RPCs.

Turret power is turned off by pressing the TURRET POWER pushbutton. Master power is turned off, under
normal circumstances, by pressing the MASTER POWER pushbutton. In both cases, software detects the button
press and issues commands to shutoff power. A master power off signal from software energizes the K1 relay coil
on the A2 circuit card in the HPDU. The K1 relay contacts close, causing the K2B and K3A relay coils to energize.
K2B latches the K2 relay contacts open and K3A latches the K3 NO contacts open and the NC contacts closed.
With the K2 contacts latched open, Q1 on the A3 board in the HPDU is turned off, deenergizing the K1 relay
coil(s) in the PPC and PPI (if equipped). When the K1 relay coil(s) deenergize and relay contacts open, the
batteries are disconnected.

Turning off turret power does not turn off master power. However, turning master power off shuts off both turret
and master power. Using either MASTER POWER pushbutton turns off master power. In those rare instances
where the software does not respond to the master power pushbuttons, a TANK-RESET pushbutton on the HPDU
can be used to shutoff master power. The TANK-RESET pushbutton directly applies power to the K2B and K3A
relay coils on the A2 circuit card in the HPDU instead of vehicle software applying power.

Change 1 0003-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Power Distribution System (Continued). The PPC is also used to separate the primary batteries into two
groups during high current loading conditions, (i.e. main engine starting, and auxiliary hydraulic pump operation).
A primary four-battery group is used to power the main engine starter and the auxiliary hydraulic pump. A primary
two-battery group is used to maintain steady power to the vetronics system, which basically is everything except
the engine starter and the hydraulic pump. The positive side of the primary two-battery group feeds terminal
board 2TB152-1, also referred to as the VETRONICS BUS. The positive side of the primary four-battery group is
connected to 2TB152-2 and is referred to as the AUX BUS. The driver has the capability to override the primary
battery separation during main engine starts by setting BATTERY START P/A to A (Auxiliary) from the POWER
SOURCES menu on the DID. This may be necessary during cold weather or low battery charge conditions where
all six primary batteries are required to start the engine.

The separation of the primary batteries and the battery bus control is accomplished by the K2 and K3 relays in
the PPC. The relays are controlled by software and HPDU hardware, K2 by a programmable logic device and FET
relay driver, K3 by HPDU RPC4 (PPC RELAY 3). Turning on HPDU RPC4 energizes the K3 relay coil in the PPC
which opens the K3 relay contacts and separates the primary battery groups. The K2 relay coil is energized to
close a set of contacts that connects the AUX BUS to the primary four-battery group. Relays K2 and K3 are
energized when the auxiliary hydraulic pump is commanded on by software or when an engine start is initiated.
Relays K2 and K3 are de-energized when vehicle is powered in the neutral condition, without an engine start or
auxiliary hydraulic pump activation. In the neutral condition, K3 contacts are closed, connecting both groups of
primary batteries to the VETRONICS BUS while K2 contacts are open, isolating the AUX BUS from primary
battery power.
The PPI separates the auxiliary batteries from the VETRONICS BUS (2W1) when master power is off. The
positive side of the auxiliary six-battery group feeds 2W1 through the PPI and two manually-resettable auxiliary
battery circuit breakers (AUX BATT CB). AUX BATT CB1 located in the right battery compartment and AUX BATT
CB2 located in the left battery compartment provide redundant overload protection to reduce the possibility of
battery compartment fires. The auxiliary six-battery group is designed to supply additional power to the vetronics
system and extend the useable time for silent watch operations. The auxiliary batteries may also be tied together
with the primary batteries during main engine starts, particularly in cold weather or low battery charge conditions
where all 12 batteries are used to start the engine.
An internal NATO slave receptacle, located on the HPDU, and an external NATO slave receptacle (if equipped),
located at the rear of the vehicle next to the right taillight, provides the capability to slave start the vehicle or
charge the batteries from an external source. The internal NATO slave receptacle is wired directly to the AUX
BUS. The external NATO slave connector is connected to the AUX BUS when 2W171-P1 is connected to
2W170-J1 in the battery compartment. 2W171-P1 is stowed on a dummy connector when not in use.
As described above, the AUX BUS is connected to the batteries by energizing PPC relay K2. Relay K2 also
energizes specifically for slave start operations. If there is insufficient battery power to turn master power on,
connecting a power source to the NATO slave receptacle will energize the K2 relay and connect all batteries to the
external power source. The batteries can now be charged from the external source or master power can be
turned on to slave start the vehicle. When acting as the live tank to slave start a dead tank, the PPC K2 relay can
be manually energized by setting the NATO UTL PWR pushbutton to M (Manual ON) from the POWER
SOURCES menu on the DID or CDU. This connects the batteries in the live tank to the AUX BUS and NATO slave
connector to supply power to the dead tank.

The HPDU also has a utility outlet controlled by a manual circuit breaker (CB-1) located on top of the HPDU.

M1A2 SEPv2 vehicles can be equipped with a Power Interface Box (PIB) installed in the engine compartment
near the disconnect panel under the right grille doors. The PIB is supplied power directly from the vetronics bus
bar. Input power is distributed through two manually resettable circuit breakers (CB1 and CB2) to three outputs
(UJ1, J2 and J3). The V3 Sidecar receives power through the J3 output and routes it to the engine memory unit.
The engine run timer module is powered from the J2 output.

0003-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 4. Power Distribution System Block Diagram (1 of 2).

Change 1 0003-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 4. Power Distribution System Block Diagram (2 of 2).

0003-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Power Management System (Figure 5). The M1A2 SEP tank uses dual redundant RS-485 utility buses to
manage power distribution to various tank systems/components. The M1A2 SEP utility bus is a command/
response multiplexed serial data bus with a transmission rate of 1.33 megabits per second. The utility bus
consists of utility bus controllers' (HMPU primary and TMPU backup), RS-485 transceivers, Utility Bus Interface
Chips (UBICs), utility bus couplers and harnesses with twisted and shielded pairs of wires (to interconnect the
LRUs).

The utility bus controller's main function is to control all transmissions on the utility bus. The bus controller issues
commands in response to system power requirements, and/or operator inputs at CDU, GCDP, and DID.

In the hull, analog data from components not on the data or utility bus is routed via discrete lines into the AIM.
This information is digitized by the AIM and sent on the utility bus for distribution to those LRUs that require it.
Examples are the information that drive the voltmeter, fuel level, tachometer, and speedometer on the DID.

The transceivers embedded in the HPDU, RSMs, FCEU, and AIM receive and transmit data on the utility bus in
response to utility bus controller commands. The UBIC provides the interface between power distribution
hardware and the transceivers. Data collected by the utility bus controller is then used for a variety of applications
required for tank power management, power status reporting/monitoring, and cable disconnect status. The TMPU
primarily functions as a transceiver and only gains utility bus controller status upon a HMPU failure.

Utility bus couplers located near each power distribution LRU are used to couple the LRU to the utility bus. A
second set of utility bus couplers and harnesses routed along a different path along with dual bus controller's and
transceivers in the LRUs provide the redundant utility bus capability.

The RS-485 utility bus is directly coupled through the H/TSR to provide continuous communication between hull
and turret.

Change 1 0003-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 5. Power Management System Block Diagram.

0003-13 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Data Management System (Figure 6). The M1A2 SEP tank uses dual redundant 1553B data buses to
manage digital communication between tank Line Replaceable Units (LRUs). The 1553B data bus used on the
M1A2 SEP tank is a command/response multiplex serial data bus with a data transfer rate of one megabit per
second. The data bus consists of data bus controllers' (TMPU primary and HMPU backup), Remote Terminals
(RTs), which are embedded in LRUs, data bus couplers and harnesses with twisted and shielded pairs of wires
(to interconnect the LRUs).

The data bus controller's main function is to control all transmissions on the data bus. The data bus controller
issues commands in response to system operational requirements, and/or operator inputs at CDU, GCDP, DID,
Commander's Control Handle Assembly (CCHA), or Gunner's Control Handle (GCH).

RTs embedded in the Commander's Electronic Unit (CEU), DID, GCDP, HMPU, Position/Navigation (POS/NAV)
unit, DECU, Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Common Electronics Unit (CITVCEU), Thermal Imaging
System Common Electronics Unit (TISCEU), and FCEU receive and transmit data on the data bus in response to
data bus controller commands. Data collected by the data bus controller is then used for a variety of applications
required for tank system operation. The HMPU primarily functions as a RT and only gains data bus controller
status upon a TMPU failure. Tanks that have the Block 1 FLIR Upgrade configuration do not have a CITVCEU or
TISCEU. The TIS RT is embedded in the Thermal Receiver Unit (TRU) and the CITV RT is in the CITV Sight
Assembly.

Data bus couplers located near each 1553B LRU are used to couple the LRU to the data bus. Transformers in the
data bus couplers are used to ensure that a failure of the data bus interface electronics in an LRU does not cause
the data bus to completely fail.

A second set of data bus couplers and harnesses routed along a different path along with dual data bus
controller's and RTs in the LRUs provide the redundant data bus capability.

The 1553B data bus is directly coupled through the H/TSR to provide continuous communication between the hull
and the turret. For additional information concerning turret components in the data management system, see the
Principles of Operation section in TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1.

Change 1 0003-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 6. Data Management System Functional Block Diagram (1 of 2).

0003-15 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 6. Data Management System Functional Block Diagram (2 of 2).

Change 1 0003-16
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Lighting System (Figure 7). The exterior lights and domelights subsystem consists of two headlights, two
taillights, and four domelight assemblies (driver's, commander's, gunner's, and loader's). For information
concerning the domelights in the turret see the Principles of Operation section in TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1. All of
the exterior lights are controlled by the LIGHTS menu on the DID and CDU. The lighting selections are:

• BO MARKERS - turns blackout lights front and rear on.

• HIGH BEAM - turns high beams on.
• STOPLIGHT ONLY - turns taillights on only when service brake is pushed.
• SERVICE LIGHTS - turns all exterior lights (front and rear) on.
• DTV - turns driver's thermal viewer on. When SERVICE LIGHTS OFF/ON is set to ON and HI BEAM
OFF/ON is set to OFF, a service lights low beam icon will be displayed on the DID. When SERVICE
LIGHTS OFF/ON is set to ON and HI BEAM OFF/ON is set to ON, a service lights high beam icon will be
displayed on the DID. When STOP LIGHTS OFF/ON is set to ON, a stop light icon will be displayed on
the DID. When BO MARKER OFF/ON is set to ON, a blackout marker icon will be displayed on the DID.

The HI BEAM OFF/ON pushbutton can be accessed through the LIGHTS menu on the DID and the CDU. If
vehicle is SEPv1 configuration the HI BEAM OFF/ON pushbutton can also be accessed through the VEHICLE
SYSTEMS menu on the DID; on SEPv2 vehicles this button is replaced with REAR VIEW.

Power for the exterior lights is supplied by the following RPCs:

• Headlights low beam - RSM 1 RPC 2 (HEADLIGHT LOW BEAM)

• Headlights high beam - RSM 1 RPC 8 (HEADLIGHT HI BEAM)
• Headlights blackout marker - RSM 1 RPC 3 (HEADLIGHT BO BEAM)
• Taillights - RSM 3 RPC 2 (TAILLIGHT)
• Taillights blackout marker - RSM 3 RPC 3 (TAILLIGHT BO MARKER)
• Stoplights - RSM 3 RPC 7 (STOPLIGHT)
• Stoplights blackout marker - RSM 3 RPC 8 (STOPLIGHT BO MARKER)

When a selection is made from the LIGHTS menu information is sent from the DID and CDU (via the CEU) to the
TMPU using the 1553B data bus. The TMPU forwards the request to the HMPU via the 1553B data bus. Once the
HMPU receives the request, it sends commands across the RS-485 utility bus to turn on the appropriate RPC(s)
in RSM 1 and/or 3.

The domelight assembly in the driver's compartment is supplied vehicle master power (+24 Vdc nominal) from
RSM 1 RPC 7 (DRIVER'S DOME LIGHT). A variable resistor/switch on the domelight assembly provides on/off
control of power to the domelight and operator control of lamp brightness. The lamp is equipped with a blue filter
for reducing exposure in combat situations.

M1A2 SEP vehicles can be equipped with a Rear View Sensor System (RVSS). The RVSS adds an infrared
camera in the right taillight and a Driver's Video Display (DVD) and Camera Control Unit (CCU) in the driver's
compartment. The CCU and DVD receive power from RSM 3 RPC 12 (POS/NAV UNIT). Video feed from the
infrared camera can be displayed on the DVD or driver's vision enhancer (if equipped).

Additionally, the RVSS taillight replaces the current bulb style light with one containing LEDs for illumination.
Replacement of the left bulb style with the LED type could also have been done in conjunction with the RVSS
installation.

0003-17 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 7. Lighting System Functional Block Diagram.

Change 1 0003-18
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

TRANSMISSION (Figure 8).

General. The transmission performs three functions: driving, steering, and braking. It takes the engine power
output and applies it to the left or right transmission outputs, or both to perform these functions. The transmission
power outputs transmit power through a final drive assembly on each side of the tank. A rear power takeoff is
provided to drive the generator. Two front power takeoffs are provided for driving the primary and auxiliary cooling
fans.

Drive Function. The transmission has four forward gears and two reverse gears. The driver can select low (L)
and drive (D) forward ranges and one reverse (R) range on the transmission shift control. In D position the
transmission will start the track moving in the second forward gear and shift up automatically as speed and power
requirements demand. The transmission will also shift back down (to second gear), as required. In L position the
transmission starts the track moving in the lowest forward gear and shifts up or back down as required. In R
position the transmission starts the track moving in the lower reverse gear and shifts up or back down as required.
Transmission ranges are selected by energizing solenoid valves in the transmission. The solenoids energize when
electrical signals are received from the shift select control on the steer-throttle control.

Steering Function. The steer-throttle control in front of the driver controls direction of tank travel. A mechanical
linkage connects this control to the transmission. The transmission powers both final drives equally and in the
same direction for driving straight ahead. If the steer-throttle control is moved the transmission speeds up one
final drive and track and slows down the other final drive and track. The amount of speed difference between the
final drives depends on how far the steer-throttle control is moved. When pivot (PVT) is selected the transmission
drives one track forward and the other in reverse causing the tank to turn about its center point.

0003-19 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 8. Parking and Service Brake Functional Diagram.

Change 1 0003-20
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Service Brake Function (Figure 8). The transmission contains brake assemblies at each output. Each brake is
made up of several plates. Every other plate rotates with the transmission output coupling. The plates between
the rotating plates are anchored and do not rotate. Mechanical linkage from the service brake pedal to the
transmission opens a valve which applies hydraulic pressure to squeeze the rotating and stationary plates
together. When the engine is not running, the service brakes will slow the vehicle. Without the power boost, the
service brakes required more pressure on the service brake pedal. A warning message on the DID will be
displayed if the service brakes are applied for more than two minutes.

Parking Brake Function (Figure 8). The parking brake system consists of a foot pedal, hydraulic valve,
accumulator, actuator equalizer bar, and ratchet release handle. When the parking brake pedal is depressed,
hydraulic pressure from the back-up hydraulic pump, is sent to the actuator. The actuator is connected to an
equalizer bar which is moved away from the actuator by hydraulic pressure. The equalizer bar has two cables
connected to it which are pulled equally as the equalizer bar moves away from the actuator. These cables are
mechanically linked to the same sets of rotating and stationary plates that are used for service braking. The
accumulator maintains enough hydraulic pressure for four or five pushes on the parking brake pedal after the
engine has shut down. A warning message on the DID will be displayed if the parking brake is set.

Oil Coolers. The engine and transmission oil cooling systems maintain oil temperatures within acceptable limits
under all operating conditions. The cooling system consists of a left and right fan, drive system, cooling duct,
engine oil cooler and transmission oil cooler. When the engine is running, the fan drives turn the left and right fan
to provide airflow to the oil coolers. Transmission oil flows through the coolers. An oil filter in the transmission
prevents dirt from entering the transmission mechanism. A pressure sensor downstream from the filter senses a
drop in oil pressure when the filter becomes clogged. The sensor generates a TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
CLOGGED caution message on the DID.

FINAL DRIVE. The final drives are heavy duty speed reduction gear assemblies that connect the transmission
outputs to the tracks through the hub and sprocket assemblies. The final drives on the left and right of the
transmission are identical planetary gear sets. They step down the transmission output speed and step up the
torque. The hub and sprocket assemblies are bolted to the final drive output shafts. The final drives are made so
that the coupling to the transmission can be disconnected. When the couplings are disconnected, the tank may be
towed without turning the transmission outputs.

0003-21 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

SUSPENSION SYSTEM (Figure 9). The suspension system basically consists of two sets of tracks and
wheels that transmit the driving force of the powerpack to the ground.

Track. The track assembly, driven by the final drive hub and sprocket assemblies, is made up of 78 track shoes,
fastened together by end connectors. Each track shoe contains a vehicular track guide (centerguide) that keeps
the track on the wheels. Each centerguide runs between the two wheels on each roadwheel and on each idler
wheel assembly. This maintains the track in position on the wheels. Track tension is maintained by the
compensating idler wheel. Two support rollers, on each side of the tank, support and guide the upper portion of
the track during vehicle operation.

Wheels. There are seven roadwheel assemblies (numbered 1 through 7) and one compensating idler wheel
assembly on each side of the tank. The two wheels in each roadwheel assembly are separated to allow the track
centerguides to pass through. Steel wearplates on the inside of each wheel protect the wheels from damage by
the track centerguides. The roadwheels are connected to the hull by roadarms. The compensating idler wheels
are attached to the hull by an idler arm assembly. Track tension is adjusted by changing the length of the
adjusting link that positions the idler wheel. The track adjusting links can be lengthened or shortened hydraulically
to adjust track tension. Two support rollers, on each side of the tank, are single steel wheels that are used to
support and guide the upper track.

Hub and Sprocket Assemblies. One hub and sprocket assembly on each side of the tank transmits power
from the powerpack to the track. The hubs are driven by the transmission through final drive assemblies. The
sprockets engage the end connectors on both sides of each track and move the track as the hub turns.

Torsion Bars. Each roadarm is connected to a torsion bar that acts as a spring. Each torsion bar passes
through the hull and is anchored on the side opposite the roadarm it is attached to. Covers protect each torsion
bar. Access to all torsion bars is provided at both sides of the tank.

Shock Absorbers. Oil-filled, rotary shock absorbers are installed at roadwheel positions 1, 2, and 7 on each
side of the tank. Bump stops welded to the hull are installed at roadwheel positions 1, 2, and 7 to keep the
roadwheel arms from moving beyond their limits.

Figure 9. Suspension System.

Change 1 0003-22
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM (Figure 10).

General. The fire extinguisher system consists of eight fire sensors, three fire bottle and valve assemblies,
associated tubes, and a Fire Extinguisher Amplifier (FEA). The system extinguishes fires in the crew compartment
and engine compartment using either automatic operation or manual operation.

Automatic Operation. Under normal operating conditions vehicle master power (+24 Vdc) is supplied to the
FEA from RSM 1 RPC 10 (FIRE EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER or FIRE EXT AMPLIFIER) and the AIM from RSM
3 RPC 6 (AIM). The FEA supplies power to and monitors signals from the eight sensors in the crew and engine
compartments.

The crew compartment fire extinguisher bottles are charged with HALON gas. The engine compartment fire
extinguisher bottles may be charged with HALON gas or new bottles filled with a dry chemical agent may be
installed. All fire extinguisher bottles are equipped with pressure warning labels and pressure gages. Pressure
warning labels indicate the amount of pressure needed, according to ambient temperature, to ensure proper
operation. Pressure gages indicate pressure inside the fire extinguisher bottles.

The crew compartment fire detection and extinguishing system is a fully automatic system with manual backup
provisions. Under normal operating conditions if a fire should occur in the crew area, one or more of the crew fire
sensors would detect the infrared radiation associated with a fire and send a signal to the FEA. Once the FEA
receives the signal it will send power to automatically discharge the crew compartment fire extinguisher bottle.
This floods the entire crew compartment with fire extinguishing gas. The crew should evacuate and air out the
compartment immediately after the fire extinguisher discharges. The crew can enter the tank after the
compartment clears.

The engine fire extinguisher system has two bottles, which discharge one at a time. Under normal operating
conditions if a fire should occur in the engine compartment, one or more of the engine fire sensors would detect
the infrared radiation associated with a fire and send a signal to the FEA. The FEA then sends a signal that is
routed through RSM 1 to discharge the engine first shot bottle. This signal is also routed to the AIM where it sets a
data bit and is sent to the HMPU via the utility bus. The HMPU forwards this information to the TMPU using the
data bus. The TMPU finally sends this information to the DID which causes caution message FIRST SHOT
DISCHARGED, and the engine first shot discharged icon to be displayed. If the fire continues to burn or a second
fire occurs after the first is extinguished, the FEA sends a signal directly to the AIM. This is information is
eventually routed to the DID and CDU where the warning message MAIN ENGINE FIRE will be displayed. In
addition a verbal warning message is injected into the intercom system and the engine fire icon will be displayed
on the DID.

0003-23 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Automatic Operation (Continued). The FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED caution cannot be reset unless the FIRST
SHOT RESET button, on the first shot reset switch, is pressed. This reminds the crew/mechanics that the bottle
has been discharged and needs to be replaced. The first shot reset switch is located on the right hull wall behind
the driver's station to the right of the first shot fire extinguisher bottle.

If the engine compartment fire continues to burn or a second engine fire starts after the first shot bottle has been
discharged, the driver/mechanic must open the safety guard and move the 2ND SHOT switch on the DID forward.
The switch is connected to a 5 Vdc pull-up and 5 Vdc return in RSM 1. When the switch is moved forward it
connects the pull-up and return together. This fact is reported to the HMPU via the utility bus. The HMPU then
determines if the engine is running. If the engine is running a command is sent to the TMPU via the data bus to
shut down the engine and an 18 second delay begins. The TMPU sends the engine shutdown command from the
HMPU to the DECU via the data bus. The DECU then shuts down the engine. The purpose of the 18 second
delay is to allow the cooling fans to slow down so that when the fire suppression agent floods the engine
compartment it is not exhausted by the fans. After the 18 second delay has elapsed, the HMPU issues commands
to turn on RSM 1 RPC 9 (2ND SHOT FIRE EXT or 2ND-SHOT FIRE EXTINGUISHER) and to display the caution
message SECOND SHOT DISCHARGED on the CDU and DID. When RSM 1 RPC 9 turns on it applies power to
the engine second shot valve and the bottle discharges. If the engine is not running when the 2ND SHOT switch
is activated the 18 second delay is bypassed.

Manual Operation. Manually operated controls for the fire extinguisher system are provided for the crew and
engine compartments. These controls are T-handles and are located in the driver's compartment and outside on
the left side of the tank. Two T-handles in the driver's compartment can be used to discharge the crew, engine first
shot, A single T-handle on the outside of the tank will discharge the engine second shot bottle. It should be noted
that if the engine is running and the T-handle for the second shot bottle is used the engine will not shut down. The
manual controls are to be used if the automatic system fails or if a fire occurs when master power is off.

The tank is also equipped with two hand held fire extinguishers located in the turret.

Change 1 0003-24
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 10. Fire Extinguisher System Functional Block Diagram.

0003-25 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, CHEMICAL (NBC) SYSTEM (Figure 11). The NBC System provides the crew with
breathable air, free of nuclear, biological, and chemical contaminants in battlefield conditions. The NBC main
system uses engine bleed air as a source to provide filtered, temperature controlled air to the environmental
protection system. An NBC backup system uses an electric blower to draw outside air as a source and provide
filtered air when the main system is not available or required.

NBC Main System. The NBC main system provides a minimum air volume of 154 standard cubic feet per
minute (scfm), 200 scfm nominal (4.4 standard cubic meters per minute (scmm), 5.7 scmm nominal). Each crew
station receives at least 17 scfm (0.48 scmm) at the Y-connectors for the mask and vest. The remaining air is
delivered to the bulk dump behind the driver's seat. The total volume of air maintains a positive pressure of 3.7 to
8 inches of water (in. H2O) (9.4 to 20.3 cm H2O) in the crew compartments when the vehicle is in combat
configuration.

The NBC main system air supply (bleed air) is taken from the main engine's high speed compressor. The hot
bleed air, which destroys many possible contaminants, is supplied to the prioritization valve (bleed air valve). The
prioritization valve contains two electrically controlled solenoid valves, the on/off solenoid valve and the high/low
solenoid valve, which are in series. Power for the solenoids is provided by RPC 2 (NBC BLEED AIR OFF/ON) and
RPC 8 (NBC BLEED AIR LOW/HI) respectively, in RSM 2. When the NBC system is off, power management
software sets RPC 2 and RPC 8 on. This causes the on/off solenoid to energize, closing the on/off valve and
blocking airflow from the engine, and energizes the high/low solenoid. When the NBC system is on, RPC 2 is
turned off and RPC 8 is turned on. This deenergizes the on/off solenoid, opening the on/off valve and allowing
airflow from the engine, and energizes the high/low solenoid, opening the hi/low valve and regulating the air
pressure to 44 ±5 psig (303 ±35 kPaG).

If the engine requires more air, the system goes into NBC prioritization mode. During this mode the DECU sets a
data bit (T7 flag) indicating that it requires additional air. This bit is sent to the TMPU via the data bus. The TMPU
forwards this to the HMPU using the data bus. Once the HMPU receives the information it issues a command on
the utility bus to turn off RSM 2 RPC 8. This results in power being removed from the high/low solenoid, thereby
deenergizing it and closing the hi/low valve, which reduces the air pressure to 16 ±3 psig (100 ±21 kPaG) and the
amount of bleed air supplied to the NBC system.

Air is routed from the prioritization valve to NBC sponson box on the left side of the vehicle and enters the
precooler where the air temperature is reduced from near 400° F (204° C) to less than 300° F (149° C). Air from
the precooler is regulated to 35 ±3 psig (241 ±21 kPaG) by the pressure regulating valve. The pressure regulating
valve contains an electrically controlled solenoid valve, which receives power from RSM 2 RPC 4 (NBC PRESS
REG VALVE or NBC PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE). When the NBC system is off, power management
software sets RPC 4 on. This applies power to the solenoid in the pressure regulating valve, energizing it, closing
the valve and blocking airflow.

Further heat reduction occurs when air from the pressure regulating valve expands in the air-flow-limiting venturi
output chamber. The output chamber furnishes air to two paths. In the primary path, air flows to the heat
exchanger, condenser, and water extractor where the air is cooled and moisture removed before powering the air
cycle machine.

Outside (ambient) air is drawn in the NBC sponson box by the air cycle machine fan and passes through the
particle separator. This air passes through vanes in the heat exchanger and precooler which further cools the
bleed air and is then exhausted overboard with contaminants scavenged from the particle separator.

Change 1 0003-26
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

NBC Main System (Continued). The air cycle machine is a small turbine compressor and fan. Major cooling of
the air occurs at the output of the air cycle machine due to rapid expansion of the compressed air flowing from
the turbine nozzle into the condenser. This rapid expansion can cause ice to form, which if excessive, can cause
restricted airflow and degraded turbine efficiency. Icing is reduced by the anti-ice servo and anti-ice valve, which
directs warmer air into the condenser and turbine discharge air. The anti-ice valve is electrically controlled by the
temperature controller. The temperature controller is located in the hull on the left side of the vehicle behind the
driver's compartment. It is supplied power whenever the NBC system is activated from AIM RPC 17 (NBC TEMP
CONTROLLER or NBC TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).

The secondary path from the venturi supplies warm air to the temperature control valve. The valve, in response to
NBC temperature adjustment controls and the temperature control unit, adjusts the air temperature by mixing the
cooler air cycle machine output air with the warmer venturi output air. Depending on ambient conditions, the air
temperature can be adjusted from a maximum of 70-125° F (21-52° C) to a minimum of 55-85° F (13-29° C). A
temperature change is initiated when there is a 10° F (5.56° C) differential between settings. A 35 minute
warm-up or cool down period is required to attain the desired temperature. The temperature adjust control is
accessed by pressing the NBC TEMP ADJ button on the CDU or through the NBC CNTRLS menu available on
the DID when the CMDR BACKUP function is selected from the MAINT/BACKUP menu.

Conditioned air passes through the NBC filter canisters, located behind the driver on the left side of the vehicle,
where any remaining contamination is removed. The filtered output air is routed through ducts, hoses and tubes to
each crew station Y-connector and to the bulk dump valve. To reach the turret the filtered air is routed through
passages in the H/TSR.

The NBC system is controlled and monitored by sensor and electrical feedback signals and is automatically
activated by radiation and chemical detection devices. The signals from these sensors/devices are monitored by
either the AIM (radiation, chemical, sponson overheat, and filter clogged) or the temperature controller (anti-ice
temperature and conditioned air temperature). When a nuclear or chemical threat is detected, the AIM is notified
via physical lines that run from the radiation and chemical detection devices and the AIM. The AIM notifies the
HMPU via the utility bus that a threat exists. The HMPU forwards information to the TMPU via the data bus, which
sends information that causes the appropriate warning message(s) to be displayed on the CDU and DID and
verbal warning(s) to be injected into the intercom system. Also, software in the HMPU determines if the main
engine is running. If the main engine is running, the HMPU issues commands on the utility bus to turn on RSM 2
RPC 8, and AIM RPC 17, and turn off RSM 2 RPCs 2 and 4. This causes the NBC system to start. Bleed air inlet
temperature is monitored by the sponson in overtemp switch (overheat sponson in) at the output of the precooler.
The sponson out overtemp switch (overheat sponson out) and the conditioned air temperature sensor monitor the
bleed air outlet temperature at the condenser output to the NBC filters. Differential pressure switches monitor for
NBC clogged filter and crew compartment low pressure conditions. The anti-ice temperature sensor, located at
the condenser, feeds thermal information to the temperature control unit for anti-ice valve control. The anti-ice and
conditioned air temperature sensors are thermistors. The resistance of the thermistor changes with temperature.

0003-27 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

NBC Main System (Continued). If the main engine is running and the loader's panel TURRET BLOWER or NBC
MAIN switch is set to ON, or the coax weapon is selected, software will start the NBC system. Running the NBC
system assists in expelling gases generated by firing the coax weapon.

The Main NBC system will shut down automatically when an overheat condition is detected from the Overheat
Sponson In or Overheat Sponson Out switches. Main NBC system overheat conditions can result in system fires,
usually at the NBC filters. The vehicle software notifies the crew by displaying the OVERHEAT SPONSON IN or
OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT WARNINGS. The software will then display the following advisories to notify the
crew of imminent main NBC system shutdown: NBC MAIN AUTO SHUTDOWN IN 2 MINUTES, NBC MAIN AUTO
SHUTDOWN IN 1 MINUTE, NBC MAIN AUTO SHUTDOWN IN 30 SECONDS. After shutdown, the software puts
the main NBC system into the "disabled" state and generates the NBC MAIN DISABLED WARNING. The
"disabled" state is saved in H/TMPU power down memory so the main NBC system will remain disabled on any
subsequent power up. If an attempt is made to turn the NBC system back on while in the disabled state, the NBC
MAIN DISABLED NOTIFY MAINTENANCE advisory will be displayed.

The main NBC system can not be turned on, when in the "disabled" state, until an NBC Reset procedure is
performed. The NBC Reset procedure should only be performed as directed by the troubleshooting procedures,
after corrective action to repair the overheat condition, or during troubleshooting when required to turn on the NBC
system to help isolate the cause of the overheat problem. When the NBC Reset function is selected, the
MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED PRIOR TO NBC MAIN RESET advisory is displayed. The user must then
confirm the reset action to ensure that he/she is aware of the maintenance action requirement and of the danger
associated with running the main NBC system in an overheat condition.

The following sensors/devices generate appropriate warnings and except for the clogged filter, and both sponson
overheat conditions, activate the NBC tone alarm for the defined generation criteria:

Table 2. Device/Sensor Warnings

DEVICE / SENSOR WARNING ACTIVATION / RESET CRITERIA

RADIAC NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION Activates upon detection - Latched

Chemical Detector NBC CHEMICALS Activates upon detection - Latched
Crew Low Pressure CREW PRESSURE LOW Activates by 1.5 in. H2O, or 3.8 cm H2O
Switch (0.054 psi, or 0.372 kPa) decreasing
pressure, resets by 2.0 in. H2O, or 5.1
cm H 2 O (0.072 psi, or 0.496 kPa)
increasing pressure
NBC Clogged Filter NBC FILTER CLOGGED Activates at 30.5-33.5 in. H 2 O, or
Switch 77.5-85.1 cm H 2 O (1.1-1.2 psi, or
7.6-8.3 kPa) increasing pressure,
resets by 25 in. H2O, or 63.5 cm H2O
(0.9 psi, or 6.2 kPa) decreasing
pressure
Overheat Sponson In OVERHEAT SPONSON IN Activates at 315-335° F (157-168° C)
Switch increasing temp, resets by 285° F (141°
C) decreasing temp
Overheat Sponson Out OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Activates at 145-159° F (63-71° C)
Switch increasing temp, resets by 130° F (54°
C) decreasing temp

Change 1 0003-28
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

NBC Backup System. The NBC backup system gas particulate blower is powered by vehicle battery voltage.
Outside air, drawn in by the blower, passes through a screen inlet and through hoses and tubes to the charcoal
filters. Filtered air passes through a check valve and enters the NBC main system ducts to the crew station
Y-connectors. A check valve prevents the NBC main system output air from feeding back out through the backup
system input hoses. Another check valve, located in the air distribution duct near the NBC main filter output,
prevents the backup system air from flowing out the bulk dump. The NBC backup system provides at least 3.0
scfm (0.085 scmm) to the Y-connector mask orifice at each crew station.

Figure 11. Nuclear, Biological, Chemical (NBC) Main System.

0003-29 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

ACCESSORIES.

Personnel Heater (Figure 12). The personnel heater subsystem operates on vehicle fuel and supplies heated
air to the driver and turret crew area. The fuel is drawn from the left front fuel tank by the personnel heater
electrical fuel pump. An electrically powered blower fan inside the personnel heater blows the heated air into
metal duct work, which runs to outlets in the crew compartment. The ducts have dampers that can be set by the
driver to direct the airflow.

The heater controls are displayed when HEATER is selected from the AUX SYSTEMS menu on the DID, or the
HULL SYSTEMS menu on the CDU. When HEATER OFF/ON is set to ON from the HEATER menu on the DID or
CDU, RSM 1 RPC 5 (HEATER FUEL PUMP), and HPDU RPC 11 (HEATER POWER) are turned on via utility bus
(RS-485) commands from the HMPU. This causes the personnel heater fuel pump to pump fuel to the heater,
activates the igniter through a flame switch inside the heater, and starts the blower fan spinning at a low speed.
Once the fuel ignites the heater starts, the burning fuel causes the flame switch to heat up and move, cutting off
power to the igniter and allowing the bower fan to go to operational speed. The personnel heater will continue to
run until HEATER OFF/ON is set to OFF.

The HEATER TEMP LOW/HI control controls the heat output of the heater. It is normally in the LOW setting. With
the heater running, when the control is set to HI, HPDU RPC 12 (HEATER FAN LOW/HI) is turned on. This
causes a restriction solenoid in the heater to be energized, increasing the fuel supplied to the heater. The
additional fuel being burned generates a higher heat output.

Power is maintained to the blower fan when the personnel heater is shut down or MASTER POWER is turned off.
This is to allow any remaining fuel in the heater to be burned, combustion products to be exhausted, and to allow
the heater to cool down. The blower fan shuts down after the flame switch inside the heater has cooled down
sufficiently to move back to the start position.

Air can be circulated through the vehicle, by using the blower fan in the personnel heater, without heating it first.
This is accomplished by using the HEATER FAN OFF/ON control. When HEATER FAN OFF/ON is set to ON,
HPDU RPC 10 (HEATER FAN OFF/ON) is turned on and applies power to the blower fan in the personnel heater.

Smoke Generator System.

WARNING

• Do not remain in smoke cloud more than 5 minutes without use of protective
mask and skin protection. More than 5 minutes of unprotected exposure to
smoke cloud can cause temporary illness and eye and skin irritation.
• Do not turn on SMOKE GENERATOR switch if tank is using MOGAS or JP4 for
fuel. The MOGAS or JP4 will cause explosions instead of smoke and could kill
you or damage your tank.

NOTE

If using JP8, smoke will not be produced.

Change 1 0003-30
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Figure 12. Personnel Heater Functional Block Diagram.

0003-31 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Smoke Generator System (Continued). The smoke generating system is incorporated into the main engine
exhaust system. Fuel is sprayed into the rear section of the exhaust duct and vaporized. When exhausted to air,
the fuel condenses and creates a smoke cloud. The smoke generator fuel pump will only operate when the main
engine is running. This prevents the possibility of fire and prevents fuel nozzles from becoming clogged if the
main engine is not running. When the SMOKE GEN OFF/ON pushbutton on either the DID VEHICLE SYSTEMS
MAIN MENU or CDU HULL SYSTEMS MENU is set to ON, with the engine running, RSM 3 RPC 10 (SMOKE
GEN FUEL PUMP or SMOKE GENERATOR FUEL PUMP) is turned ON via the TMPU, HMPU, data bus and
utility bus. With power applied from RPC-10, the smoke generator fuel pump draws fuel from the rear fuel tank
and pumps it to the exhaust system nozzles. When the pushbutton is pressed, the request is sent to the TMPU via
the data bus. The TMPU then forwards this to the HMPU using the data bus. Once the HMPU receives the
request it determines if the main engine is running. If it is, the HMPU issues a command on the utility bus to turn
on RSM 3 RPC 10 (SMOKE GEN FUEL PUMP or SMOKE GENERATOR FUEL PUMP). With RPC 10 turned on
the smoke generator fuel pump will start drawing fuel from the rear fuel tanks and pump it into the exhaust
system.

Drain Valve System. The drain valve system consists of a crew compartment (front) drain and two engine
compartment (rear) drains. Control handles for the valves are located to the right of the driver's seat and are
mechanically linked to the valves with cables and rods.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.

General. The communication system in the M1A2 SEP consists of the SINCGARS radio system, the EPLRS or
Blue Force Tracking (BFT), and the intercom system. The SINCGARS and EPLRS or BFT provide digital
communication between vehicles and other elements on the battlefield. The intercom system supports voice
communication between crew stations or between external elements using the interface to SINCGARS.

Intercom System. The intercom system provides the crew with voice communication capability between crew
stations and between crew and external elements when interfaced with the radio transceiver (SINCGARS). The
commander's station is the only station that can communicate with external elements.

Alarm tones, that warn or alert crewmembers, are broadcast by the intercom system. The alarm tones are
generated by the TMPU and are injected into the intercom system via the Master Control Station (MCS). Proper
operation can be checked by running TONE TESTS from either the CDU, DID, or GCDP during BIT.

The M1A2 SEP is equipped with the Vehicular Intercommunications System (VIS) AN/VIC-3. The following
describes component functions during intercom operation:
• Indicator Control CD-82/VRC (MCS) - Provides interface between the radios and the four crew stations.
Located in the turret.
• Intercommunications Set Control C-12357A/VRC (Full Function Crew Station (FFCS)) - Furnishes each
crewmember with four modes of transmission: Push To Talk (PTT), Live Microphone (LIVE), Voice
Operated Switching (VOX), and Override (O/R).
• Combat Vehicle Crewman (CVC) Helmet - Provides each crewmember selection of intercom, radio, or
monitor. Controls the Active Noise Reduction (ANR) System and incorporates a noise cancelling
microphone.
• Loudspeaker LS-688/VRC - Allows crew to listen to intercom and radio transmissions without using CVC
helmet. Equipped with independent power and volume controls. Located in the turret.

Some design and technological enhancements incorporated in the VIS system include:
• The major intercom system components are interconnected in a single ring configuration, which supplies
power and carries the digitized audio to components on the ring.
• If any one ring cable is disconnected or severed, the system will remain completely operable.

For information concerning other details concerning the communication system, see the Principles of Operation
section in TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1.

Change 1 0003-32
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. The hydraulic system consists of components in both the hull and the turret. Hydraulic
power can only be generated by one of two sources in the M1A2 SEP tank, the main hydraulic pump or the
auxiliary hydraulic pump. In order for the main pump to generate hydraulic power, the main engine must be
running. In those situations when the main engine is not running, the electrically powered auxiliary hydraulic pump
can be used to generate hydraulic power. Hydraulics powers the bilge pump and the parking brake system in the
hull, and the gun/turret drive, ammo door, and cooling system in the turret. A network of hydraulic lines carries
hydraulic fluid under pressure from the pumps, through the hull hydraulic distribution manifold to the H/TSR and
then to the turret valve and the Cooling System Manifold (CSM) in the turret. The turret valve controls hydraulic
power to the ammo door open/closing actuator, the elevation servomechanism, and the azimuth servomechanism.
The CSM provides hydraulic fluid to the Air Handling Unit (AHU) and controls hydraulic fluid flow to the Vapor
Cycle System Unit (VCSU). A hydraulic system dial pressure gage is located at the gunner's station. For
information concerning hydraulic system components in the turret, see the Principles of Operation section in
TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1.

Main Pump. The engine-driven main hydraulic pump supplies hydraulic fluid at the rate of up to 47 gallons
(177.9 liters) per minute and maintains pressure at 1500-1750 psi (10342-12065 kPa) with the engine running and
turret power on. With turret power off, the main hydraulic pump is limited to 300 psi (2068 kPa) maximum except
when operating the hydraulically powered bilge pump (see Bilge Pump section). If turret power is on during
engine start, the main pump is limited to 300 psi (2068 kPa) maximum until after the start cycle is complete so the
engine will not be loaded down by the mechanically coupled main pump. Fluid flow from the reservoir through the
pump to the case drain line provides lubrication for the pump. Lubrication is necessary to prevent damage to the
pump (see Hydraulic Distribution Manifold section).

Auxiliary Pump. The auxiliary hydraulic pump is located on the left side of the hull floor below the turret basket
between the H/TSR and the bulkhead that separates the crew and engine compartments. It is controlled by a
monitoring circuit, which is enabled whenever master power is on. During normal operation, circuitry inside the
HPDU monitors the state of a signal, which is held high by a 5 Vdc pull-up. Two pressure switches, the Auxiliary
Hydraulic Pressure Switch (mounted in the hydraulic distribution manifold in the hull), and the Auxiliary Hydraulic
Brake Pressure Switch are connected in parallel to the pull-up in the HPDU. If the Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure
Switch detects less than 1050±150 psi (7239±1034 kPa) or the Auxiliary Hydraulic Brake Pressure Switch detects
less than 1400 psi (9652 kPa), the appropriate pressure switch closes. When either switch closes, the signal to
the HPDU is pulled to ground. The monitoring circuit reports this and the Auxiliary Power Control Module in the
HPDU (A6 circuit card) applies a ground to the K2 relay coil in the PPC, energizing it. Energizing the coil causes
the K2 relay contacts to close, which connects power to the AUX BUS. HPDU RPC 18 (AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP)
is connected to the AUX BUS and it will send power to the pump as soon the AUX BUS receives power. When
hydraulic pressure rises above 1600 ±150 psi (11031±1034 kPa), the closed pressure switch will open, causing
the A6 card in the HPDU to deenergize the K2 relay coil, disconnecting the AUX BUS from power, and thus
turning off the auxiliary hydraulic pump. Setting AUX PUMP OFF/ON to OFF, on the TURRET SYSTEM menu at
the CDU or the BACKUP menu on the Gunner's Control Display Panel (GCDP), can manually turn off the
auxiliary hydraulic pump.

When the vetronics bus voltage goes below 22.0 Vdc, the vetronics system disables the auxiliary hydraulic pump
circuit so that battery life may be maintained. The vetronics system reactivates the auxiliary hydraulic pump circuit
when the vetronics bus voltage goes above 23.0 Vdc.

The auxiliary hydraulic pump is a secondary source of hydraulic power for the vehicle and is not capable of
supplying all the hydraulic needs of the vehicle.

0003-33 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Hydraulic Distribution Manifold. The hydraulic distribution manifold is located near the centerline of the
vehicle on the hull floor below the turret basket between the H/TSR and the bulkhead that separates the crew and
engine compartments. The manifold distributes hydraulic fluid under pressure from the main hydraulic pump and
the auxiliary hydraulic pump to the hull/turret hydraulic systems. The hydraulic distribution manifold contains an
electrically operated bilge pump solenoid valve for the bilge pump operation, a flow switch that monitors the main
pump case drain line, and a thermal bypass valve. The hydraulic fluid return path from the hydraulic distribution
manifold routes the hydraulic fluid through a heat exchanger before it returns to the vehicle reservoir. The heat
exchanger removes excess heat from the fluid to prevent it from overheating and damaging hydraulic components.

The bilge pump solenoid valve supplies hydraulic power to drive the bilge pump and is controlled by a menu
button on the DID. When the button is pressed, the power management system sends a command to turn on
RSM 3 RPC 5 (BILGE PUMP VALVE). When RPC 5 comes on, power is applied to the solenoid in the manifold.
The solenoid energizes and allows hydraulic fluid to flow to the bilge pump.

The flow switch senses case drain fluid flow from the main hydraulic pump lubrication system. The switch is a
two-position switch with the NO and NC contacts wired to monitoring circuits in RSM 3. During vehicle operation
the state of the NC contact is monitored. When the main pump is running, the fluid flow causes the switch to close
the C (common) and NO contacts. If the pump is not running or when flow is interrupted, the C and NC contacts
of the switch are closed. When the flow is interrupted, the monitoring circuit for the NC contact in RSM 3 is pulled
to ground and is detected by the power management system. If the fluid flow interruption remains for more than
30 seconds, a HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAULT WARNING message will be displayed on the DID to warn the driver
that a hydraulic problem exists.

Bilge Pump. The M1A2 SEP tank is provided with a hydraulically driven, hull mounted bilge pump for use when
water enters hull and must be removed. Hydraulic power for the bilge pump is provided by the main engine
hydraulic pump or the electrical auxiliary hydraulic pump. The bilge pump is located on hull floor in front of hull
ammunition compartment and has an outlet located on right side of hull. The bilge pump is capable of pumping
115 gallons (435.3 liters) per minute for up to 100 hours continuously. To operate the bilge pump the driver or
mechanic goes to the AUX SYSTEMS menu and presses the BILGE PUMP OFF ON until ON is highlighted. The
DID sends this request to the TMPU via the data bus. The TMPU then forwards this request to the HMPU again
using the data bus. When the HMPU receives the request to turn on the bilge pump it sends a command on the
utility bus to RSM 3 to turn on RPC 5 (BILGE PUMP VALVE). Once RPC 5 comes on, power is applied to the
bilge pump solenoid valve in the hull hydraulic distribution manifold, which energizes and allows hydraulic fluid to
flow to the bilge pump.

Change 1 0003-34
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Driver's Hatch Interlock (DHI). The purpose of the DHI is to increase driver's safety by inhibiting powered
movement of the gun and turret when the driver's hatch is open.

When the driver's hatch is being opened, the hatch-lifting handle closes the DHI switch. This condition is
transmitted to the Fire Control Electronics Unit (FCEU) via the Analog Input Module (AIM), Utility Bus (RS485),
Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (H/TMPU), and the 1553 data bus. The FCEU inhibits gun/turret
movement by deenergizing the azimuth and elevation hydraulic power valves. This can only occur if the DHI
switch is closed (driver's hatch is open), no failures are detected in the DHI system, and the vehicle status permits
powered movement of the gun and turret. The FCEU also sends the inhibit status to the H/TMPU and the warning
DRIVER HATCH OPEN GUN/TURRET DRIVE INACTIVE is displayed on the DID.

The commander, at the CDU, has the option to override the DHI by squeezing the palm switch on the CCHA and
selecting ACTVT G/T DRIVE. The override request must be confirmed before powered operation will resume.
Appropriate cautions and/or warnings alert the crew when powered operation is resumed. If the CDU is disabled,
the gunner has backup override capability at the GCDP, via the BACKUP menu. If the override function is then
activated at the GCDP, the warning GUN/TURRET DRIVE ACTIVE DRIVER HATCH OPEN is displayed on the
DID.

When built-in diagnostics has detected a fault in the DHI system that could cause invalid inhibits or inability to
override, the caution GUN/TURRET DRIVE INHIBIT FAULT is displayed and normal gun/turret movement is
permitted. If the driver's hatch is open when a failure is detected, the warning GUN/TURRET DRIVE ACTIVE
DRIVER HATCH OPEN is displayed on the DID.

0003-35 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

VEHICLE SYSTEM MODES.

General. The vehicle can be operated in one of three modes; vehicle system mode, C3 mode, or diagnostic
mode.

Vehicle System Mode. Normal vehicle operation is performed using this mode.

C3 Mode. Provides commander with access to controls and indicators for various command and control
functions. Does not impact gunner or driver operations.

Diagnostics Mode. This mode configures the vehicle system to allow intrusive testing down to the LRU/SRU*
level. In this mode, the displays provide access to Caution/Warning STATUS, as well as built-in Test (BIT) and
Fault Isolation Test (FIT) information. Normal vehicle operation of LRUs is interrupted during intrusive testing in
the diagnostic mode. This mode must not be used during normal operations and must only be used when
performing diagnostic and maintenance functions.

FAULT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.

General. Fault management for the vehicle is accomplished with embedded system level diagnostics, a fault
reporting system and Manual Troubleshooting Procedures (MTPs).

System Level Diagnostics. System level diagnostics, which consists of Self-Test (ST), Built-In Test (BIT), and
Fault Isolation Test (FIT), detect and isolate failures in a system. System level diagnostics collect and analyze
data provided by subsystem level diagnostics embedded in LRUs on the 1553 data bus (HMPU, CDU, DID, POS/
NAV, and DECU) and power management data provided by the utility bus, to perform fault detection and isolation
functions.

ST is nonintrusive testing designed to run in the background without interrupting normal operations of the LRU in
which it is embedded. ST is automatically initiated upon power up and runs continuously unless preempted by
another level of diagnostics such as BIT or FIT. Safety related ST data is still generated and reported during BIT
or FIT.

BIT is intrusive testing designed to provide extensive and comprehensive test coverage of the LRU in which it is
embedded. BIT execution interrupts normal operation of the LRU under test because functional circuitry is
required during testing. Since BIT interrupts normal operation of the LRU, the crew or mechanic must initiate BIT
when it is safe to do so. BIT may require operator interaction as an aid in fault isolation.

FIT utilizes data collected during ST and BIT to isolate a fault to an LRU/SRU*. Once initiated by the mechanic,
FIT runs automatically, and may require mechanic interaction to isolate the fault. Faults that cannot be isolated
through FIT will generate the number of the Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) that must be performed.

* Only SEPv2 vehicles are capable of displaying Faulty SRUs.

Change 1 0003-36
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Fault Reporting System. The fault reporting system consists of CAUTION and WARNING messages and
diagnostic screens that inform the crew or mechanic of failures detected by the embedded diagnostic system.
When a fault is detected by ST, a CAUTION or WARNING message is displayed on the CDU or DID pop-up
window to alert the crew or mechanic that a fault has occurred. A tone alarm is also generated and broadcast on
the intercom system to alert the crew or mechanic to check the displays. the displayed CAUTION or WARNING is
added to the CAUTION/WARNING menu active list. A list of CAUTION and WARNING MESSAGES and the
associated Generation Description is provided in Table 3 and Table 4.
A NOGO message is displayed on the BIT initiating panel, CDU or DID, when a fault is detected. A CAUTION or
WARNING message may also be displayed for certain BIT NOGOs.
FIT utilizes ST and BIT collected data to isolate a fault to an LRU/SRU*. Faulty LRUs, along with their associated
faulty SRUs (if applicable)*, are displayed on the FAULTY LRU LIST screen. Faulty SRUs* are displayed indented
on the line(s) beneath its associated LRU (if applicable). Each LRU can be displayed as a faulty LRU by itself
without any of its related SRUs*. In most cases, LRUs that are able to display their associated SRUs* will have a
faulty SRU* displayed with the faulty LRU. Vehicle system status is displayed on the SYSTEM HEALTH screen as
a GO/NOGO condition. For NOGO SYSTEM HEALTH categories, the screen identifies the faulty LRU/SRU*, the
TP that must be performed, or any additional test that must be performed. If the embedded diagnostic system
cannot isolate the faulty LRU, a TP number is generated that directs the mechanic to the applicable technical
manual procedure.

Manual Troubleshooting Procedures (MTPs). In addition to fault detection and isolation, accomplished
through embedded diagnostics, the crew or mechanic may sense or suspect a fault due to observed unusual
system operation that is not included in embedded diagnostics. In this case, MTPs must be utilized to isolate the
faulty LRU. Symptom Discernment Procedures direct the mechanic to the applicable MTP to confirm and/or
isolate the fault.

Caution/Warning Messages. CAUTION/WARNING messages are displayed on the CDU and DID to alert the
crew or mechanic of critical conditions or faults in the system. A warning and caution counter on each of the
displays informs the crew or mechanic of the total number of currently active warnings and cautions. Alert tones
and voice warning messages are broadcast through the intercom system to prompt the commander and driver to
check the CDU and DID for messages. The CAUTION /WARNING message displayed on the CDU and DID will
remain on display until the condition that initiated the message is corrected or the RESET switch is pressed. If the
condition that initiated the message is corrected, the message will disappear from the display and the warning
and caution counter will decrease. If the RESET switch is pressed and the condition that initiated the message is
not corrected, the message will disappear but the counter will not change. A list of current active and intermittent
messages can be viewed on the CDU and DID.

Every CAUTION/WARNING generated is not displayed on both panels. However, if one panel is disabled, the
other panel will display all messages. During Normal operation panel messages are displayed as follows:
a. CDU WARNINGS - A critical condition exists in the NBC subsystem, main engine fire suppression, hydraulic
system temperature, or battery charge level.
b. DID WARNINGS - A critical condition exists in the NBC subsystem, transmission system, engine system, main
engine fire suppression, hydraulic system temperature, battery charge level, service brakes or parking brake.
c. CDU CAUTIONS - A condition exists in a system, utilized by the commander, that could affect operation.
d. DID CAUTIONS - A condition exists in a system, utilized by the driver, that could affect operation.

Table 3 lists all WARNING messages displayed on the panels and a brief description of the condition that
generated it. Table 4 lists all CAUTION messages displayed on the panels and a brief description of the condition
that generated it.

* Only SEPv2 vehicles are capable of displaying Faulty SRUs.

0003-37 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Table 3. Warning Messages

Warning Messages Generation Criteria
BALLISTIC SOLUTION UPDATE FCEU detects a difference between requested ballistic inputs
ERROR (ammo type, air/ground type, ballistic range) and TMPU ballistic
solution outputs.

CREW PRESSURE LOW Crew compartment air pressure is less than outside air pressure
with vehicle hatches sealed and main NBC and engine operating.

DECU OPERATING ON BACKUP DECU operating on internal battery. Vehicle voltage is below 21.8
BATTERY Vdc.

DRIVER HATCH OPEN GUN/ Driver's hatch open.

TURRET DRIVE INACTIVE

ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW Engine oil level is 10 or more quarts (9.5 or more liters) low.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW Engine oil pressure is below 11 psig (76 kPaG). If DECU cannot
increase oil pressure (increase RPM) engine is shut down.

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH Engine oil temperature exceeds 220° F (104° C).

G/T DRIVE ACTIVE DRIVER HATCH Driver's Hatch Interlock system is bypassed with driver's hatch
OPEN open.

HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMP HIGH Hydraulic fluid temperature exceeds 220° F (104° C) for more than
10 minutes or Hydraulic Fluid Temp High switch malfunction.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAULT Main hydraulic pump case drain flow switch remained closed
(no flow) for more than 30 seconds with engine running.

LOW BATTERY CHARGE Vehicle voltage is below 22.8 Vdc (engine not operating).

MAIN ENGINE FIRE Engine compartment fire still exists 2.6 seconds after first shot bottle
discharge.

NBC CHEMICALS Chemical contamination is present.

NBC FILTER CLOGGED NBC filter is clogged.

NBC MAIN DISABLED Vehicle system software has placed Main NBC system in "disabled"
state (prevented from turning on) as a result of an OVERHEAT
SPONSON IN or OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT WARNING/
condition. The NBC system can only be enabled by a maintenance
action (NBC reset).

NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION Nuclear radiation is present.

OVERHEAT SPONSON IN Sponson incoming air temperature exceeds 325° F (163° C) (Fire
Hazard).

OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Sponson outgoing air temperature exceeds 152° F (67° C) (Fire
Hazard).

Change 1 0003-38
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Warning Messages Generation Criteria

PARKING BRAKE SET Parking brake is set.

SCALED GUNNERY SELECTED Scaled Gunnery is selected.

SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO Service brake has been applied for more than two minutes with
MINUTES engine operating. Parking brake must be set to prevent inadvertent
vehicle movement.

TRANSMISSION DAMAGED Transmission oil filter pressure differential exceeds 160 psig (1103
INSPECT kPaG).

TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE Transmission oil pressure is below 110 psig (758 kPaG).
LOW

TRANSMISSION OIL Transmission converter oil temperature exceeds 310° F (154° C) or

TEMPERATURE HIGH transmission sump oil temperature exceeds 260° F (127° C).

Table 4. Caution Messages

Caution Message Generation Description
AEGR BATTERY CIRCUITRY FAULT AEGR card fails during TMPU LRU built-in-test for battery charging
or battery timer circuitry.

AIM FAULT AIM self-test failure.

AIM loss of communication with utility bus.

AIR FILTER CLOGGED Air pressure differential across Vee packs is 24 in. H2O (61 cm H2O)
or greater (engine operating).

AIR FILTER RESTRICTED Air pressure differential across Vee packs is between 19 and 24 in.
H2O (48 and 61 cm H2O) (engine operating).

CABLE DISCONNECTED Any cable disconnected as determined by Power Management

System.

CANT UNIT FAILURE IFCEU self-test detected an out-of-range CANT signal. Not
implemented for FCEU.

CDU FAULT CDU failed self-test, BIT, or station test.

CEU FAULT Power applied to CEU for more than 20 seconds.

CEU failed self-test or BIT.
Communication loss between data bus and CEU.

CIRCUIT BREAKER OFF Circuit breaker off detected by Power Management System.

CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPPED Circuit breaker tripped detected by Power Management System.

0003-39 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Caution Message Generation Description

CITV FAULT CITV fault during power-up or cooldown.
CITV gyro operating below specified operating temperature.
CITV sight assembly, common electronics unit, or servo electronics
unit failed self-test.
If vehicle has Block 1 FLIR Upgrade, CITV sight assembly or servo
electronics unit failed self-test.
FCEU 400 Hz signal not available.
CITV power applied and both data buses fail.
CITV resolvers and gyros fail FCEU self-test or BIT.

COMMANDER'S HANDLE FAULT Commander's Handle fails Commander's Handle Interactive Test.
During Fire Control System Test: Handle not centered; trigger
pressed; RANGE button pressed.
Faults exist that create false signals that above conditions are
present.

CROSSWIND SENSOR FAULT Crosswind sensor failed FCEU self-test, BIT, or Fire Control System
Test.
Excessive crosswind.

DECU FAULT DECU failed self-test or BIT.

Communication loss between data bus and DECU.

DECU SUBSYSTEM FAULT DECU failed.

Automotive sensor failed.
Abnormal engine operation.

DID FAULT DID failed self-test, BIT, or station test.

Communication loss between data bus and DID.

DTV FAULT DTV circuit breaker is tripped.

ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED Engine oil filter pressure differential exceeds 13.5 psig (93 kPaG).

ENGINE OIL LOW Engine oil level is more than 2 quarts (1.9 liters) low. Requires
constant low level for greater than or equal to 15 seconds.

ENGINE OVER SPEED DECU detected engine Power Turbine Speed (NPT)
exceeded 106%.

ENGINE SENSOR FAULT DECU detects faulty engine sensor T1, NH, and NPT:
T1 Window - Engine Inlet Temperature is 200° F (93° C)
or < -100° F (-38° C).
NH1 Level - Engine High Pressure Compressor Speed
is < 1%.
NH2 Level (Backup Sensor) - Engine High Pressure
Compressor Speed is < 1%.
NPT1 Level - Power Turbine Speed is < 1%.
NPT2 Level (Backup Sensor) - Power Turbine Speed
is < 1%.

Change 1 0003-40
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Caution Message Generation Description

ENGINE SYSTEM FAULT LOW DECU inhibits main engine available power (protective mode) due to
POWER engine system fault.

FBCB2 FAILURE Diagnostic system detects failure of communications with FBCB2.

FCEU FAULT FCEU fails self-test, BIT, or Fire Control System Test.
Communication lost between FCEU and data bus.
Excessive crosswind.

FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED First shot fire extinguisher bottle is activated.

FUEL FILTER CLOGGED Primary fuel filter pressure differential exceeds 18 psig (124 kPaG).

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT Power management self-test detected fuel level contradiction.
Engine compartment fuel level sensor shows less than 5/8, but rear
sponson shows more than 5/8 full. Probable sensor failure.

GCDP FAULT GCDP failed self-test, BIT, or station test.

Communication loss between GCDP data bus.
Gunner's handle not connected.

GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM GPS Receiver failed self-test or BIT.

FAULT
GUN/TURRET DRIVE FAULT FCEU self-test detected AZ and EL LVDT range errors.
Fire Control System Test detected faults.
FCEU BIT detected EL and AZ TRANSDUCER NULL FAIL and EL
and AZ GYRO NULL faults.

GUN/TURRET DRIVE INHIBIT FAULT DHI system failure.

GUNNERS CONTROL HANDLE During Fire Control System Test: Handle not centered; trigger
FAULT pressed; RANGE button pressed.
Faults exist that create false signals that above conditions are
present.

GUNNERS PRIMARY SIGHT FAULT FCEU self-test, FCEU BIT, or Fire Control System Test detected
Gunner's Primary Sight (GPS) interface faults GPS AZ and EL
Resolvers and GPS AZ and EL Gyros.

GUNNERS PRIMARY SIGHT LOWER FCEU self-test detected failures during operation of GPS Lower
PANEL FAULT Panel switches: Weapons Select, Ammo Select, or Fire Control (FC)
Mode.

HIGH ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Vehicle voltage exceeds 32 Vdc. Power Management program
VOLTAGE tripped voltage regulator circuit breaker and attempted to close
circuit breaker three times at 5 second intervals. High voltage is still
present after three attempts.

HMPU CRITICAL FAULT HMPU self-test failures.

Communication loss between HMPU and data bus.
Communication loss between HMPU and utility bus.

0003-41 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Caution Message Generation Description

HPDU FAULT HPDU RPC failure.
HPDU UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between HPDU and utility bus.

HULL/TURRET POSITION SENSOR Fire Control System Test or FCEU BIT detected failures during
FAULT HTPS range check, HTPS dynamic position, or HTPS position null.

KEYBOARD FAULT Keyboard failure detected during self test or BIT, or loss of
communication between keyboard and commander's electronic unit.

LASER RANGEFINDER FAULT LRF failed Auto Self-Test.

Fire Control System Test or FCEU BIT detected a fault.

LOADER PANEL GUN/TURRET FCEU self-test or FCEU BIT detected multiple modes request
DRIVE SWITCH FAULT loader's panel switch.

LOW ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Vehicle voltage is below 25 Vdc (engine operating).

VOLTAGE

LOW FUEL LEVEL Engine compartment fuel tank level is less than 1/4.
Two front fuel tank levels are at 1/8 or less.

MAIN GUN SAFETY SWITCH FAULT FCEU self-test or FCEU BIT detected an invalid condition from the
safety switch. (Indicated switch is both ARMED and SAFE or neither
ARMED or SAFE.)

MMU FAULT Mass Memory Unit failed self-test or MMU BIT with CEU powered
up.

POS/NAV UNIT HARDWARE FAULT POS/NAV failed power-up BIT or self-test.

Communication loss between POS/NAV and data bus.

POS/NAV UNIT INITIALIZATION POS/NAV placed in GYRO COMPASS with vehicle in motion or on a
FAULT slope greater than 5°.
POS/NAV in GYRO COMPASS when vehicle motion occurs.
POS/NAV mode transition fault.

POWER SYSTEM FAULT Wrong harness connected to remote switching module connectors:
J4, J5, or J7 on RSM 1, 2, or 3.
J5, J6 on RSM 4, 5, or 6.

PULSE JET SYSTEM FAULT PJS solenoid or controller fault.

REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP Left Fuel Pressure Switch is closed with engine running.
INOPERABLE

REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP Right Fuel Pressure Switch is closed with engine running.
INOPERABLE

Change 1 0003-42
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Caution Message Generation Description

RSM 1 FAULT RSM 1 RPC failed.
RSM 1 UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between RSM 1 and utility bus.

RSM 2 FAULT RSM 2 RPC failed.

RSM 2 UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between RSM 2 and utility bus.

RSM 3 FAULT RSM 3 RPC failed.

RSM 3 UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between RSM 3 and utility bus.

RSM 4 FAULT RSM 4 RPC failed.

RSM 4 UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between RSM 4 and utility bus.

RSM 5 FAULT RSM 5 RPC failed.

RSM 5 UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between RSM 5 and utility bus.

RSM 6 FAULT RSM 6 RPC failed.

RSM 6 UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between RSM 6 and utility bus.

RSM FCEU FAULT FCEU embedded RSM RPC failed.

FCEU embedded RSM UBIM or power supply failure.
Communication loss between FCEU embedded RSM and utility bus.

SECOND SHOT DISCHARGED Second shot fire extinguisher bottle has been activated. DECU has
shut down engine.

STABILIZATION FAULT FCEU self-test, Fire Control System Test, or FCEU BIT range error
fault detected in any of the following: AZ or EL Delta P, Gun
Trunnion Resolver, or Gun, Turret, or Hull gyros.

SYSTEM DATA BUS FAULT Communication loss between both data buses and any of the
following LRUs: CEU, CITV, DECU, DID, FCEU, GCDP, HMPU, POS/
NAV, TMPU, and TIS CEU (2nd Gen FLIR configuration) or TRU
(2nd Gen Block 1 FLIR Upgrade configuration).

THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM FAULT TIS self-test or TIS BIT detected a fault.

TMPU CRITICAL FAULT TMPU self-test or TMPU BIT detected a fault.

Communication loss between TMPU and data bus.

TMPU NONCRITICAL FAULT TMPU self-test or TMPU BIT detected a fault in the following:
Utility/Speech card or AEGR card.
Communication loss between TMPU and utility bus.

0003-43 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

Caution Message Generation Description

TMS FAULT TMS PGW pressure < 17.7 psia (122kPaA).
TMS PGW flow < 4 gpm (15 lpm).
TMS Vapor Loop suction pressure < 21 psia (145 kPaA).
TMS Vapor Loop discharge pressure > 400 psia (2757 kPaA).
Difference between TMS Vapor Loop discharge pressure and
suction pressure < 30 psia (207 kPaA).
TMS Differential Flow Sensor is closed (indicates hydraulic leak).

TRANSFER FUEL Rear fuel tank is less than 1/4 full and either front fuel tank is greater
than 1/8 full.

TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER Transmission oil filter pressure differential exceeds 10 psig (69
CLOGGED kPaG) (Transmission Oil Filter Sensor closed).

UTILITY BUS FAULT More than 50% errors per second on both utility buses for any of the
following LRUs: AIM, FCEU, HMPU, HPDU, RSM 1 thru RSM 6, and
TMPU.

ZERO DEGREE SWITCH FAULT FCEU self-test or FCEU BIT detected an invalid condition from the
zero degree switch. (Switch indicated gun is both above and below
zero or neither above zero or below zero.)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0003-44
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

CHAPTER 2

TROUBLESHOOTING - BUILT-IN DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT ISOLATION

PROCEDURES
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0004

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BUILT-IN DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT ISOLATION GENERAL INFORMATION

SCOPE

The purpose of the built-in diagnostics procedure is to allow the system to gather as much information about the condition of the vehicle as
possible, then analyze all the information in the computer to determine where the problem or problems are and which troubleshooting
procedures to use. If your problem is not detected by built-in diagnostics, the fault isolation procedure will direct you to the symptom
discernment procedure or Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) to isolate your fault.

It is important that any conditional fault (a failure that only occurs under certain conditions) be recorded by the detection mechanisms and
reported by CAUTION and WARNING messages. For example, a circuit breaker tripped when a switch was pressed. If the tripped circuit
breaker was reset, either manually or by cycling master power, and the CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message is no longer
displayed, you must now attempt to cause the circuit breaker to trip again to record that information in computer memory. Master power must
remain on so that the computer keeps the circuit breaker tripped information available for analysis during Fault Isolation Tests (FITs) and the
Troubleshooting Procedure (TP) Follow-on Procedures. If master power is turned off before told to by the procedure, the failure may not be
correctly identified.

The built-in diagnostics and fault isolation procedure requires vehicle batteries to have a full charge. Many systems must be powered to test
them properly and this puts a heavy drain on the batteries. Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diagnostic mode. Batteries
should be charged prior to diagnostics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnostic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine
before entering diagnostic mode. DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about
30 seconds.

Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will represent last status
at time tank was placed in diagnostic mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
If master power cannot be turned on from either the Commander's Display Unit (CDU) or the Driver's Integrated Display (DID), go immediately
to Hull Power Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Discernment Procedure (WP 0016).
The procedure starting at the CDU (WP 0005) should be used as a general rule. If there is a problem with performing the procedure from the
CDU, use one of the procedures starting at the DID (WP 0006) or the Gunner's Control and Display Panel (GCDP) (WP 0007). Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10 for instructions on how to use the display panels and menu selections.

Occasionally, software and related hardware problems occur that cause unusual symptoms and cannot be troubleshot using normal diagnostic
procedures. If you experience problems of this type, refer to Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System Index (WP 0020),
under the System/Subsystem called Unusual Conditions for possible solutions to some of those problems.

0004-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0004

BUILT-IN DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT ISOLATION GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued

EQUIPMENT CONDITION

This heading, when it appears in a troubleshooting procedure, will list only the special conditions you will have to meet in order to perform the
procedure. In addition to those special conditions, the following general equipment conditions always apply unless different settings are
required to produce tank failures or as otherwise specified. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10 for instructions on how to meet these conditions:

• Tank parked, preferably on hard level surface

• Tracks blocked
• Parking brake set
• Batteries serviced
• Turret power on
• All circuit breakers on or in tripped condition
• Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV) on
• FIRE CONTROL MODE switch on Gunner's Primary Sight (GPS) set to NORMAL
• Gun Turret Drive (GTD) switch on Loader's Panel (LP) set to POWERED
• Gun and turret locks locked unless directed otherwise by procedure
• Main gun positioned over front of vehicle
• Communication system set up for normal operation

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0004-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

FIELD MAINTENANCE
START AT COMMANDER'S DISPLAY UNIT (CDU)

INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required References (continued)
Three WP 0009
WP 0020
Equipment Condition TM 9-2350-388-10
Go to Equipment Condition paragraph in WP 0004 TM 11-5820-890-10-1
and make sure conditions are met before
continuing.

References
WP 0008

1
NOTE
• The tests that are run in blocks 1 thru 8 are designed to input
data in the computer. This information will assist the com-
puter in the fault isolation process. All optional tests, blocks 5
thru 8 , and Automatic Fault Isolation Test (AUTO FIT) if
instructed to do so and Interactive Fault Isolation Test (IN-
TER FIT), shown in Table 1, must be run for scheduled
maintenance.
• Notify the other soldiers whenever BIT (UTILITY BUS A or B)
or UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT is about to be performed. Do not
initiate any tank functions (i.e. fuel transfer, ammo doors,
smoke generator, personnel heater, etc.) while these tests
are running.
• Collect data from self tests.
• The self test runs continuously and reports failures
whenever the vehicle is powered up. Try to recreate any
conditional failures that were reported by the crew or by
self test as CAUTIONS or WARNINGS, but are not
currently being reported on the display(s). Table 1
SYSTEM TEST TYPE TEST NAME

UTILITY AUTO FIT UTILITY BUS

BUS
DATA BUS AUTO FIT DATA BUS
COMMUNI-
CATION
HULL AUTO FIT POS/NAV
SYSTEMS
WEAPON INTER FIT GPS/LOADER STATION
SYSTEM (available TEST
from GCDP
only)
GUN INTER FIT CITV MIRROR TEST
POSITION- (available GPS MIRROR TEST
ING from GCDP HTPS TEST
SYSTEM only) STABILIZATION TEST

0005-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

2
NOTE
• Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diag-
nostic mode. Batteries should be charged prior to diagnos-
tics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnos-
tic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine before
entering diagnostic mode.
• DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT
display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about 30
seconds.
• Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for
RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will
represent last status at time tank was placed in diagnostic
mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
• If any display shows a CABLE DISCONNECTED or CIR-
CUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message, do steps
listed below:
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage,
shut down engine. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Press DIAG MODE switch.
• Go to block 10.

3
• Do FC SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage, shut
down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0005-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

4
NOTE
On the SEPv1 vehicle the MMU must be turned on prior to
running the CEU/MMU TEST. For SEPv2 configuration, the
MMU is turned on automatically during CEU/MMU TEST.
• If vehicle is SEPv1 configuration, turn on MMU by setting
BACKUP MAPS OFF/ON to ON at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU; refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• CEU/MMU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do SYSTEM TEST at CDU. Put vehicle in VEH SYS mode
after SYSTEM TEST is complete.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If engine is needed to maintain battery voltage, start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

5
NOTE
Station tests in blocks 5 thru 8 are optional at this point. Many
display related failures can also be isolated by symptom dis-
cernment procedures and MTPs. The MTP will direct you to run
specific station tests, where necessary, based on your symp-
tom.
• If the fault symptom is related to commander's station,
do the following station tests at CDU. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• KEYBRD TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• TACTICAL SCREEN TEST
NOTE
Selected tests under CMDR ELCT TEST have to be performed
after station tests are run so station test FIT results get reported
properly.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
If BACKUP MAPS is or has been on during same power up of
the CEU, FBCB2 OFF/ON button will be ghosted.
• If FBCB2 OFF/ON button is ghosted, set fire control circuit
breaker RSM5 CEU on GCDP to OFF then ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to FBCB2 operations, do
FBCB2 TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0005-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

6
• If the fault symptom is related to GCDP, do the following
station tests at GCDP. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
• HANDLE TEST
NOTE
GCDP TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

7
• If the fault symptom is related to Single Channel
Ground/Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), do SINC-
GARS self test.
• Refer to TM 11-5820-890-10-1.
• Set communication system set up for normal operation.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

8
• If the fault symptom is related to driver's station, do the
following station tests at DID. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
DID TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

9
• Do HATCH TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0005-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

From block 1
10
NOTE
Make sure PANEL LIGHTS knob on GPS upper panel is turned
fully clockwise.
• Run FIT at CDU.
• Press FIT switch.
• Press READY switch.

11
• Press SYSTEM HEALTH switch.
NOTE
The listings in the system health screen are in a priority se-
quence based on diagnostic dependencies. You can select any
of the systems/subsystems listed, even if a GO indication is
present. If you select a system/subsystem that shows GO, the
screen will show a NO FAULTS FOUND message. If AUTO or
INTER FIT is available for the selected system/subsystem, the
option to run that test will appear as a menu button. The AUTO
and INTER FITs that are available are shown in Table 1. If
AUTO and INTER FITs are not available, you may return to the
menu to make a new selection. A system/subsystem may have
N/A opposite it. This indicates that there are dependencies
associated with that selection which prohibit troubleshooting of
that system/subsystem until the higher priority failure is re-
paired.

Did any of the systems/subsystems listed under the sys-

tem health screen show a NOGO?

YES NO
12 13
NOTE • Go to block 18.
It is recommended that the highest priority system listed with a
NOGO be selected first.
• Select a system by highlighting your choice and pressing
SELECT switch.
• The system health enter screen will show the system that
has been selected. It will also show one or more of the
following:
• SEE FAULTY LRU LIST (if a Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) has been isolated).
• A TP number.
• An instruction to run AUTO FIT that will be offered in the
menu.

Does the screen show SEE FAULTY LRU LIST?

0005-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

NO YES
14 15
Does the screen show a TP number? • Select RETURN as necessary to return to the FIT READY
menu screen and then select FAULTY LRU LIST.
NOTE
Some LRU's will also have faulty circuit cards or shop replace-
able units (SRU's) listed beneath the LRU.
• The FAULTY LRU screen will show one or more LRUs in a
priority sequence.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your fault message and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).

NO YES
16 17
Does the screen show an instruction to run AUTO FIT? NOTE
The following is a list of automotive system TPs that represent
hard electrical faults detected by DECU BIT. If you are trouble-
shooting the automotive system and any of these TPs show up
with other automotive TPs, do these TPs first:
TP 251, 265, 270 thru 275, 279 thru 282, and 285.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your TP number and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).

0005-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005

NO YES
From block 13
18 19
• If running, shut down engine. • Select the test from the menu button.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • When AUTO FIT is completed, go back to the question in
• If the TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION message was block 12.
displayed and FIT did not display a TP number or a faulty
LRU, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
• There are two methods of determining the proper
troubleshooting procedure. In both cases, you will have to
identify which system your symptom is related to.
• If you are unfamiliar with the troubleshooting approach
or have questions about how to interpret your symptom,
use the symptom discernment procedures referenced in
the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
(WP 0009). It is recommended that you use
this method until you become familiar with how
the symptoms are defined.
• When you have become familiar with the troubleshoot-
ing approach and are confident that you have identified
the symptom correctly, go directly to the Hull System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System In-
dex
(WP 0020).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005-7/8 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

FIELD MAINTENANCE
START AT DRIVER'S INTEGRATED DISPLAY (DID)

References
WP 0008

1
NOTE
• The tests that are run in blocks 1 thru 12 are designed to
input data in the computer. This information will assist the
computer in the fault isolation process. All optional tests,
blocks 9 thru 12 , and Automatic Fault Isolation Test (AUTO
FIT) if instructed to do so and Interactive Fault Isolation Test
(INTER FIT), shown in Table 1, must be run for scheduled
maintenance.
• Notify the other soldiers whenever BIT (UTILITY BUS A or B)
or UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT is about to be performed. Do not
initiate any tank functions (i.e. fuel transfer, ammo doors,
smoke generator, personnel heater, etc.) while these tests
are running.
• Collect data from self tests.
• The self test runs continuously and reports failures
whenever the vehicle is powered up. Try to recreate any
conditional failures that were reported by the crew or by
self test as CAUTIONS or WARNINGS, but are not
currently being reported on the display(s).
• If any display shows a CABLE DISCONNECTED or CIR-
CUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message, do steps in Table 1
block 3 and then go to block 13.
SYSTEM TEST TYPE TEST NAME

UTILITY AUTO FIT UTILITY BUS

2 BUS
• Do FC SYSTEM TEST at GCDP. DATA BUS AUTO FIT DATA BUS
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. COMMUNI-
CATION
HULL AUTO FIT POS/NAV
SYSTEMS
WEAPON INTER FIT GPS/LOADER STATION
SYSTEM (available TEST
from GCDP
only)
GUN INTER FIT CITV MIRROR TEST
POSITION- (available GPS MIRROR TEST
ING from GCDP HTPS TEST
SYSTEM only) STABILIZATION TEST

0006-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

3
NOTE
• Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diag-
nostic mode. Batteries should be charged prior to diagnos-
tics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnos-
tic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine before
entering diagnostic mode.
• DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT
display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about 30
seconds.
• Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for
RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will
represent last status at time tank was placed in diagnostic
mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage, shut
down engine. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
• On the SEPv1 vehicle the MMU must be turned on prior to
running the CEU/MMU TEST. For SEPv2 configuration, the
MMU is turned on automatically during CEU/MMU TEST.
• Selecting DIAG MODE from DID will turn BACKUP MAPS off
when CMDR ELCT is cycled, and MMU will report NOT
TESTED.

• If vehicle is SEPv1 configuration, turn on MMU by setting

BACKUP MAPS OFF/ON to ON at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Select diagnostics mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press DIAG MODE switch
• At DID:
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT switch to OFF.
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT switch to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.

4
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do HULL SYSTEM TEST at DID; leave vehicle in diagnos-
tics mode.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0006-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

5
• If engine is not needed to maintain battery voltage, go to
block 7.
• If engine is needed to maintain battery voltage, select VEH
SYS mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press VEH SYS switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to OFF.
• Press MAIN MENU switch.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

6
• Select diagnostics mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press DIAG MODE switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to OFF.
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.

7
• Do SUBSYS LRU TESTS on following turret
Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) at DID. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• TMPU or iHMPU
• GCDP
• FCEU
• CITV
• CDU
• CEU/MMU
• KEYBRD

8
• Do HATCH TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0006-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

9
NOTE
Station tests in blocks 9 thru 12 are optional at this point. Many
display related failures can also be isolated by symptom dis-
cernment procedures and MTPs. The MTP will direct you to run
specific station tests, where necessary, based on your symp-
tom.
• If the fault symptom is related to commander's station,
do the following station tests at CDU. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• KEYBRD TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• TACTICAL SCREEN TEST
NOTE
Selected tests under CMDR ELCT TEST have to be performed
after station tests are run so station test FIT results get reported
properly.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to FBCB2 operations, do
FBCB2 TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

10
• If the fault symptom is related to gunner's station,
do the following station tests at GCDP. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• HANDLE TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
GCDP TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0006-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

11
• If the fault symptom is related to Single Channel
Ground/Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), do SINC-
GARS self test.
• Refer to TM 11-5820-890-10-1.
• Set communication system set up for normal operation.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

12
• If the fault symptom is related to driver's station, do the
following station tests at DID. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
DID TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0006-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

From block 1
13
NOTE
Make sure PANEL LIGHTS knob on GPS upper panel is turned
fully clockwise.
• Run FIT at DID.
• Press FIT switch.
• Press READY switch.

14
• Press SYSTEM HEALTH switch.
NOTE
The listings in the system health screen are in a priority se-
quence based on diagnostic dependencies. You can select any
of the systems/subsystems listed, even if a GO indication is
present. If you select a system/subsystem that shows GO, the
screen will show a NO FAULTS FOUND message. If AUTO or
INTER FIT is available for the selected system/subsystem, the
option to run that test will appear as a menu button. The AUTO
and INTER FITs that are available are shown in Table 1. If
AUTO and INTER FITs are not available, you may return to the
menu to make a new selection. A system/subsystem may have
N/A opposite it. This indicates that there are dependencies
associated with that selection which prohibit troubleshooting of
that system/subsystem until the higher priority failure is re-
paired.

Did any of the systems/subsystems listed under the sys-

tem health screen show a NOGO?

YES NO
15 16
NOTE • Go to block 21.
It is recommended that the highest priority system listed with a
NOGO be selected first.
• Select a system by highlighting your choice and pressing
SELECT switch.
• The system health enter screen will show the system that
has been selected. It will also show one or more of the
following:
• SEE FAULTY LRU LIST (if a Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) has been isolated)
• A TP number
• An instruction to run AUTO FIT that will be offered in the
menu

Does the screen show SEE FAULTY LRU LIST?

0006-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

NO YES
17 18
Does the screen show a TP number? • Select RETURN as necessary to return to the FIT READY
menu screen and then select FAULTY LRU LIST.
NOTE
Some LRU's will also have faulty circuit cards or shop replace-
able units (SRUs) listed beneath the LRU.
• The FAULTY LRU screen will show one or more LRUs in a
priority sequence.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your fault message and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).

NO YES
19 20
Does the screen show an instruction to run AUTO FIT? NOTE
The following is a list of automotive system TPs that represent
hard electrical faults detected by DECU BIT. If you are trouble-
shooting the automotive system and any of these TPs show up
with other automotive TPs, do these TPs first:
TP 251, 265, 270 thru 275, 279 thru 282, and 285.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your TP number and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).

0006-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006

NO YES
From block 16
21 22
• If running, shut down engine. • Select the test from the menu button.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • When AUTO FIT is completed, go back to the question in
• If the TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION message was block 15.
displayed and FIT did not display a TP number or a faulty
LRU, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
• There are two methods of determining the proper
troubleshooting procedure. In both cases, you will have to
identify which system your symptom is related to.
• If you are unfamiliar with the troubleshooting approach
or have questions about how to interpret your symptom,
use the symptom discernment procedures referenced in
the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
(WP 0009). It is recommended that you use
this method until you become familiar with how
the symptoms are defined.
• When you have become familiar with the troubleshoot-
ing approach and are confident that you have identified
the symptom correctly, go directly to the Hull System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System In-
dex
(WP 0020).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

FIELD MAINTENANCE
START AT GUNNER'S CONTROL AND DISPLAY PANEL (GCDP)

References
WP 0008

1
NOTE
• The tests that are run in blocks 1 thru 11 are designed to
input data in the computer. This information will assist the
computer in the fault isolation process. All optional tests,
blocks 8 thru 11 , and Automatic Fault Isolation Test (AUTO
FIT) if instructed to do so and Interactive Fault Isolation Test
(INTER FIT), shown in Table 1, must be run for scheduled
maintenance.
• Notify the other soldiers whenever BIT (UTILITY BUS A or B)
or UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT is about to be performed. Do not
initiate any tank functions (i.e. fuel transfer, ammo doors,
smoke generator, personnel heater, etc.) while these tests
are running.
• Collect data from self tests.
• The self test runs continuously and reports failures
whenever the vehicle is powered up. Try to recreate any
conditional failures that were reported by the crew or by
self test as cautions or warnings, but are not currently
being reported on the display(s).
• If any display shows a CABLE DISCONNECTED or CIR-
CUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message, do steps in Table 1
block 3 and then go to block 13.
SYSTEM TEST TYPE TEST NAME

UTILITY AUTO FIT UTILITY BUS

0007-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

• If vehicle is SEPv1 configuration, turn on MMU by setting

BACKUP MAPS OFF/ON to ON at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Select diagnostics mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press DIAG MODE switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT switch to OFF.
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT switch to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.

4
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do TURRET SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do SUBSYS LRU TEST on DECU at GCDP; leave vehicle in
diagnostics mode.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0007-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

7
• Do SUBSYS LRU TESTS on following hull
Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) at GCDP. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• HMPU
• DID
• POS/NAV
• KEYBRD

0007-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

8
NOTE
Station tests in blocks 8 thru 11 are optional at this point. Many
display related failures can also be isolated by symptom dis-
cernment procedures and MTPs. The MTP will direct you to run
specific station tests, where necessary, based on your symp-
tom.
• If the fault symptom is related to commander's station,
do the following station tests at CDU. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• KEYBRD TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• TACTICAL SCREEN TEST
NOTE
Selected tests under CMDR ELCT TEST have to be performed
after station tests are run so station test FIT results get reported
properly.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
If BACKUP MAPS is or has been on during same power up of
the CEU, FBCB2 OFF/ON button will be ghosted.
• If FBCB2 OFF/ON button is ghosted, set fire control circuit
breaker RSM5 CEU on GCDP to OFF then ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to FBCB2 operations, do
FBCB2 TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

9
• If the fault symptom is related to gunner's station,
do the following station tests at GCDP. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
• HANDLE TEST
NOTE
GCDP TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0007-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

10
• If the fault symptom is related to Single Channel
Ground/Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), do SINC-
GARS self test.
• Refer to TM 11-5820-890-10-1.
• Set communication system set up for normal operation.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

11
• If the fault symptom is related to driver's station, do the
following station tests at DID. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
DID TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

12
• Do HATCH TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0007-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

From block 1
13
NOTE
Make sure PANEL LIGHTS knob on GPS upper panel is turned
fully clockwise.
• Run FIT at GCDP.
• Press FIT switch.
• Press READY switch.

Did any of the systems/subsystems listed under the sys-

tem health screen show a NOGO?

YES NO
15 16
NOTE • Go to block 21.
It is recommended that the highest priority system listed with a
NOGO be selected first.
• Select a system by highlighting your choice and pressing
SELECT switch.
• The system health enter screen will show the system that
has been selected. It will also show one or more of the
following:
• SEE FAULTY LRU LIST (if a Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) has been isolated).
• A TP number.
• An instruction to run AUTO FIT that will be offered in the
menu.

Does the screen show SEE FAULTY LRU LIST?

0007-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

0007-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007

NO YES
From block 16
21 22
• If running, shut down engine. • Select the test from the menu button.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • When AUTO FIT is completed, go back to the question in
• If the TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION message was block 15.
displayed and FIT did not display a TP number or a faulty
LRU, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
• There are two methods of determining the proper
troubleshooting procedure. In both cases, you will have to
identify which system your symptom is related to.
• If you are unfamiliar with the troubleshooting approach
or have questions about how to interpret your symptom,
use the symptom discernment procedures referenced in
the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
(WP 0009). It is recommended that you use this method
until you become familiar with how the
symptoms are defined.
• When you have become familiar with the troubleshoot-
ing approach and are confident that you have identified
the symptom correctly, go directly to the Hull System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System In-
dex (WP 0020).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BUILT-IN DIAGNOSTICS FAULT MESSAGE INDEX

This index contains fault messages, code numbers, and required corrective actions that may result from built-in diagnostics of the hull
and turret systems/subsystems.
Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
Message Action
AIM • Document LRU/SRU fault information displayed on Faulty LRU
POWER SUPPLY (A12) List on appropriate maintenance and services form.
UBIM (A6) • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
SPEEDO INTERFACE BRD (A2) • Verify problem is solved.
DATA CONTROL MODULE (A5)
I/O BOARD (A13)
RPC16-XMSN FLT BYPASS (A9)
RPC17-NBC TEMP CTRL (A10)
RPC18-FUEL SENSORS (A11)
AZ DELTA P TRANSDUCER • Replace motional transducer (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
CDU • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
DPCM (A1) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
BEZEL SW ASSEMBLY (A2) maintenance and services form.
MONOCHROME DISPLAY (A3) • Replace commander's display unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TACTICAL DISPLAY (A4) • Verify problem is solved.
• If an SRU is not listed, do Lights and Displays System (LDS)
Symptom Discernment Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
CEU • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
GPP W/1553B CCA (A11-BB) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
GPP W/GRAPH CCA (A12-BB) maintenance and services form.
POWER SUPPLY (A2) • Replace commander's electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 306 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
category, do TP 306 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• If not, replace commander's electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
CITV AZ DRIVE MODULE • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure, blocks 10
and 12 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• If resistance measurements are OK, disconnect following
connectors and inspect for bent or damaged contacts
(Vol 2, WP 0245):
• 1W501-8/P2 from J1 on CITV azimuth drive assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W501-8/P1 from J1 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If contacts are found faulty, replace faulty component.
• For wiring harness 1W501-8 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV azimuth drive assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV servo electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If contacts are OK, replace CITV azimuth drive assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV servo electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace loader's remote switching module
1A101 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
CITV COMMON EU • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If loose, connect 1W502-7/P1 to J2 on CITV sight module (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 8).
• If loose, connect 1W503-7/P2 to J3 on CITV sight module (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 8).
• If loose, connect 1W500-7/P3 to J4 on CITV common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If loose, connect 1W502-7/P3 to J2 on CITV common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, disconnect following connectors and inspect
for bent or damaged contacts (Vol 2, WP 0245):
• 1W500-7/P1 from UJ1 on remote switching module 5 (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 2).
• 1W500-7/P3 from J4 on CITV common electronics unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 15).
• 1W502-7/P1 from J2 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W502-7/P3 from J2 on CITV common electronics unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 15).
• 1W503-7/P2 from J3 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W503-7/P1 from J3 on CITV common electronics unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If contacts are found faulty, replace faulty component.
• For wiring harness 1W500-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For wiring harness 1W502-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For wiring harness 1W503-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV sight module (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV common electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For loader's remote switching module 1A101
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If contacts are OK, replace CITV common electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV sight module
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace loader's remote switching module
1A101 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
CITV SERVO EU • Disconnect following connectors and inspect for bent or damaged
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade contacts (Vol 2, WP 0245):
configuration) • 1W500-7/P1 from UJ1 on remote switching module 5
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• 1W500-7/P2 from J8 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• 1W502-7/P1 from J3 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W502-7/P4 from J2 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If contacts are found faulty, replace faulty component.
• For wiring harness 1W500-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For wiring harness 1W502-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV servo electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV sight module (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For loader's remote switching module 1A101
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If contacts are OK, replace CITV servo electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV sight module
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
CITV SERVO EU • Disconnect following connectors and inspect for bent or damaged
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) contacts (Vol 2, WP 0245):
• 1W500-7/P1 from UJ1 on remote switching module 5
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• 1W500-7/P2 from J8 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• 1W502-7/P3 from J2 on CITV common electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• 1W502-7/P4 from J2 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If contacts are found faulty, replace faulty component.
• For wiring harness 1W500-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For wiring harness 1W502-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV servo electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV common electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For loader's remote switching module 1A101
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If contacts are OK, replace CITV servo electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV common electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
CITV SIGHT ASSEMBLY • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • Disconnect following connectors and inspect for bent or
configuration) damaged contacts (Vol 2, WP 0245):
• 1W500-7/P3 from J2 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W502-7/P1 from J3 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W502-7/P4 from J2 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If contacts are found faulty, replace faulty component.
• For wiring harness 1W500-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For wiring harness 1W502-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV sight module (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV servo electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If contacts are OK, replace CITV sight module
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV servo electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
CITV SIGHT ASSEMBLY • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • Disconnect following connectors and inspect for bent or
damaged contacts (Vol 2, WP 0245):
• 1W502-7/P1 from J2 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W502-7/P4 from J2 on CITV servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• 1W503-7/P2 from J3 on CITV sight module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• 1W503-7/P1 from J3 on CITV common electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If contacts are found faulty, replace faulty component.
• For wiring harness 1W502-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For wiring harness 1W503-7 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV sight module (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV servo electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• For CITV common electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If contacts are OK, replace CITV sight module
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV servo electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace CITV common electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
DAGR • Replace satellite signals navigation set (commonly called defense
advanced GPS receiver, or DAGR)
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
DECU • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank
(Vol 2, WP 0183).
DID • Document LRU/SRU fault information displayed on Faulty LRU
DPCM (A1) List on appropriate maintenance and services form.
AUTO-M/OSB BZL SW (A2/A7) • Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
MONOCHROME DISPLAY (A3) • Verify problem is solved.
GPP W/GRAPH+1553B CCA (A4)
1553B MEZZ CCA (A4-CM)
GRAPHICS MEZZ CCA (A4-GM)
POWER SUPPLY (A5)
EL DELTA P TRANSDUCER • Replace motional transducer (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
FCEU • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
FCCP (A1) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
ANALOG I/O (A2) maintenance and services form.
DIGITAL I/O (A3) • Replace fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
LOS DPC (A8) • Verify problem is solved.
LOS APC (A9) • If TP 505 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
LOS POWER AMPLIFIER (A10) category, do action for TP 505 in this index.
400 HZ POWER SUPPLY (A11) • Verify problem is solved.
EMBEDDED RSM (A12) • If TP 500 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
FIRING CCA (A13) category, do TP 500 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
DC POWER SUPPLY • Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 501 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
category, do TP 501 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If a CITV FAULT caution is present, do Commander's Independent
Thermal Viewer (CITV) Subsystem Symptom Discernment
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Otherwise replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
GCDP • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
DPCM (A1) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
BEZEL SW ASSEMBLY (A2) maintenance and services form.
MONOCHROME DISPLAY (A3) • Replace gunner's control display panel (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
GPP W/GRAPH+1553B CCA (A4) • Verify problem is solved.
1553B MEZZ CCA (A4-CM) • If TP 385 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
GRAPHICS MEZZ CCA (A4-GM) category, do action for TP 385 in this index.
POWER SUPPLY (A5) • If not, replace gunner's control display panel
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
GPS DAHA • Replace gunner's primary sight body assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
GPS LOWER PANEL • Replace gunner's primary sight lower panel assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
GUN TRUNNION RESOLVER • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Replace gun trunnion resolver (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
GUN AZ GYRO • Replace gun azimuth reference gyroscope
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
GUN EL GYRO • Replace gun elevation reference gyroscope
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
HMPU • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
GPP W/1553B+UBDS CCA (A11) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
1553B MEZZ CCA (A11-CM) maintenance and services form.
UBDS MEZZ CCA (A11-UM) • Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
POWER SUPPLY (A2) • Verify problem is solved.
• If an SRU is not listed, do procedure for HPDS-3, HMPU Critical
CAUTION Keeps Recurring After Master Power Is Cycled Off and
On (Vol 2, WP 0207).
HPDU • Document LRU/SRU fault information displayed on Faulty LRU
POWER SUPPLY (A13) List on appropriate maintenance and services form.
UBIM (A101) • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
RPC0-RSM3 • Verify problem is solved.
RPC1-RSM2
RPC4-PPC RELAY 3 (A4)
RPC5-APU FIRE EXT BTL (A5)
RPC7-HMPU (A7)
RPC8-DID (A8)
RPC9-VOLTAGE REG (A9)
RPC10-HTR FAN ON/OFF (A10)
RPC11-HTR IGNITER (A11)
RPC12-HTR FAN HI/LO (A12)
RPC13-RSM1
RPC14-RSM4/PDU UJ1
RPC15-RSM6/PDU UJ2
RPC16-IFCEU/PDB UJ1-UJ5
RPC17-RSM5/PDB UJ6-UJ7/PDU UJ3
RPC18-AUX HYD PUMP
H/T POSITION SENSOR • Replace hull/turret position sensor (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
HULL GYRO • Replace hull gyroscope (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
KEYBOARD • Replace keyboard (TM 9-2350-388-10).
• Verify problem is solved.
MHA • Replace mass memory unit mount housing assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
POS/NAV UNIT • If speedometer does not operate properly, do TP 200 Follow-on
Procedure (WP 0036).
• If it does, do TP 311 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
RMC • Do Mass Memory Unit (MMU) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
RSM 1 • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
POWER SUPPLY (A13) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
UBIM (A101) maintenance and services form.
RPC2-HDLT LOW BEAMS (A2) • Replace remote switching module 2A102
RPC3-HDLT BO MARKERS (A3) (Vol 4, WP 0585).
RPC4-SHIFT SELECT (A4) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC5-HEATER FUEL PUMP (A5) • If disconnected, connect 2W162-8/P4 to J6 on remote switching
RPC6-XMSN SOL E (A6) module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
RPC7-DRIVER'S DOME LT (A7) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC8-HDLT HIGH BEAMS (A8) • If problem still exists, and if TPs 308, 328, 331, and 334 are
RPC9-2ND SHOT FIRE EX (A9) displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT category,
RPC10-FIRE EXT AMP (A10) do TP 301 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
RPC12-DECU (A12) • If not, replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved.
RSM 2 • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
POWER SUPPLY (A13) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
UBIM (A101) maintenance and services form.
RPC2-NBC BLD ON/OFF (A2) • Replace remote switching module 2A103
RPC3-RT FL XFER SOL (A3) (Vol 4, WP 0586).
RPC4-NBC PRES REG VLV (A4) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC5-RADIAC DETECTOR (A5) • If disconnected, connect 2W103-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching
RPC6-ELEC DEPRESS VLV (A6) module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
RPC7-LT FL XFER SOL (A7) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC8-NBC BLD HI/LO (A8) • If problem still exists, and if TP 303 is displayed under
RPC9-FRT FL XFER PMP (A9) POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT category, do TP 303
RPC10-RT REAR FL PMP (A10) Follow-on Procedure in this index.
RPC12-DTV (A12) • If not, replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
RSM 3 NOTE
POWER SUPPLY (A13) Message may appear erroneously and could be displayed
UBIM (A101) with RPC12-POS/NAV (A12) SRU. Disregard message if
RPC2-TAIL LIGHTS (A2) not accompanied by any noticeable symptoms, TP
RPC3-BO TAIL LIGHTS (A3) numbers, cautions, or warnings related to RSM 3 power
RPC4-PJS (A4) management functions. Refer to Power Distribution
RPC5-BILGE PMP VLV (A5) System Block Diagram (WP 0003).
RPC6-AIM (A6)
RPC7-BO STOP LIGHTS (A7) • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
RPC8-STOP LIGHTS (A8)
RPC9-LT REAR FL PMP (A9) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
RPC10-SMK GEN FL PMP (A10) maintenance and services form.
RPC12-POS/NAV (A12) • Replace remote switching module 2A104
(Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If disconnected, connect 2W702-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching
module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, and if TP 304 is displayed under
POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT category, do TP 304
Follow-on Procedure in this index.
• If not, replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.
RSM 4 • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
POWER SUPPLY (A13) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
UBIM (A101) maintenance and services form.
RPC2-THPDV EL DRIVE (A2) • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100
RPC3-THPDV AZ DRIVE (A3) (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
RPC6-CDU TACT DISPLAY (A6) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC7-CDR DMLT/CHM DET (A7) • If disconnected, connect 1W117-7/P1 to J4 on commander's
RPC8-GUNNER'S DM LT (A8) remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
RPC9-CDU FLIR DISPLAY (A9) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC11-UTILITY JACK (A11) • If problem still exists, and if TP 305 is displayed under
RPC12-EPLRS (A12) POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT category, do TP 305
Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in
Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
• If not, replace commander's remote switching module 1A100
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
RSM 5 • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
POWER SUPPLY (A13) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
UBIM (A101) maintenance and services form.
RPC2-AMMO DOOR CLOSE (A2) • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101
RPC3-AMMO DOOR OPEN (A3) (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
RPC7-VIS/LDR DMLT/DGR (A7) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC8-LOADER'S DTV (A8) • If disconnected, connect 1W107-7/P1 to J4 on loader's remote
RPC9-CEU (A9) switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
RPC10-GAS PART BLWR (A10) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC11-CITV SA/SEU (A11) • If problem still exists, and if TP 306 is displayed under
RPC12-MMU (A12) POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT category, do TP 306
Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in
Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
• If not, replace loader's remote switching module 1A101
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
RSM 6 • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
POWER SUPPLY (A13) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
UBIM (A101) maintenance and services form.
RPC2-AHU HIGH FAN SOL (A2) • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109
RPC3-AHU LOW FAN SOL (A3) (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
RPC6-GPS UPPER PANEL (A6) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC7-GCDP (A7) • If disconnected, connect 1W113-7/P1 to J4 on gunner's remote
RPC8-LRF (A8) switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
RPC9-TMPU (A9) • Verify problem is solved.
RPC10-SIP/INC (A10) • If problem still exists, and if TP 385 is displayed under
RPC11-TRU (A11) POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT category, do TP 385
RPC12-VCSU CTRL/MFLD (A12) Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in
Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
• If not, replace remote switching module 1A109
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
SLIP RING ASSEMBLY • Replace slipring assembly (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TISCEU • If disconnected, connect 1W634-7/P2 to J5 on thermal imaging
system common electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If disconnected, connect 1W635-7/P2 to J6 on thermal imaging
system common electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If disconnected, connect 1W202-7/P1 to J2 on thermal imaging
system common electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If disconnected, connect 1W202-7/P2 to J1 on thermal receiver
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Symptom TUC-2. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Manual Troubleshooting Procedure Fault
Symptom Index.

Change 1 0008-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TMPU NOTE
GPP W/1553B+UBDS CCA (A11) * If SINCGARS radio(s) are not installed and turned on,
1553B MEZZ CCA (A11-CM) the TMPU will appear on the FAULTY LRU LIST as a result
UBDS MEZZ CCA (A11-UM) of AEGR card failures during LRU Built-In Test (BIT). The
POWER SUPPLY (A2) GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM FAULT and TMPU
AEGR CARD (A14) NON-CRITICAL FAULT cautions will also appear during
LRU BIT.

• If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:

• Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate

maintenance and services form.
• Replace turret mission processor unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
•
• Check for the conditions stated below. If none of them are present
then the TMPU is OK.
• If TP 300 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
category, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION is present, replace mission
processor unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 910 is displayed under TURRET COMPUTER SYSTEM
category, do TP 910 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

• If UTILITY BUS FAULT is present and none of the following

failures are also present, then replace mission processor unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• AIM, FCEU, HMPU, RSM 1, RSM 2, RSM 3, RSM 4, RSM 5, or
RSM 6 on FAULTY LRU LIST
• TP 100 thru TP 199 displayed under UTILITY BUS category
• Verify problem is solved.
• * If date and time are not properly displayed on commander's
display unit when vehicle is located in an area where it has a direct
line of sight to a global positioning system (GPS) satellite, then
check following connections.
• If loose, connect 1W330-7/P1 to J1 on global positioning
system antenna (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 1)
• If loose, connect 1W330-7/P2 to J5 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2)
• Verify problem is solved.
• If you have a problem with automatic position updates or secure
communications, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TURRET GYRO • Replace feed forward gyroscope (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
ZERO DEGREE SWITCH • Replace zero degree elevation switch (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 001 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (loss of • If loose, connect 1W602-7/P2 to J9 on turret mission processor
bus A communication) unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If loose, connect 1W602-7/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W623-7/P1 to J2 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W623-7/P2 to J1 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 001 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 002 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus B fault (loss of • If loose, connect 1W606-7/P2 to J10 on turret mission processor
bus B communication) unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If loose, connect 1W606-7/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W624-7/P1 to J2 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W624-7/P2 to J1 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 002 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 003 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (H/TSR) • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 003 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 004 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus B fault (H/TSR) • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 004 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 005 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W623-7/P1 to J2 on data bus coupler A1
(turret couplers) (1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W623-7/P2 to J1 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 005 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 006 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W624-7/P1 to J2 on data bus coupler B1
(turret couplers) (1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W624-7/P2 to J1 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 006 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-13 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 007 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A and B fault • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
(H/TSR) WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace slipring assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 008 • Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
HMPU and other bus problems • Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT.
TP 009 • Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
HMPU and other bus problems • Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT.
TP 010 • Replace mission processor unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TMPU and other bus problems • Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT.
TP 011 • Replace mission processor unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TMPU and other bus problems • Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT.
TP 012 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P1 to J3 on commander's independent
configuration) thermal viewer sight module
Data bus A fault (CITVSM) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• If loose, connect 1W502-7/P3 to J6 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 012 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 012 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • If loose, connect 1W604-7/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler A1
Data bus A fault (CITVCEU) (1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W604-7/P2 to J5 on commander's independent
thermal viewer common electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 012 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 013 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus A fault (FCEU) • If loose, connect 1W601-8/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W601-8/P2 to J5 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 013 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 014 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (GCDP) • If loose, connect 1W610-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W610-8/P2 to J3 on gunner's control display
panel (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 014 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 015 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus A fault (CEU) • If loose, connect 1W603-7/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W603-7/P2 to J6 on commander's electronic
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 015 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 016 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P2 to J2 on thermal receiver unit (Vol 2,
configuration) WP 0252, Figure 11).
Data bus A fault (TRU) • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P8 to J6 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 016 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 016 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • If loose, connect 1W634-7/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler A2
Data bus A fault (TISCEU) (1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W634-7/P2 to J5 on TIS common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 016 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 018 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W603-8/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(POS/NAV) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W603-8/P2 to J2 on position/navigation unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 018 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).
TP 019 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (DID) • If loose, connect 2W604-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W604-8/P2 to J2 on driver's integrated display
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 019 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).

0008-15 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 020 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (DECU) • If loose, connect 2W605-8/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W605-8/P2 to J5 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 020 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).
TP 021 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (HMPU) • If loose, connect 2W602-7/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W602-7/P2 to J9 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 021 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).
TP 022 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus A fault (TMPU) • If loose, connect 1W602-7/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W602-7/P2 to J9 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 022 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 023 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P1 to J3 on commander's independent
configuration) thermal viewer sight module
Data bus B fault (CITVSM) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• If loose, connect 1W502-7/P6 to J6 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 023 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 023 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • If loose, connect 1W608-7/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler B1
Data bus B fault (CITVCEU) (1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W608-7/P2 to J6 on commander's independent
thermal viewer common electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 023 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 024 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault (FCEU) • If loose, connect 1W605-8/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W605-8/P2 to J7 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 024 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-16
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 025 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault (GCDP) • If loose, connect 1W612-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W612-8/P2 to J4 on gunner's control display
panel (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 025 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 026 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Data bus B fault (CEU) • If loose, connect 1W607-7/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W607-7/P2 to J7 on commander's electronic
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 026 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 027 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P2 to J2 on thermal receiver unit
configuration) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
Data bus B fault (TRU) • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P10 to J6 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 027 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 027 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • If loose, connect 1W635-7/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler B2
Data bus B fault (TISCEU) (1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W635-7/P2 to J6 on TIS common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 027 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 029 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W607-8/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(POS/NAV) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W607-8/P2 to J3 on position/navigation unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 029 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).
TP 030 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault (DID) • If loose, connect 2W608-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W608-8/P2 to J3 on driver's integrated display
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 030 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).

0008-17 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 031 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault (DECU) • If loose, connect 2W609-8/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W609-8/P2 to J6 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 031 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).
TP 032 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault (HMPU) • If loose, connect 2W606-7/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 2W606-7/P2 to J10 on hull mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 032 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0024).
TP 033 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Data bus B fault (TMPU) • If loose, connect 1W606-7/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W606-7/P2 to J10 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 033 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 034 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P1 to J3 on commander's independent
configuration) thermal viewer sight module
Data bus A & B fault (CITVSM) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• If loose, connect 1W502-7/P3 to J6 on data bus coupler A1
(1T620) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W502-7/P6 to J6 on data bus coupler B1
(1T621) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace commander's independent
thermal viewer sight module (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 035 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P2 to J2 on thermal receiver unit (Vol 2,
configuration) WP 0252, Figure 11).
Data bus A & B fault (TRU) • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P8 to J6 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P10 to J6 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace thermal
receiver unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-18
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 100 • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
Utility bus A fault
(loss of all bus A
communication)
TP 102 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A4
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM4) (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W617-7/P2 to J2 on commander's remote
switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 103 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: FCEU) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W615-7/P2 to J6 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 104 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM5) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W618-7/P2 to J2 on loader's remote switching
module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 105 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W616-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler A3
(HMPU: TMPU) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W616-7/P2 to J7 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 106 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A4
(HMPU: RSM4) (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W617-7/P2 to J2 on commander's remote
switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).

0008-19 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 107 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3
(HMPU: FCEU) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W615-7/P2 to J6 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 108 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3
(HMPU: RSM5) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W618-7/P2 to J2 on loader's remote switching
module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 109 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(HMPU: RSM6) (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W630-7/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 6
(1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 110 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM6) (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W630-7/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 6
(1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 111 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: AIM) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W615-8/P2 to J1 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 112 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM3) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W613-8/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).

Change 1 0008-20
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 113 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM1) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W612-8/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 114 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM2) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W616-8/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 115 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(HMPU: AIM) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W615-8/P2 to J1 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 116 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(HMPU: RSM3) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W613-8/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 117 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(HMPU: RSM1) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W612-8/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 118 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(HMPU: RSM2) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W616-8/P2 to J2 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).

0008-21 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 119 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(HMPU: HPDU) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 120 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(HMPU: loss of all (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
bus A communication) • If loose, connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 121 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: HPDU) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 122 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W616-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler A3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: loss of all (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
bus A communication) • If loose, connect 1W616-7/P2 to J7 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 123 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: H/TSR) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).

Change 1 0008-22
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 124 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: 2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 125 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3
(HMPU: H/TSR) (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 126 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4
(HMPU: 1T612) (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 127 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4
(TMPU or iHMPU**: 1T612) (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 145 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus A fault • If loose, connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(HMPU: 2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• If loose, connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 150 • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
Utility bus B fault
(loss of all bus B
communication)

0008-23 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 152 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM4) (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W621-7/P2 to J3 on commander's remote
switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 153 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: FCEU) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W619-7/P2 to J8 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 154 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM5) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W622-7/P2 to J3 on loader's remote switching
module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 155 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W620-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3
(HMPU: TMPU) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W620-7/P2 to J8 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 156 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4
(HMPU: RSM4) (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W621-7/P2 to J3 on commander's remote
switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 157 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3
(HMPU: FCEU) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W619-7/P2 to J8 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).

Change 1 0008-24
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 158 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(HMPU: RSM5) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W622-7/P2 to J3 on loader's remote switching
module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 159 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(HMPU: RSM6) (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W631-7/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 6
(1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 160 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM6) (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W631-7/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 6
(1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 161 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: AIM) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W622-8/P2 to J2 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 162 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM3) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W619-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 163 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM1) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W618-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).

0008-25 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 164 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: RSM2) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W623-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 165 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(HMPU: AIM) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W622-8/P2 to J2 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 166 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(HMPU: RSM3) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W619-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 167 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(HMPU: RSM1) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W618-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 168 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(HMPU: RSM2) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W623-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 169 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(HMPU: HPDU) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W617-8/P2 to J10 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).

Change 1 0008-26
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 170 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(HMPU: loss of all (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
bus B communication) • If loose, connect 2W621-7/P2 to J8 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 171 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: HPDU) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W617-8/P2 to J10 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 172 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W620-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: loss of all (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
bus B communication) • If loose, connect 1W620-7/P2 to J8 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Turret Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 173 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(TMPU or iHMPU**: H/TSR) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 174 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: 2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).

0008-27 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 175 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(HMPU:H/TSR) (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• If loose, connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• If loose, connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 176 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4
(HMPU: 1T613) (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 177 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4
(TMPU or iHMPU**: 1T613) (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• If loose, connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 195 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Utility bus B fault • If loose, connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(TMPU or iHMPU**: 2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• If loose, connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do Hull Utility Bus Fails BIT Or AUTO FIT
Procedure (WP 0022).
TP 199 • Recycle power by setting MASTER POWER switch to OFF and set
Utility bus shadow TURRET POWER switch to ON.
breakdown fault (HMPU, TMPU) • Rerun BIT for UTILITY BUS A and B
(TM 9-2350-388-10).
• Rerun FIT and UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT
(WP 0005, block 9).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace hull mission processor
unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace mission processor
unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 200 • Do TP 200 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0036).
POS/NAV odometer mismatch
AUTO FIT fault

Change 1 0008-28
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 210 • Do TP 210 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GCH/GCDP interface Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
operation fault
TP 216 • If TP 219 is displayed with TP 216, do action for TP 219 in this
FBCB2 EPLRS index.
• If EPLRS is not on, set EPLRS to ON.
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do following steps.
• If running, shut down FBCB2 (TM 9-2350-388-10).
• If loose, connect 1W117-7/P2 to J1 on selectable power adapter
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 10).
• If loose, connect 1W326-9/P1 to ANT-J2 on EPLRS
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 10).
• If loose, connect 1W350-7/P1 to J3 on vehicle amplifier adapter
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 16).
• If loose, connect 1W350-7/P2 to J2 on EPLRS interface module
assembly (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, MTP Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 217 • If TP 219 is displayed with TP 217, do action for TP 219 in this
FBCB2 SINCGARS1 index.
• If running, shut down FBCB2 (TM 9-2350-388-10).
• If loose, connect 1W329-7/P1 to J6 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If loose, connect 1W351-7/P1 or 1W353-7/P1 to J3 on
commander's electronic unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Do procedure, Prepare Radio For Operation, steps C thru G
(TM 9-2350-388-10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, MTP Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 218 • If TP 219 is displayed with TP 218, do action for TP 219 in this
FBCB2 SINCGARS2 index.
• If running, shut down FBCB2 (TM 9-2350-388-10).
• If loose, connect 1W329-7/P1 to J6 on turret mission processor
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If loose, connect 1W351-7/P1 or 1W353-7/P1 to J3 on
commander's electronic unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Do procedure, Prepare Radio For Operation, steps C thru G
(TM 9-2350-388-10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, MTP Fault
Symptom Index.

0008-29 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 219 • If running, shut down FBCB2 (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FBCB2 POINT-TO-POINT PROTOCOL • If loose, connect 1W113-7/P2 to J1 on mounting base (INC)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 16).
• If loose, connect 1W351-7/P1 or 1W353-7/P1 to J3 on
commander's electronic unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If loose, connect 1W351-7/P2 or 1W353-7/P2 to J6 on vehicle
amplifier adapter (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 16).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, MTP Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 220 • Reserved for Communications.
TP 221 • Reserved for Communications.
TP 222 • Reserved for Communications.
TP 225 • If running, shut down FBCB2 (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(AEGR card configuration) • If loose, connect 1W329-7/P1 to J6 on turret mission processor
FBCB2 GPS DATA unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If loose, connect 1W329-7/P2 to J12 on vehicle amplifier adapter
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 16).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, MTP Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 225 • If running, shut down FBCB2 (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(DAGR configuration) • If loose, connect 1W328-7/P1 to J1 on defense advanced GPS
FBCB2 GPS DATA receiver (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 22).
• If loose, connect 1W328-7/P2 to J12 on vehicle amplifier adapter
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 16).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for CS-1, Communications
System Found Faulty. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, MTP Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 227 • Do TP 227 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CEU/CDU/Keyboard Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
operation fault
TP 228 • Do TP 228 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CEU/CDU CTD Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
interface fault
TP 229 • Do TP 229 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CITVSEU loss of 26 VAC Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
400 HZ signal fault
TP 230 • If vehicle is SEPv1 configuration, do LDS-7, Commander's
CCHA/CDU interface Control Handle Checkout Procedure. Refer to
operation fault TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP)
Fault Symptom Index.
• If vehicle is SEP v2 configuration, do TP 230 follow-on Procedure

Change 1 0008-30
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 231 • Do TP 231 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CITV to CDU video Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
signal fault
TP 232 • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
CITV EL resolver fault Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 233 • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
CITV AZ resolver fault Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 234 • If TP 232, 233, 236, 237 or 238 were also displayed, do
CITV AZ GYRO fault Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV) Subsystem
(fire control system test) Symptom Discernment Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Otherwise do TP 234 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 235 • If TP 232, 233, 236, 237 or 238 were also displayed, do
CITV EL GYRO fault Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV) Subsystem
(fire control system test) Symptom Discernment Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Otherwise do TP 235 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 236 • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
CITV AZ position fault Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 237 • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
CITV EL position fault Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 238 • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
CITV AZ rate command fault Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 239 • Do Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer (CITV)
CITV EL rate command fault Subsystem Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 240 • Do TP 240 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0037).
DECU subsystem fault (rollback)
TP 241 • Do TP 241 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0038).
DECU subsystem fault (flameout)
TP 243 • This message indicates that the engine shut down because the
DECU subsystem fault digital electronic control unit sensed that the FIRE
(2ND SHOT switch activated) EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT switch was activated.
• If no other automotive system failures are present,
Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• If other TP numbers are present, do troubleshooting for those TP
numbers.
TP 244 • Do TP 244 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0039).
DECU subsystem fault
(WF restriction)

0008-31 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 245 • Do TP 245 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0040).
DECU subsystem fault
(ADJ PTS)
TP 248 • Do TP 248 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0041).
DECU subsystem fault
(DECU internal battery)
TP 250 • Do TP 250 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0042).
Engine start abort (T7 start)
TP 251 • Do TP 251 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0043).
DECU subsystem fault
(ignition exciter)
TP 252 • Do TP 252 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0044).
Engine start abort
(60 second abort)
TP 253 • Do TP 253 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0040).
Engine system fault low power
(PTS level)
TP 254 • Do TP 254 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0045).
Engine system fault low power
(IGV error)
TP 255 • Do TP 255 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0042).
Engine system fault low power
(T7 level)
TP 256 • Do TP 256 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0046).
DECU operating on backup
battery (system voltage)
TP 257 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Engine system fault low power • If loose, connect fuel quick-disconnect coupling
(WF level) (TM 9-2350-388-10).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 257 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0047).
TP 258 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Engine system fault low power • If loose, connect fuel quick-disconnect coupling
(WF error) (TM 9-2350-388-10).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 258 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0048).
TP 259 • Do TP 259 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0049).
Engine sensor fault
(NPT2 level)
TP 260 • If TP 268 is displayed with TP 260, do TP 268 Follow-on
Engine sensor fault Procedure (WP 0056).
(NPT1 level) • If not, do TP 260 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0050).

Change 1 0008-32
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 261 • Do TP 261 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0051).
Engine sensor fault
(T1 level)
TP 262 • Do TP 262 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0052).
Engine sensor fault (NH2 level)
TP 263 • Do TP 263 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0053).
Engine sensor fault (NH1 level)
TP 264 • Do TP 264 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0054).
Engine system fault low power
(NH level)
TP 265 • Do TP 265 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0055).
Engine not cranking
(fuel cutoff solenoid)
TP 268 • Do TP 268 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0056).
Engine system fault low power
(NPT level)
TP 270 • Do TP 270 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0057).
DECU subsystem fault
(WF primary)
TP 271 • Do TP 271 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0058).
DECU subsystem fault
(PTS solenoid)
TP 272 • Do TP 272 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0059).
DECU subsystem fault
(PTS secondary)
TP 273 • Do TP 273 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0060).
DECU subsystem fault
(PTS primary)
TP 274 • Do TP 274 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0061).
DECU subsystem fault
(PLA secondary)
TP 275 • Do TP 275 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0062).
DECU subsystem fault
(PLA primary)
TP 279 • Do TP 279 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0045).
DECU subsystem fault
(IGV solenoid)
TP 280 • Do TP 280 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0063).
DECU subsystem fault
(IGV secondary)
TP 281 • Do TP 281 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0064).
DECU subsystem fault
(IGV primary)

0008-33 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 282 • Do TP 282 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0065).
Engine not cranking
(backup solenoid)
TP 285 • Do TP 285 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0057).
DECU subsystem fault
(WF secondary)
TP 288 • Do TP 288 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0060).
DECU subsystem fault
(PTS RVDT INT)
TP 289 • Do TP 289 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0045).
DECU subsystem fault
(IGV RVDT INT)
TP 290 • Do TP 290 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0057).
DECU subsystem fault
(WF LVDT INT)
TP 291 • Do oil pump pressure adjustment (Vol 3, WP 0338).
DECU subsystem fault • If no other AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM failures are present, Clear
(ADJ oil pump) DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• If other TP numbers are present, do troubleshooting for those TP
numbers.
TP 293 • If other TP numbers are present, do troubleshooting for those TP
DECU subsystem fault numbers.
(power interrupt) • If no other AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM failures are present, Clear
DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 293 is displayed again, replace digital electronic control unit
(Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 296 • Do TP 296 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0066).
DECU subsystem fault
(PLA RVDT INT)
TP 297 • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
DECU subsystem fault • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(EEPROM) • Verify problem is solved.
TP 298 • ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW WARNING message appears on
Engine oil pressure low driver's integrated display.
(engine oil pressure shutdown) • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/ WARNING
Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2, WP 0173).
TP 299 • Do Digital Electronic Control Unit (DECU) Backup Battery Test
DECU backup battery faulty (Vol 2, WP 0172).
TP 300 • Do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
TMPU CB trip or no load Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM6 RPC 9)
TP 301 • Do TP 301 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0067).
RSM 1 CB trip or no load
(HPDU RPC 13)

Change 1 0008-34
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 302 • Do TP 302 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0068).
DID CB trip or no load
(HPDU RPC 8)
TP 303 • Do TP 303 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0069).
RSM 2 CB trip or no load
(HPDU RPC 1)
TP 304 • Do TP 304 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0070).
RSM 3 CB trip or no load
(HPDU RPC 0)
TP 305 • If TP 306, TP 385 and TP 505 were displayed with TP 305, set
RSM 4 CB trip or no load (SEPv1) MASTER POWER switch to OFF and check cables listed below
RSM 4/PDU UJ1 CB trip for proper connections:
or no load (SEPv2) • 2W102-8/P1 connected to J4 on hull power distribution unit
(HPDU RPC 14) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• 2W102-8/P2 connected to J2 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P1 connected to J3 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P2 connected to J5 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect cables that were not properly connected and verify
problem is solved.
• If TP 306 was displayed with TP 305, set MASTER POWER switch
to OFF and connect 1W100-7/P2, 1W100-7/P1 or 1W100-PDB/P2
to J5 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 306, TP 385 and TP 505 were not displayed with TP 305, set
MASTER POWER switch to OFF and verify that 1W100-7/P4,
1W100-7/P2 or 1W100-PDB/P4 is connected to J1 on
commander's remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, leave turret power on and do TP 305
Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in
Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-35 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 306 • If TP 305, TP 385 and TP 505 were displayed with TP 306, set
RSM 5 CB trip or no load (SEPv1) MASTER POWER switch to OFF and check cables listed below
RSM 5/PDB UJ6-UJ7/PDU UJ3 CB trip for proper connections:
or no load (SEPv2) • 2W102-8/P1 connected to J4 on hull power distribution unit
(HPDU RPC 7) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• 2W102-8/P2 connected to J2 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P1 connected to J3 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P2 connected to J5 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect cables that were not properly connected and verify
problem is solved.
• If TP 305 was displayed with TP 306, set MASTER POWER switch
to OFF and connect 1W100-7/P2, 1W100-7/P1 or 1W100-PDB/P2
to J5 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 305, TP 385 and TP 505 were not displayed with TP 306,
leave turret power on and do TP 306 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 307 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W105-7/P2 is connected to J4 on remote switching
RSM1-J4 module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 307 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0070.1).
TP 308 • If TPs 328, 331, and 334 are displayed with TP 308,
DECU CB trip or no load do TP 301 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 1 RPC 12) • If not, do TP 308 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0071).
TP 309 • If TPs 311 and 353 are displayed with TP 309, do TP 304
AIM CB trip or no load Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 3 RPC 6) • If not, do TP 309 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0072).
TP 310 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 is connected to J4 on
RSM3-J4 remote switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 310 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0072.1).
TP 311 • If TPs 309 and 353 are displayed with TP 311, do TP 304
NAV SUBSYSTEM CB trip or Follow-on Procedure in this index.
no load (RSM 3 RPC 12) • If not, do TP 311 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0073).
TP 312 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W102-7/P1 is connected to J5 on commander's
RSM4-J5 remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 312 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 313 • Leave turret power on.
GCDP CB trip or no load • Do TP 313 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(RSM 6 RPC 7) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-36
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 314 • Leave turret power on.
SINCGARS CB trip • Do TP 314 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(RSM 6 RPC 10) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 315 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W106-7/P1 is connected to J5 on loader's remote
RSM5-J5 switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 315 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 317 • Do TP 317 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0074).
PPC RELAY 3 trip
(HPDU RPC 4)
TP 318 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W103-7/P1 is connected to J6 on loader's remote
RSM5-J6 switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 318 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 319 • Do TP 319 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CEU CB trip or no load Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM 5 RPC 9)
TP 320 • Leave turret power and commander's independent thermal
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade viewer power on.
configuration) • Do TP 320 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CITV SA/SEU CB trip or Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
no load (RSM 5 RPC 11)
TP 320 • Leave turret power and commander's independent thermal
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) viewer power on.
CITV COMMON ELECTRONICS UNIT • Do TP 320 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CB trip or no load Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM 5 RPC 11)
TP 321 • Do TP 321 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0075).
HEATER FAN LOW/HI CB trip
(HPDU RPC 12)
TP 322 • Do TP 322 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0076).
HEATER FAN OFF/ON CB trip
(HPDU RPC 10)
TP 323 • Do TP 323 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0077).
HEATER POWER CB trip
(HPDU RPC 11)
TP 324 • Do TP 324 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0078).
VOLTAGE REGULATOR CB trip
(HPDU RPC 9)
TP 325 • Do TP 325 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0079).
AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP CB trip
or no load (HPDU RPC 18)
TP 326 • Do TP 326 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0080).
HEADLIGHT LOW BEAM CB trip
(RSM 1 RPC 2)

0008-37 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 327 • Do TP 327 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0080).
HEADLIGHT BO MARKER CB trip
(RSM 1 RPC 3)
TP 328 • If TPs 308, 331, and 334 are displayed with TP 328,
SHIFT SELECT ASSEMBLY do TP 301 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
CB trip (RSM 1 RPC 4) • If not, do TP 328 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0081).
TP 329 • Do TP 329 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0082).
HEATER FUEL PUMP CB trip
or no load (RSM 1 RPC 5)
TP 330 • Do TP 330 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0081).
XMSN SOLENOID E CB trip
(RSM 1 RPC 6)
TP 331 • If TPs 308, 328, and 334 are displayed with TP 331,
DRIVER DOME LIGHT CB trip do TP 301 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 1 RPC 7) • If not, do TP 331 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0083).
TP 332 • Do TP 332 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0080).
HEADLIGHT HI BEAM CB trip
(RSM 1 RPC 8)
TP 333 • Do TP 333 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0084).
REAR VIEW SENSOR SYSTEM CB trip
(HPDU RPC 5)
TP 334 • If TPs 308, 321, and 331 are displayed with TP 334,
FIRE EXT AMPLIFIER CB trip do TP 301 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 1 RPC 10) • If not, do TP 334 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0085).
TP 335 • If TPs 337, 338, and 341 are displayed with TP 335,
NBC BLEED AIR OFF/ON CB trip do TP 303 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 2 RPC 2) • If not, do TP 335 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0086).
TP 336 • Do TP 336 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0087).
RIGHT FUEL XFR SOL CB trip
(RSM 2 RPC 3)
TP 337 • If TPs 335, 338, and 341 are displayed with TP 337,
NBC PRESS REG VALVE CB trip do TP 303 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 2 RPC 4) • If not, do TP 337 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0088).
TP 338 • If TPs 335, 337, and 341 are displayed with TP 338,
RADIAC DETECTOR CB trip do TP 303 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 2 RPC 5) • If not, do TP 338 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0089).
TP 339 • Do TP 339 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0090).
HYDR BLOCK SOLENOID CB trip
(RSM 2 RPC 6)
TP 340 • Do TP 340 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0091).
LEFT FUEL XFR SOL CB trip
(RSM 2 RPC 7)
TP 341 • If TPs 335, 337, and 338 are displayed with TP 341,
NBC BLEED AIR LOW/HI CB trip do TP 303 Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(RSM 2 RPC 8) • If not, do TP 341 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0092).

Change 1 0008-38
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 342 • Leave master power on.
FRONT FUEL XFR PUMP CB trip • Do TP 342 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0093).
or no load (RSM 2 RPC 9)
TP 343 • Leave master power on.
RIGHT REAR FUEL PUMP CB trip • Do TP 343 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0094).
or no load (RSM 2 RPC 10)
TP 344 • Leave master power on.
DRIVER DTV CB trip • Do TP 344 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0095).
or no load (RSM 2 RPC 12)
TP 345 • Do TP 345 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0096).
TAILLIGHT CB trip
(RSM 3 RPC 2)
TP 346 • Do TP 346 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0096).
TAILLIGHT BO MARKER CB trip
(RSM 3 RPC 3)
TP 347 • Do TP 347 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0097).
PULSE JET SYSTEM CB trip
(RSM 3 RPC 4)
TP 348 • Do TP 348 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0098).
BILGE PUMP VALVE CB trip
(RSM 3 RPC 5)
TP 349 • Do TP 349 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0096).
STOPLIGHT BO MARKER CB trip
(RSM 3 RPC 7)
TP 350 • Do TP 350 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0096).
STOPLIGHT CB trip
(RSM 3 RPC 8)
TP 351 • Leave master power on.
LEFT REAR FUEL PUMP CB trip • Do TP 351 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0099).
or no load (RSM 3 RPC 9)
TP 352 • Do TP 352 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0100).
SMOKE GEN FUEL PUMP CB trip
or no load (RSM 3 RPC 10)
TP 353 • If TPs 309 and 311 are displayed with TP 353, do TP 304
XMSN FILTER BYPASS SOL Follow-on Procedure in this index.
CB trip (AIM RPC 16) • If TPs 309 and 355 are displayed with TP 353, do TP 309
Follow-on Procedure in this index.
• If TP 355 is displayed with TP 353, do TP 309 Follow-on
Procedure in this index.
• If not, do TP 353 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0101).
TP 354 • Do TP 354 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0102).
NBC TEMP CONTROLLER CB trip
(AIM RPC 17)

0008-39 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 355 • If TPs 309 and 353 are displayed with TP 355, do TP 309
FUEL SENSORS CB trip Follow-on Procedure in this index.
(AIM RPC 18) • If TP 353 is displayed with TP 355, do TP 309 Follow-on
Procedure in this index.
• If not, do TP 355 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103).
TP 356 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W158-8/P3 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM2-J5 module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 356 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.1).
TP 357 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W158-8/P3 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM2-J5 module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 357 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.1).
TP 358 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W103-7/P6 is connected to J7 on remote switching
RSM2-J7 module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 358 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.2).
TP 359 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W103-7/P6 is connected to J7 on remote switching
RSM2-J7 module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 359 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.2).
TP 360 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W104-8/P1 is connected to J4 on remote switching
RSM2-J4 module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 360 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.3).
TP 361 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W104-8/P1 is connected to J4 on remote switching
RSM2-J4 module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 361 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.3).
TP 362 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W158-8/P2 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM3-J5 module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 362 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.4).
TP 363 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W158-8/P2 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM3-J5 module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 363 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.4).

Change 1 0008-40
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 364 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W158-8/P1 is connected to J7 on remote switching
RSM3-J7 module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 364 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.5).
TP 365 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W158-8/P1 is connected to J7 on remote switching
RSM3-J7 module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 365 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.5).
TP 366 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 is connected to J4 on
RSM3-J4 remote switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 366 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0072.1).
TP 367 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W104-7/P1 is connected to J6 on commander's
RSM4-J6 remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 367 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 368 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W104-7/P1 is connected to J6 on commander's
RSM4-J6 remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 368 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 369 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W102-7/P1 is connected to J5 on commander's
RSM4-J5 remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 369 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 370 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W118-7/P1 is connected to J6 on gunner's
RSM6-J6 remote switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 370 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 371 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W118-7/P1 is connected to J6 on gunner's remote
RSM6-J6 switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 371 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 372 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W103-7/P1 is connected to J6 on loader's remote
RSM5-J6 switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 372 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).

0008-41 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 373 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W106-7/P1 is connected to J5 on loader's remote
RSM5-J5 switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 373 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 374 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W105-7/P1 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM6-J5 module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 374 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 375 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 1W105-7/P1 is connected to J5 on gunner's remote
RSM6-J5 switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 375 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 376 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W111-7/P1 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM1-J5 module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 376 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.6).
TP 377 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W111-7/P1 is connected to J5 on remote switching
RSM1-J5 module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 377 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.6).
TP 378 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W125-8/P1 is connected to J7 on remote switching
RSM1-J7 module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 378 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.7).
TP 379 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W125-8/P1 is connected to J7 on remote switching
RSM1-J7 module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 379 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0103.7).
TP 380 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Wrong cable connected to • Verify that 2W105-7/P2 is connected to J4 on remote switching
RSM1-J4 module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• If not, make connection and verify problem is solved.
• If it is, do TP 380 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0070.1).
TP 381 • Do TP 381 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
THPD VALVE AZ/EL DRIVE CB Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
trip (RSM 4 RPC 3 or RPC 2)
TP 382 • Leave turret power on.
LRF CB trip (RSM 6 RPC 8) • Do TP 382 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-42
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 383 • Leave turret power on.
GPS UPPER PANEL • Do TP 383 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(defroster, TIS day/night, LRF reticle) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
CB trip (RSM 6 RPC 6)
TP 384 • Do TP 384 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EPLRS CB trip Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM 4 RPC 12)
TP 385 • If TPs 305, 306, and 505 are displayed with TP 385, set MASTER
RSM 6 CB trip or no load (SEPv1) POWER switch to OFF and check cables listed below for proper
RSM 6/PDU UJ2 CB trip or connections:
no load (SEPv2) • 2W102-8/P1 connected to J4 on hull power distribution unit
(HPDU RPC 15) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• 2W102-8/P2 connected to J2 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P1 connected to J3 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P2 connected to J5 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect cables that were not properly connected and verify
problem is solved.
• If TP 505 was displayed with TP 385, set MASTER POWER switch
to OFF and connect 1W200-7/P1, 1W100-PDB/P3 or 1W100-7/P3
to J8 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 305, TP 306 and TP 505 were not displayed with TP 385, set
MASTER POWER switch to OFF and verify that 1W200-7/P2,
1W100-PDB/P6 or 1W100-7/P6 is connected to J1 on gunner's
remote switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If not, leave turret power on and do TP 385 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 386 • Do TP 386 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
25 AMP UTILITY JACK CB trip Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM 4 RPC 11)
TP 388 • Leave turret power on.
THPDV AMMO DOOR • Do TP 388 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
OPEN/CLOSE CB trip Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM 5 RPC 3 or RPC 2)
TP 389 • Leave turret power on.
LOADER DTV CB trip or • Do TP 389 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
no load (RSM 5 RPC 8) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 390 • Leave turret power on.
GAS PARTICULATE BLOWER CB • Do TP 390 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
trip or no load (RSM 5 RPC 10) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 391 • Do TP 391 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
COMMANDER'S DOME LIGHT/ Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
CHEM DETECTION CB trip
(RSM 4 RPC 7)

0008-43 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 392 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W111-P1 disconnected • If loose, connect 1W111-P1 to 1W107-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252,
from 1W107-7/J1 Figure 12).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 392 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 393 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Loader's knee switch P1 • If loose, connect loader's knee switch (1S101)-P1 to 1W107-7/J2
disconnected from 1W107-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 12).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 393 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 394 • Do TP 394 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
PANEL LIGHTS (GPS, TIS, LP) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
CB trip (FCEU RPC 0)
TP 395 • Do TP 395 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
HTPS GAS RETICLE CB trip Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(FCEU RPC 1)
TP 396 • Leave turret power on.
CROSSWIND 1, 2, or 3 CB trip • Do TP 396 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(FCEU RPC 2, RPC 4, or RPC 7) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 397 • Leave turret power on.
GPS LOS (brake) CB trip • Do TP 397 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(FCEU RPC 3) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 398 • Leave turret power on.
PLUS or MINUS 15V CB trip • Do TP 398 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(FCEU RPC 5 or RPC 6) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 399 • Leave turret power on.
LVDT GPS/GUN RESOLVERS • Do TP 399 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(400 HZ) CB trip (FCEU RPC 8) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 400 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W107-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W107-8/P1 to J6 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J6 or 2W107-8/P2 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
disconnected from RSM1-J1 • If loose, connect 2W107-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 400 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0104).
TP 401 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W112-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J13 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 401 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0105).

Change 1 0008-44
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 402 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W108-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W108-8/P1 to J7 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J7 or 2W108-8/P2 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
disconnected from RSM3-J1 • If loose, connect 2W108-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 402 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0106).
TP 403 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W109-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W109-8/P1 to J8 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J8 or 2W109-8/P2 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
disconnected from RSM2-J1 • If loose, connect 2W109-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 403 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0107).
TP 405 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W105-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P1 to J14 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J14 or 2W105-7/P4 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
disconnected from HMPU-J1 • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P4 to J1 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 405 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0108).
TP 407 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W156-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J11 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4,
WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 408 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
3W103-P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 3W103-P1 to 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
2W156-7/J1 Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 408 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0109).
TP 409 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W156-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W156-7/P1 to J1 on voltage regulator (Vol 2,
voltage regulator J1 WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 409 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0110).
TP 410 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W111-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W111-7/P1 to J5 on remote switching module 1
RSM1-J5 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 410 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0111).

0008-45 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 412 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W103-7/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W103-7/P4 to J1 on auxiliary fueling manifold
fuel manifold J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 412 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0112).
TP 416 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 • If loose, connect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 to J1 on
disconnected from POS/NAV-J1 position/navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 416 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0113).
TP 417 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W702-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W702-7/P2 to J3 on analog input module (Vol 2,
AIM-J3 WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 417 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0114).
TP 418 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W162-8/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module (Vol 2,
AIM-J6 WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 418 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0115).
TP 419 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W702-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W702-7/P3 to J1 on hydraulic distribution
hydraulic distribution manifold J1 manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 419 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0116).
TP 420 • If TP 524 is displayed with TP 420, do TP 524 Follow-on
1W105-7/P3 disconnected Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
from GCDP-J1, 1W104-7/P6 Fault Message Index.
disconnected from GCDP-J2, • If not, set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
or 1W104-7/P7 disconnected • If loose, connect 1W104-7/P7 to J1 on gunner's control handle
from gunner's control handle/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• If loose, connect 1W104-7/P6 to J2 on gunner's control display
panel (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• If loose, connect 1W105-7/P3 to J1 on gunner's control display
panel (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 420 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 421 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W107-7/P2 disconnected • If loose, connect 1W107-7/P2 to J1 on commander's electronic
from CEU-J1 unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 421 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-46
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 422 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W106-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W106-7/P1 to J5 on loader's remote switching
RSM5-J5 module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace loader's remote switching module
1A101 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TP 423 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W107-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W107-7/P3 to J1 on mass memory unit (Vol 2,
MMU-J1 WP 0252, Figure 12).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 423 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 424 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W113-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W113-7/P3 to J1 on turret mission processor
TMPU-J1 unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 424 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 425 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W162-8/P6 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly
SSA-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 425 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0117).
TP 426 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W162-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W162-8/P1 to left side 2W105-1-J1
left side 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 426 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0118).
TP 427 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W103-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module (Vol 2,
AIM-J4 WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 427 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0119).
TP 428 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W702-7/P5 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module (Vol 2,
AIM-J7 WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 428 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0120).
TP 429 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W105-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module (Vol 2,
AIM-J8 WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4,
WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-47 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 430 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W110-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module (Vol 2,
AIM-J5 WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 430 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0121).
TP 431 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W105-7/P5 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P5 to J1 on driver's integrated display
DID-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 431 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0122).
TP 433 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W105-7/P6 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential
throttle RVDT-J1 transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 433 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0123).
TP 434 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
3W107-P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
2W105-7/J2 Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 434 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0124).
TP 435 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W105-7/P8 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control
2W702-7/J2, 2W702-7/P6 unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
disconnected from DECU-J3, • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P8 to 2W702-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
2W114-P1 disconnected Figure 24).
from DECU-J2, 3W105-P32 • If loose, connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
disconnected from 2W114-J1, (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
or 3W105-P33 disconnected • If loose, connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
from EMFS-J33 Figure 3).
• If loose, connect 3W105-P33 to J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 435 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0125).
TP 436 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
3W104-9/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission
transmission control harness (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).
J1 or 3W104-9/P1 disconnected • If loose, connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
from 2W103-7/J2 Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 436 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0126).

Change 1 0008-48
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 437 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W103-7/P5 disconnected • If loose, connect 2W103-7/P5 to J1 on temperature controller
from TCU-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 437 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0127).
TP 438 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W118-9/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W118-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
2W103-7/J1 Figure 16).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 438 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0128).
TP 439 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W110-7/P7 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W110-7/P7 to 2W160-J1
2W160-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 439 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0129).
TP 440 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W131-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W131-8/P2 to J1 on auxiliary power unit sensor
auxiliary power unit sensor J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• If your vehicle is not a SEPv2 configuration, verify that
2W131-8/P4 is properly connected to 2W702-7/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 440 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0130).
TP 441 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W110-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W110-7/P2 to J12 on hull power distribution unit
HPDU-J12 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 441 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0131).
TP 442 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W110-7/P6 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W110-7/P6 to J1 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
H/TSR-J1 WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 442 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0132).
TP 443 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W110-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W110-7/P3 to J1 on hull gyroscope
hull AZ feed forward GYRO-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 443 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0133).

0008-49 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 444 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W158-8/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W158-8/P3 to J5 on remote switching module 2
RSM2-J5 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 444 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0134).
TP 445 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W103-7/P6 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W103-7/P6 to J7 on remote switching module 2
RSM2-J7 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 445 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0112).
TP 446 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W104-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W104-8/P1 to J4 on remote switching module 2
RSM2-J4 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 446 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0135).
TP 447 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W158-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
RSM3-J5 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 447 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0136).
TP 448 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W158-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W158-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 3
RSM3-J7 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 448 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0137).
TP 449 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 • If loose, connect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 to J4 on remote
disconnected from RSM3-J4 switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 449 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0113).
TP 450 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W104-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W104-7/P1 to J6 on commander's remote
RSM4-J6 switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 450 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 451 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W102-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W102-7/P1 to J5 on commander's remote
RSM4-J5 switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 451 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-50
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 452 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W117-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W117-7/P3 to J1 on commander's display
CDU/J1 or 1W104-7/P4 disconnected unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
from CDU/J3, or 1W104-7/P5 • If loose, connect 1W104-7/P4 to J3 on commander's display
disconnected from CCHA/J1 unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• If loose, connect 1W104-7/P5 to J1 on commander's control
handle assembly (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 452 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 453 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W103-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W103-7/P1 to J6 on loader's remote switching
RSM5-J6 module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 453 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 454 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • If loose, connect 1W501-8/P1 to J1 on CITV servo
configuration) electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
1W502-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W501-8/P2 to J1 on CITV azimuth
CITV SM-J3 or 1W502-7/P4 drive module (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
disconnected from CITV SEU-J2 • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P1 to J3 on CITV sight module
or 1W501-8/P1 disconnected from (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
CITV SEU-J1 or 1W501-8/P2 • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P4 to J2 on CITV servo
disconnected from CITV AD-J1 electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 454 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 454 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P3 to J2 on CITV common electronics
1W502-7/P3 disconnected from unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
CITV CEU-J2 or 1W503-7/P1 • If loose, connect 1W503-7/P1 to J3 on CITV common electronics
disconnected from CITV CEU-J3 or unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
1W502-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P1 to J2 on CITV sight module (Vol 2,
CITV SM-J2 or 1W503-7/P2 WP 0252, Figure 8).
disconnected from CITV SM-J3 or • If loose, connect 1W503-7/P2 to J3 on CITV sight module (Vol 2,
1W501-8/P1 disconnected from WP 0252, Figure 8).
CITV SEU-J1 or 1W502-7/P4 • If loose, connect 1W501-8/P1 to J1 on CITV servo electronics unit
disconnected from CITV SEU-J2 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
or 1W501-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P4 to J2 on CITV servo electronics unit
CITV AD-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• If loose, connect 1W501-8/P2 to J1 on CITV azimuth drive module
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 454 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-51 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 455 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W113-7/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W113-7/P4 to J1 on cooling system manifold
J1 on cooling system manifold (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 455 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 457 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W125-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W125-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 1
RSM1-J7 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 457 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0138).
TP 458 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W105-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W105-7/P2 to J4 on remote switching module 1
RSM1-J4 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 458 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0139).
TP 462 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W103-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W103-7/P2 to J2 on turret valve
THPDV-J2 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 462 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 463 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W103-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W103-7/P3 to J3 on turret valve
THPDV-J3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 463 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 464 • Do TP 464 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
FCEU J1 thru J4 and J9 thru Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
J12 disconnect loop fault
TP 465 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W203-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W203-8/P1 to J1 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 466 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W108-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W108-8/P2 to J1 on coax electrical solenoid
COAX solenoid J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 13).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 466 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-52
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 467 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W108-8/J1 disconnected from • If loose, connect main gun safety switch (1S100)-P1 to
MGSS-P1 1W108-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 9).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 467 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 468 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Blasting machine P1 • If loose, connect blasting machine (1G100)-P1 to 1W203-8/J1
disconnected from 1W203-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 7).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 468 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 469 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Zero degree elevation • If loose, connect zero degree elevation switch (1S242)-P1 to
switch P1 disconnected from 1W203-8/J3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 9).
1W203-8/J3 • Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 469 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 470 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W211-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W211-8/P1 to J2 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J2 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 471 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W211-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P5 to J1 on gunner's primary sight
GPS-J2 or 1W105-7/P5 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
disconnected from GPS-J1 • If loose, connect 1W211-8/P2 to J2 on gunner's primary sight
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 471 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 472 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W212-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W212-7/P1 to J3 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 473 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W212-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W212-7/P2 to J3 on gunner's primary sight
GPS-J3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 473 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-53 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 474 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W105-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P2 to J4 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J4 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 476 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W105-7/P7 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P7 to 1W207-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252,
1W207-9/J1 or 1W207-9/P1 Figure 6).
disconnected from GTR-J1 • If loose, connect 1W207-9/P1 to gun trunnion resolver (1A291)-J1
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 476 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 477 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W105-7/P8 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P8 to J1 on traversing mechanism
azimuth gearbox switch J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 7).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 477 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 478 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W105-7/P6 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P6 to J1 on loader's panel
loader's panel J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 478 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 479 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W105-7/P4 disconnected • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P4 to J1 on laser rangefinder (Vol 2,
from LRF-J1, 1W202-7/P6 WP 0252, Figure 11).
disconnected from LRF-J2, • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P6 to J2 on laser rangefinder (Vol 2,
or LRF auto self test fault WP 0252, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 479 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 480 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W504-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W504-7/P1 to J9 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J9 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 481 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W504-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W504-7/P2 to J7 on commander's independent
CITVSEU-J7 thermal viewer servo electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 481 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-54
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 482 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W201-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W201-8/P1 to J10 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J10 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 483 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W102-7/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W102-7/P3 to 1W201-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252,
H/TSR-J6 or 1W102-7/P3 Figure 2).
disconnected from 1W201-8/J1 • If loose, connect 1W102-7/P4 to J6 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 483 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 484 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

1W201-8/P5 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W201-8/P5 to J1 on traverse servomechanism
AZ SERVO LVDT-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 484 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 485 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W201-8/P6 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W201-8/P6 to J1 on elevation servomechanism
EL SERVO LVDT-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 485 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 486 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W201-8/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W201-8/P3 to J1 on gun azimuth reference
EGYRO-J1 or 1W201-8/P3 gyroscope (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
disconnected from AGYRO-J1 • If loose, connect 1W201-8/P4 to J1 on gun elevation reference
gyroscope (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 9).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 486 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 487 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W201-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W201-8/P2 to J1 on feed forward gyroscope
TGYRO-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 8).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 487 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 488 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

1W204-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P1 to J11 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J11 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

0008-55 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 489 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W204-8/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P3 to J2 on traverse servomechanism
TRVSV J2 (AZ DELTA P XDUCER) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 489 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 490 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W204-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P2 to J3 on traverse servomechanism
TRVSV J3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 490 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 491 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W204-8/P5 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P5 to J2 on elevation servomechanism
ELVSO J2 (EL DELTA P XDUCER) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 491 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 492 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W204-8/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P4 to J3 on elevation servomechanism
ELSVO J3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 492 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 493 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W204-8/P7 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P7 to J1 on cant unit
cant unit J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 493 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 494 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W204-8/P6 disconnected • If loose, connect crosswind sensor (1A253)-P1 to 1W205-9/J2
from 1W205-9/J1, crosswind (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 1).
sensor P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W204-8/P6 to 1W205-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
1W205-9/J2, or crosswind Figure 1).
auto self test fault • Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 494 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 495 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W202-7/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P4 to J12 on fire control electronics unit
FCEU-J12 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-56
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 496 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W202-7/P5 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W202-7/P5 to J1 on hull/turret position sensor
H/TPS-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 496 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 500 • Leave turret power on.
CITV AZ/EL RESOLVER CB trip • Do TP 500 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(FCEU RPC 9) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 501 • Leave turret power on.
GYROS; HULL, TURRET, GUN, • Do TP 501 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CB trip (FCEU RPC 10) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 502 • If smoke grenades fire, ignore this TP message.
SMOKE GRENADES SAFE/ARM • If smoke grenades do not fire, do TP 502 Follow-on Procedure.
CB trip (FCEU RPC 11) Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 503 • If coaxial machinegun fires, ignore this TP message.
COAX SAFE/ARM CB trip • If coaxial machinegun does not fire, do TP 503 Follow-on
(FCEU RPC 12) Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
Fault Message Index.
TP 504 • If main gun fires, ignore this TP message.
MAIN GUN SAFE/ARM CB trip • If main gun does not fire, do TP 504 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
(FCEU RPC 13) TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 505 • If TP 305, TP 306 and TP 385 were displayed with TP 505, set
FCEU CB trip or no load (SEPv1) MASTER POWER switch to OFF and check cables listed below
FCEU/PDB UJ1-UJ5 CB trip or for proper connections:
no load (SEPv2) • 2W102-8/P1 connected to J4 on hull power distribution unit
(HPDU RPC 16) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• 2W102-8/P2 connected to J2 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P1 connected to J3 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• 2W113-8/P2 connected to J5 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect cables that were not properly connected and verify
problem is solved.
• If TP 385 was displayed with TP 505, set MASTER POWER switch
to OFF and connect 1W200-7/P1, 1W100-PDB/P3 or 1W100-7/P3
to J8 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 305, TP 306, and TP385 were not displayed with TP 505, set
MASTER POWER switch to OFF and verify that 1W200-7/P3,
1W100-PDB/P7 or 1W100-7/P7 is connected to J13 on fire control
electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, leave turret power on and do TP 505
Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in
Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-57 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 506 • Do TP 506 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(SEPv1 configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
GUNNER'S DOMELIGHT
CB trip (RSM 4 RPC 8)
TP 506 • Do TP 506 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(SEPv2 configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
GUNNER'S DOMELIGHT/MTS
CB trip (RSM 4 RPC 8)
TP 507 • Do TP 507 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(SEPv2 configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
iCDU (TACTICAL
DISPLAY) CB trip or
no load (RSM 4 RPC 6)
TP 507 • This TP can be generated if CDU tactical display is not at full
(SEPv1 configuration) brightness. If there are no problems with the tactical display ignore
CDU (TACTICAL this TP.
DISPLAY) CB trip or • Otherwise do TP 507 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
no load (RSM 4 RPC 9) TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 509 • Do TP 509 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(AEGR card configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
LOADER'S DOMELIGHT/INTERCOM
CB trip (RSM 5 RPC 7)
TP 509 • Do TP 509 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(DAGR configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
LOADER'S DOMELIGHT/
INTERCOM/DAGR
CB trip (RSM 5 RPC 7)
TP 510 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W158-8/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W158-8/P4 to 2W159-8/J1
2W159-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 517 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W104-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W104-7/P2 to J1 on turret valve
THPDV-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 517 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 518 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W104-7/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W104-7/P3 to J4 on turret valve
THPDV-J4 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 518 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

Change 1 0008-58
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 519 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W131-8/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W131-8/P3 to J1 on left rear fuel level liquid
engine compartment fuel transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
sensor J1 • If your vehicle is not a SEPv2 configuration, verify that
2W131-8/P4 is properly connected to 2W702-7/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 519 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0140).
TP 520 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W162-8/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W162-8/P2 to right side 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2,
right side 2W105-1-J1 WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 520 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0141).
TP 521 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W102-7/P5 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W102-7/P5 to J2 on commander's display
CDU/J2 or 1W502-7/P2 unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
disconnected from CDU/J4 • If loose, connect 1W502-7/P2 to J4 on commander's display
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 521 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 522 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W100-7/P5, 1W100-7/P3 • If loose, connect 1W100-7/P5, 1W100-7/P3 or 1W100-PDB/P5 to
or 1W100-PDB/P5 J1 on loader's remote switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2,
disconnected from RSM5-J1 WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 522 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 523 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W108-8/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W108-8/P1 to 1W203-8/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0252,
1W203-8/J2 Figure 9).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 523 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 524 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W118-7/P1 disconnected • If loose, connect 1W118-7/P1 to J6 on gunner's remote switching
from gunner's RSM6-J6 module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 524 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-59 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 525 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W114-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W114-7/P1 to 1W113-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252,
1W113-7/J1, 1W114-1/P2 Figure 8).
disconnected from 1W114-7/J1 • If loose, connect 1W114-1/P2 to 1W114-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
or 1W114-1/P1 disconnected Figure 14).
from VCSU W1J1, W1P1 • If loose, connect 1W114-1/P1 to J1 on vapor compression system
from VCSU Controller A1J1, unit (1A110) or stubbing connector (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 14).
W1P2 disconnected from high • If vehicle is equipped with a VCSU then:
pressure transducer, W1P3 • If loose, connect W1P1 to VCSU controller A1J1
disconnected from low pressure (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 12).
transducer, W1P4 disconnected • If loose, connect W1P2 to high pressure transducer (Vol 2,
from PGW pressure transducer, WP 0251, Figure 12).
W1P5 disconnected from PGW • If loose, connect W1P3 to low pressure transducer
temperature transducer, W1P6 (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 13).
disconnected from PGW flow • If loose, connect W1P4 to PGW pressure transducer (Vol 2,
switch, W1P7 disconnected from WP 0251, Figure 12).
PGW solenoid, W1P8 disconnected • If loose, connect W1P5 to PGW temperature transducer (Vol 2,
from condenser solenoid or W1P9 WP 0251, Figure 12).
disconnected from compressor solenoid • If loose, connect W1P6 to PGW flow switch
or (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 13).
1W114-7/P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect W1P7 to PGW solenoid (Vol 2, WP 0251,
1W113-7/J1, 1W114-1/P2 disconnected Figure 12).
from 1W114-7/J1 or 1W114-1/P1 • If loose, connect W1P8 to condenser solenoid
disconnected from stubbing connector (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 12).
• If loose, connect W1P9 to compressor solenoid
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 12).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 525 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 526 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

1W118-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W118-7/P2 to W2J1 on cooling system air
CSAHU/W2J1 handling unit (1A111) or stubbing connector (Vol 2, WP 0251,
or Figure 14).
1W118-7/2 disconnected from • Verify problem is solved.
stubbing connector • If problem still exists, do TP 526 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 527 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

1W105-7/P1 disconnected • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P1 to J5 on gunner's remote switching
from RSM6-J5 module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 527 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

TP 528 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Stubbing connector disconnected • If loose, connect stubbing connector to 2W103-7/J4
from 2W103-7/J4 (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 528 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0142).

Change 1 0008-60
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 529 • If loose, connect 2W103-7/P10 to J1 on APU fire sensor,
2W103-7/P10 disconnected or stubbing connector (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10).
from APU FIRE SENSOR-J1 or • Verify problem is solved.
stubbing connector • If problem still exists, do TP 529 Follow-on Procedure.
(WP 0143).
TP 530 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
1W103-7/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W103-7/P2 to J2 on turret valve
AMMO door power switch J1 or (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
1W103-7/P2 disconnected from • If loose, connect 1W103-7/P3 to J3 on turret valve
THPDV-J2 or 1W103-7/P3 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 6).
disconnected from THPDV-J3 • If loose, connect 1W103-7/P4 to ammo door power switch
(1S108)-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 17).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, replace loader's remote switching module
1A101 (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 531 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Stubbing connector disconnected • If loose, connect stubbing connector to 2W103-7/J4
from 2W103-7/J4 and (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10).
2W103-7/P10 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W103-7/P10 to stubbing connector
APU FIRE SENSOR-J1 or (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10).
stubbing connector • If both stubbing connectors were not loose, replace analog
input module (2A110) (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists and TP 529 is also displayed, do
TP 529 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0143).
TP 532 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
DHISW-P1 disconnected from • If loose, connect driver's hatch interlock switch (2S107)-P1 to
2W162-8/J1 2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 532 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0144).
TP 550 NOTE
AHU HIGH FAN SPEED If fan operates in high speed, disregard this erroneous
SOLENOID CB trip or message and action.
no load (RSM 6 RPC 2)
• Leave turret power on and AC power on with fan speed in the HI
position.
• Do TP 550 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 551 NOTE
AHU LOW FAN SPEED If fan operates in low speed, disregard this erroneous
SOLENOID CB trip or message and action.
no load (RSM 6 RPC 3)
• Leave turret power on and AC power on with fan speed in the LOW
position.
• Do TP 551 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-61 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 552 • Leave turret power on and AC power on.
VCSU CONTROLLER/THPDV • Do TP 552 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
TMS CB trip or Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
no load (RSM 6 RPC 12)
TP 554 • Do TP 554 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(SEPv2 configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
iCDU (CITV DISPLAY)
CB trip (RSM 4 RPC 9)
TP 554 • Do TP 554 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(SEPv1 configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
CDU (CITV DISPLAY)
CB trip or no load (RSM 4 RPC 6)
TP 555 • Do TP 555 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
MMU CB trip Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(RSM 5 RPC 12)
TP 556 • Leave turret power on.
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade • Do TP 556 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
configuration) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TRU CB trip or no load
(RSM 6 RPC 11)
TP 556 • Leave turret power on.
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) • Do TP 556 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
TISCEU CB trip or Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
no load (RSM 6 RPC 11)
TP 566 • Do TP 566 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0145).
APU fire sensor fault
TP 572 • Do TP 572 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0146).
APU circuit breaker trip
TP 600 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W702-7/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse
PJSPCU-J1 or 2W700-9/P1 control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
disconnected from PJSPCU-J2 • If loose, connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 600 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0147).
TP 601 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W700-9/P3 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W700-9/P3 to J1 on pulse jet system vacuum
PJSVS-J1 or 2W700-9/P2 switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
disconnected from 2W701-9/J1 • If loose, connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
or 2W701-9/P1 thru P9 Figure 21).
disconnected from any solenoid • Verify problem is solved.
PJSSOL1-J1 thru PJSSOL9-J9 • If problem still exists, do TP 601 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0148).

Change 1 0008-62
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 602 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
2W131-8/P4 disconnected from • If loose, connect 2W131-8/P4 to 2W702-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
2W702-7/J1 or 2W131-8/P2 Figure 9).
disconnected from APUSEN-J1 • If loose, connect 2W131-8/P3 to J1 on left rear fuel level liquid
and 2W131-8/P3 disconnected transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
from FLXMR-J1 • If loose, connect 2W131-8/P2 to J1 on auxiliary power unit sensor
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 602 Follow-on Procedure
(WP 0149).
TP 603 • Do TP 603 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0150).
PJSSOL fault
TP 604 • Do TP 604 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0151).
PJSPCU fault
TP 605 • Do TP 605 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0152).
PJS not installed
TP 700 • Do TP 700 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
AZ SERVO 3rd stage LVDT out Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
of range fault
TP 701 • Do TP 701 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EL SERVO 3rd stage LVDT out Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
of range fault
TP 720 • Do TP 720 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
MGSS ARMED and SAFE both ON Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
or both OFF at same time
TP 721 • Do procedure for FCS-6, GUN SELECT Switch On Gunner's
GPS gun SEL has multiple Primary Sight Does Not Work Properly.
positions that are ON at same Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual
time or no SEL position ON Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
at any time
TP 722 • Do TP 722 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Two or more AMMO SEL Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
switches ON at same time fault
during auto self test
TP 723 • Do procedure for GTMD-3, FIRE CONTROL MODE Switch On
GPS fire control mode SEL Gunner's Primary Sight Does Not Hold Properly In MANUAL
has multiple positions that And/Or EMERGENCY Position. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
are ON at same time or no Turret System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault
SEL position ON at any time Symptom Index.
TP 724 • Do TP 724 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Loader's panel GTD SEL Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
has multiple positions that
are ON at same time or no
SEL position ON at any time
TP 725 • Do TP 725 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
IFCEU main gun voltage or Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
main gun relay BIT failure

0008-63 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 750 NOTE
(2nd Gen FLIR Block 1 Upgrade The THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM FAULT and the
configuration) CABLE DISCONNECTED CAUTIONS may be generated
TIS AST fault or 1W202-7/P4 erroneously when turret is powered up. TP 750 will be
disconnected from FCEU-J12 or displayed after FIT is run. Make sure the procedure for
1W202-7/P2 disconnected from these CAUTIONS is performed according to
TRU-J2 or 1W202-7/P1 TM 9-2350-388-10, prior to doing the following action.
disconnected from TRU-J1
or 1W202-7/P3 disconnected • If TP 556 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL
from BICU-J1 MANAGEMENT category in SYSTEM HEALTH screen, do
TP 556 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P1 to J1 thermal receiver unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 11).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P2 to J2 on thermal receiver unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 11).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P3 to J1 on biocular image control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P4 to J12 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 750 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.

Change 1 0008-64
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 750 NOTE
(2nd Gen FLIR configuration) The THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM FAULT and the
TIS AST fault or 1W202-7/P4 CABLE DISCONNECTED CAUTIONS may be generated
disconnected from FCEU-J12 or erroneously when turret is powered up. TP 750 will be
1W202-7/P8 disconnected from displayed after FIT is run. Make sure the procedure for
TIS CEU-J4 or 1W202-7/P1 these CAUTIONS is performed according to
disconnected from TIS CEU-J2 TM 9-2350-388-10, prior to doing the following action.
or 1W210-7/P1 disconnected
from TIS CEU-J3 or 1W210-7/P2 • If TP 556 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
disconnected from TRU-J2 or category in SYSTEM HEALTH screen, do TP 556 Follow-on
1W202-7/P2 disconnected from Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
TRU-J1 or 1W202-7/P3 Fault Message Index.
disconnected from BICU-J1 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P4 to J12 on fire control electronics unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P8 to J4 on TIS common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P1 to J2 on TIS common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If loose, connect 1W210-7/P1 to J3 on TIS common electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• If loose, connect 1W210-7/P2 to J2 on thermal receiver unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 11).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P2 to J1 on thermal receiver unit (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 11).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P3 to J1 on biocular image control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do TP 750 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 751 • Do TP 751 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Zero degree elevation switch fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 752 • Replace fire control electronics unit. Refer to
FCEU digital I/O TIS range data fault TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 753 • Do procedure for GTMD-7, Cant Values Are Incorrect. Refer to
Cant angle fault TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual Troubleshooting
Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.

TP 754 • Do procedure for GTMD-6, Crosswind Sensor Does Not Give

Crosswind auto self test fault Correct Wind Values. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.
TP 755 • If TP 396 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
Crosswind out of range fault category, do TP 396 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, do procedure for GTMD-6, Crosswind
Sensor Does Not Give Correct Wind Values. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual Troubleshooting
Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.

0008-65 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 756 • Do TP 756 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
H/TPS position or RS485 fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 757 • Do TP 757 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS AZ GYRO fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 758 • Do TP 758 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS EL GYRO fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 759 • Do TP 759 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS AZ resolver fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 760 • Do TP 760 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS EL resolver fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 761 • If running, shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Turret Rate Failure • Do TP 761 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 763 • Do TP 763 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
AZ Servo Coil/Dither circuit open Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 764 • Do TP 764 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EL Servo Coil/Dither circuit open Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 765 • Do procedure for GTMD-5, Gun And/Or Turret Does Not Move Or
Turret drive fault Respond Properly To Handle Commands In NORMAL Mode.
EMERGENCY Mode OK. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.
TP 766 • Do procedure for GTMD-5, Gun And/Or Turret Does Not Move Or
Gun drive fault Respond Properly To Handle Commands In NORMAL Mode.
EMERGENCY Mode OK. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.
TP 767 • If TP 768, TP 769, or TP 770 was displayed with TP 767, replace
Gun AZ REF GYRO fault fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 767 was displayed alone, do TP 767 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 768 • If TP 767, TP 769, or TP 770 was displayed with TP 768, replace
Gun EL REF GYRO fault fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 768 was displayed alone, do TP 768 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 769 • If TP 767, TP 768, or TP 770 was displayed with TP 769, replace
Turret GYRO fault fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 769 was displayed alone, do TP 769 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.

Change 1 0008-66
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 770 • If TP 767, TP 768, or TP 769 was displayed with TP 770, replace
Hull GYRO fault fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 770 was displayed alone, do TP 770 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 771 • Do TP 771 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GTR fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 772 • If TP 773 was displayed with TP 772, replace fire control
Gun AZ GYRO rate fault electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 772 was displayed alone, do TP 772 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 773 • If TP 772 was displayed with TP 773, replace fire control
Gun EL GYRO rate fault electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 773 was displayed alone, do TP 773 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 774 • Do TP 774 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GTR dynamic fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 775 • Do procedure for LRF-1, Do Not Get Proper Range Or Multiple
LRF out of range fault Return Indications At Both Gunner's Primary Sight And
Commander's Display Unit. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.
TP 776 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
LRF auto self test and • If loose, connect 1W105-7/P4 to J1 on laser rangefinder
BIT fault (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• If loose, connect 1W202-7/P6 to J2 on laser rangefinder
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 11).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem still exists, check POWER MANAGEMENT category on
SYSTEM HEALTH screen for TP 382
(TM 9-2350-388-10).
• If TP 382 is displayed, do TP 382 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
• If TP 382 is not displayed, replace laser rangefinder
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 777 • Do TP 777 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
LRF auto self test fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(BIT OK)
TP 778 • Do procedure for LRF-1, Do Not Get Proper Range Or Multiple
LRF BIT fault Return Indications At Both Gunner's Primary Sight And
(auto self test OK) Commander's Display Unit. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.

0008-67 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 779 • Do TP 779 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
LOS/DAHA GYRO torquer or Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
cage fault
TP 780 • Do TP 780 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
LOS/DAHA constant position Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
fault
TP 781 • Do TP 781 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
LOS DAHA fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 782 • Replace fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
FCEU 15 VDC fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 785 • Do TP 785 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
RANGE READY fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 800 • Do TP 800 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Loader's panel TURRET BLOWER Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
or NBC MAIN switch fails
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 801 • Do TP 801 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS defroster lamp fails Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 802 • Do TP 802 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
MGSS fails Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 803 • If TP 806 was displayed with TP 803, do TP 806 Follow-on
AMMO SEL switch(es) always Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
ON fault in GPS/LDRS Fault Message Index.
station INTER FIT • If TP 803 was displayed alone, do TP 803 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 804 • If TP 826 was displayed with TP 804, do TP 826 Follow-on
AMMO SEL switch(es) never Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
ON fault in GPS/LDRS Fault Message Index.
station INTER FIT • If TP 804 was displayed alone, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 805 • Do TP 805 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
One or more but not all AMMO Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
SEL switch(es) never ON in
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 806 • Do TP 806 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Multiple AMMO SEL switch(es) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
ON when only one switch
depressed fault in GPS/LDRS
station INTER FIT
TP 807 • Do TP 807 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GTD SEL has one or more Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
positions never ON fault in
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT

Change 1 0008-68
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 808 • Do TP 808 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GTD SEL has multiple Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
positions ON at same time fault
in GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 809 • Do procedure for FCS-6, GUN SELECT Switch On Gunner's
GPS gun SEL has one or more Primary Sight Does Not Work Properly. Refer to
positions never ON fault in TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual Troubleshooting
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.

TP 810 • Do procedure for FCS-6, GUN SELECT Switch On Gunner's

GPS gun SEL has one or two Primary Sight Does Not Work Properly. Refer to
positions never ON fault in TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual Troubleshooting
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.

TP 811 • Do procedure for FCS-6, GUN SELECT Switch On Gunner's

GPS gun SEL has multiple Primary Sight Does Not Work Properly. Refer to
positions ON at same time fault TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual Troubleshooting
in GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.

TP 812 • Do procedure for GTMD-3, FIRE CONTROL MODE Switch On

GPS FC mode SEL has one or Gunner's Primary Sight Does Not Hold Properly In MANUAL
more positions never ON fault in And/Or EMERGENCY Position. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT Turret System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 813 • Do procedure for GTMD-3, FIRE CONTROL MODE Switch On
GPS FC mode SEL has one or Gunner's Primary Sight Does Not Hold Properly In MANUAL
two positions never ON fault in And/Or EMERGENCY Position. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT Turret System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 814 • Do procedure for GTMD-3, FIRE CONTROL MODE Switch On
GPS FC mode SEL has multiple Gunner's Primary Sight Does Not Hold Properly In MANUAL
positions ON at same time fault And/Or EMERGENCY Position. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
in GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT Turret System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 815 • Do TP 815 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS panel LGTS test switch Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
fails GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 816 • Do TP 816 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS lower panel lamps not ON Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
fault in GPS/LDRS station
INTER FIT
TP 817 • Do TP 817 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
LDRS panel lamps not ON fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
in GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT

0008-69 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 818 • If TP 815 was displayed with TP 818, do TP 815 Follow-on
GPS lower panel lamps dimming Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
fault in GPS/LDRS station Fault Message Index.
INTER FIT • If TP 818 was displayed alone, do TP 818 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 819 • Do TP 819 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
MAIN, TRIGGER SAFE, or COAX Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
lamps fault in GPS/LDRS
station INTER FIT
TP 820 • Do TP 820 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EMER, NORM, or MAN lamps Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
do not light fault in GPS/LDRS
station INTER FIT
TP 821 • Do TP 821 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EL UNCPL, POWERED, or MAN Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
lamps do not light fault in
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT
TP 822 • Do TP 822 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
SAFE or ARMED lamps do not Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
light fault in GPS/LDRS
station INTER FIT
TP 823 • If TP 803, TP 804, TP 805, or TP 806 was displayed with TP 823,
One or more, but not all do action in this index for TP that was displayed with TP 823.
AMMO SEL indicators do not • If TP 823 was displayed alone, do TP 823 Follow-on Procedure.
light fault in GPS/LDRS Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
station INTER FIT Index.
TP 824 • Do procedure for LDS-5, FAULT And/Or TRU READY Lamps On
TIS lamps fault Biocular Image Control Unit And Thermal Receiver Unit Do Not
Illuminate. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual
Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
TP 825 • Do TP 825 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS defroster lamp never Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
lights fault in GPS/LDRS
station INTER FIT
TP 826 • Do TP 826 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
GPS AMMO backlights not ON Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
fault in GPS/LDRS
station INTER FIT
TP 827 • If TP 826 was displayed with TP 827, do TP 826 Follow-on
All GPS AMMO indicators do Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
light fault in GPS/LDRS Fault Message Index.
station INTER FIT • If TP 827 was displayed alone, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-70
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 828 • Replace fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
GPS/LDRS station INTER FIT • Verify problem is solved.
fails to turn on any
GPS/LDRS panel lamps
TP 829 • Do TP 829 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CITV AZ tracking, slew rate, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
or EL tracking CITV mirror
INTER FIT fault
TP 830 • Do TP 238 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CITV AZ rate command CITV Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
mirror INTER FIT fault
TP 831 • Do TP 233 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
CITV RDC CITV mirror Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
INTER FIT fault
TP 832 • If TP 830 was displayed with TP 832, do TP 238 Follow-on
CITVSM alignment CITV Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics
mirror INTER FIT fault Fault Message Index.
• If TP 832 was displayed alone, replace commander's independent
thermal viewer azimuth drive assembly
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 833 • Replace fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
FCEU 400 HZ 26 VAC dynamic • Verify problem is solved.
CITV mirror INTER FIT fault
TP 834 • Do TP 834 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
FCEU RPC 9 fails during CITV Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
mirror INTER FIT test (CITV)
TP 835 • Replace fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
FCEU LOS card failure • Verify problem is solved.
GPS mirror INTER FIT test
TP 836 • Check fire control circuit breaker FCEU LVDT GPS/GUN
FCEU RPC 8 fails during GPS RESOLVERS (TM 9-2350-388-10).
mirror INTER FIT test • If circuit breaker is tripped, replace gunner's primary sight body
(GPS DAHA) assembly (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If circuit breaker is not tripped, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 838 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
H/TPS INTER FIT fault • Do TP 838 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
(RS485 communication) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 839 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
AZ servovalve H/TPS or STAB • Do TP 839 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
INTER FIT fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-71 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 840 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Turret HYDR pressure H/TPS • Do procedure for MHS-1, Main Hydraulic System Does Not
or STAB INTER FIT fault Function Properly. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
TP 841 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
AZ 3rd stage LVDT null H/TPS • Do TP 841 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
or STAB INTER FIT fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 842 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
EL 3rd stage LVDT null STAB • Do TP 842 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
INTER FIT fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 843 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Turret traverse friction • Do procedure for GTMD-1, Turret Does Not Traverse Properly In
H/TPS or STAB INTER FIT fault Manual Mode. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
TP 844 • Do procedure for GTMD-5, Gun And/Or Turret Does Not Move Or
AZ DELTA P H/TPS or STAB Respond Properly To Handle Commands In NORMAL Mode.
INTER FIT fault EMERGENCY Mode OK. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.
TP 845 • Do TP 845 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
AZ 3rd stage LVDT H/TPS Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
or STAB INTER FIT fault
TP 846 • Do procedure for GTMD-5, Gun And/Or Turret Does Not Move Or
EL DELTA P STAB Respond Properly To Handle Commands In NORMAL Mode.
INTER FIT fault EMERGENCY Mode OK. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret
System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom
Index.
TP 847 • Do TP 847 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EL 3rd stage LVDT STAB Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
INTER FIT fault
TP 848 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Gun EL friction STAB • Do procedure for GTMD-2, Main Gun Does Not Elevate Or
INTER FIT fault Depress Properly In Manual Mode. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Turret System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault
Symptom Index.
TP 849 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Turret Rate • Do TP 849 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
H/TPS or STAB INTER FIT fault
TP 850 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
GTR out of adjustment • Adjust gun trunnion electrical resolver (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
during STAB INTER FIT

Change 1 0008-72
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 851 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Turret GYRO • If TP 852 was displayed with TP 851, replace fire control
STAB INTER FIT fault electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 851 was displayed alone, do TP 851 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 852 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Hull GYRO • If TP 851 was displayed with TP 852, replace fire control
STAB INTER FIT fault electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 852 was displayed alone, do TP 852 Follow-on Procedure.
Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index.
TP 853 • The gun positioning system stabilization lurch INTER FIT lurch
STAB INTER FIT lurch fault test has detected failures in 3 attempts to stop tank quickly.
• Do Brake System (BS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0011).
TP 854 • The gun positioning system stabilization INTER FIT pivot test has
STAB INTER FIT pivot fault detected failures in 3 attempts to pivot steer the tank 45 degrees.
• Go to Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP)
System Index and do procedure for your steering system problem
(WP 0020).
• If problem still exists, do Transmission System (XMSN) Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0018).
TP 855 • Do TP 855 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EL servovalve STAB Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
INTER FIT fault
TP 856 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 8 fails during • Check fire control circuit breaker FCEU LVDT GPS/GUN
H/TPS INTER FIT test RESOLVERS (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(LVDT, GPS, gun resolvers) • If circuit breaker is tripped, replace traverse servomechanism
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If circuit breaker is not tripped, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 857 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 10 fails during • Check fire control circuit breaker FCEU GYROS HULL/ TURRET
H/TPS INTER FIT test GUN (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(hull, turret, gun GYROS) • If circuit breaker is tripped, replace gun azimuth reference
gyroscope (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If circuit breaker is not tripped, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 858 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
RSM 4 RPC 3 fails during H/TPS • Do TP 858 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
INTER FIT test (THPDV AZ) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.

0008-73 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 859 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 1 fails during H/TPS • Do TP 859 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
or STAB INTER FIT test Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(H/TPS, GAS reticle)
TP 862 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 8 fails during • Check fire control circuit breaker FCEU LVDT GPS/GUN
STAB INTER FIT test RESOLVERS (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(LVDT, GPS, gun resolvers) • If circuit breaker is tripped, replace traverse servomechanism
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If circuit breaker is not tripped, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 863 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
RSM 4 RPC 3 fails during STAB • Do TP 863 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
INTER FIT test (THPDV AZ) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 864 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 10 fails during • Check fire control circuit breaker FCEU GYROS HULL/ TURRET
STAB INTER FIT test GUN (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(hull, turret, gun GYROS) • If circuit breaker is tripped, replace gun azimuth reference
gyroscope (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If circuit breaker is not tripped, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 867 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 8 fails during • Do TP 867 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
STAB INTER FIT test Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
(LVDT, GPS, gun resolvers)
TP 868 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
RSM 4 RPC 2 fails during STAB • Do TP 868 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
INTER FIT test (THPDV EL) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 869 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 10 fails during • Check fire control circuit breaker FCEU GYROS HULL/ TURRET
STAB INTER FIT test GUN (TM 9-2350-388-10).
(hull, turret, gun GYROS) • If circuit breaker is tripped, replace gun elevation reference
gyroscope (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If circuit breaker is not tripped, replace fire control electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
TP 870 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU RPC 8 fails during H/TPS • Do TP 870 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
or STAB INTER FIT test (GTR) Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 873 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
FCEU AZ rate test fails H/TPS • Replace fire control electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
or STAB INTER FIT • Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0008-74
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 874 • Shut down engine (TM 9-2350-388-10).
Rear deck clearance H/TPS • Do TP 874 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
INTER FIT fault Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 875 • Do TP 875 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
EL SERVO fails STAB INTER FIT Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
TP 900 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 08H multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 901 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 09H multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 902 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 0AH multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 903 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 0BH multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 904 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 0CH multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 905 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 0DH multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 906 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
AIM 0EH multiplex group fault • Verify problem is solved.
TP 910 • Do TP 910 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
All stations warning tone Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
and/or voice message fault
TP 911 • Do procedure for CS-1, Communications System Found Faulty.
Commander's station warning tone Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual
and/or voice message fault Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
TP 912 • Do procedure for CS-1, Communications System Found Faulty.
Driver's station warning tone Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual
and/or voice message fault Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
TP 913 • Do procedure for CS-1, Communications System Found Faulty.
Gunner's station warning tone Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2, Turret System Manual
and/or voice message fault Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index.
TP 915 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Switches inside driver's hatch • Do TP 915 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0153).
interlock switch assembly do not
agree (i.e. one says hatch open
while other says hatch closed)
TP 916 • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Driver's hatch interlock switch • Do TP 916 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0154).
is stuck in hatch open or
hatch closed position
TP 920 • Do TP 920 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Cooling system VCSU propylene Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
glycol/water pressure is low

0008-75 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008

Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index. - Continued

Message Action
TP 921 • Do TP 921 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Cooling system VCSU propylene Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
glycol/water flow is low, hydraulic
motor failure, pump failure, low
system pressure, air in the lines
or no hydraulic pressure to VCSU
TP 922 • Do TP 922 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Cooling system VCSU R-134A vapor Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
pressure is low
TP 923 • Do TP 923 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Cooling system VCSU R-134A vapor Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
pressure is high, either overcharged
or blockage
TP 924 • Do TP 924 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Cooling system VCSU compressor Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
failure or no hydraulic pressure to VCSU
TP 925 • Do TP 925 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Hydraulic leak in lines going Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
VCSU or in VCSU
TP 926 • Do TP 926 Follow-on Procedure. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2,
Hydraulic temperature switch Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
fault

* Applies only to vehicles not equipped with DAGR.

** DAGR installation replaces the iTMPU with an iHMPU.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0008-76
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0009

FIELD MAINTENANCE
SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE INDEX

INTRODUCTION
This section contains system/subsystem indexes which identify the correct symptom discernment procedure for troubleshooting a malfunction
in most of the hull systems. Some system/subsystems do not require a discernment procedure and send you directly to the Hull System Manual
Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System Index (WP 0020). Be sure to read section How To Do Troubleshooting before continuing
(Page xxxv).
Table 1. Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
System/Subsystem Reference

Battle Override System (BOS) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020

Bilge Pump (BP) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
Brake System (BS) WP 0011
Parking Brake Subsystem (PBS)
Service Brake Subsystem (SBS)
Caution And Warning Discernment WP 0010
Communication System (CS) TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Display And Light System (DLS) (Fault symptoms only) WP 0020
Driver's Vision Enhancer (DVE) (Fault symptoms only) WP 0020
Electrical Charging System (ECS) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
Engine Adjustment/Inspection Procedures WP 0020
Engine System (ESS) (includes air filter problems) WP 0012
External Lights System (VELS) WP 0013
Final Drive (FD) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
Fire Extinguisher System (FES) WP 0014
Fuel Supply System (FS) WP 0015
Hull Power Distribution System (HPDS) WP 0016
Hull Unusual Conditions (HUC) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
Hydraulic System (HS) TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Loader's/Driver's Vision Enhancer (L/DVE) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
NATO Power (Fault symptoms only) WP 0020
Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical System (NBC) WP 0017
Personnel Heater System (PHS) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
Position/Navigation System (POS/NAV) Covered by
built-in diagnostics
Pulse Jet System (PJS) WP 0019
Smoke Generator System (SGS) (Fault symptom only) WP 0020
Steering System (SS) (Fault symptoms only) WP 0020

0009-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0009

Table 1. Symptom Discernment Procedure Index - Continued

System/Subsystem Reference

Suspension System (SSS) (Fault symptoms only) WP 0020

Transmission System (XMSN) WP 0018
Turret Power Distribution System (TPDS) TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Wiring Harnesses (HAR) (Fault symptoms only) WP 0020

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0009-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0010

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CAUTION AND WARNING DISCERNMENT

The table below lists diagnostic Caution/Warning (C/W) messages that do not have associated Troubleshooting Procedure (TP) numbers or
Faulty LRU List results generated from the built-in diagnostics.

These C/W messages generally require crew or field actions to correct the condition that causes them to appear on the displays, such as adding
fuel for the LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message. However, if fuel is added and the LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message is still active, or
if the vehicle runs out of fuel and the LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message did not appear, then a failure exists that requires troubleshooting.

The table contains some messages related to failures that should generate a TP number or Faulty LRU, but software problems prevent them
from being displayed.

The Troubleshooting Reference column identifies the system, subsystem, or procedure that should be performed for the displayed message.

Table 1. Caution And Warning Discernment

MESSAGE Troubleshooting Reference

AEGR BATTERY CIRCUITRY FAULT CS-1, Communications System Found Faulty

(TM 9-2350-388-23-2)

AIR FILTER CLOGGED Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(WP 0012)

AIR FILTER RESTRICTED Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(WP 0012)

CREW PRESSURE LOW Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)

ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)

ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)

ENGINE OIL LOW Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(WP 0012)

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)

FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED Fire Extinguisher System (FES) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0014)

FUEL FILTER CLOGGED Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0015)

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0015)

0010-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0010

Table 1. Caution And Warning Discernment - Continued

MESSAGE Troubleshooting Reference

HIGH ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found Faulty

VOLTAGE (Vol 2, WP 0168)

HMPU CRITICAL FAULT HUC-1, Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout (Vol 2, WP 0237)

HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMP HIGH If TP 926 is not displayed from built-in diagnostics, do Hydraulic
System (HS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAULT Hydraulic System (HS) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(TM 9-2350-388-23-2)

LOW BATTERY CHARGE ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found Faulty

(Vol 2, WP 0168)

LOW ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found Faulty

VOLTAGE (Vol 2, WP 0168)

LOW FUEL LEVEL Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0015)

MAIN ENGINE FIRE Fire Extinguisher System (FES) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0014)

NBC CHEMICALS Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom

Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)

NBC FILTER CLOGGED Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)

NBC MAIN DISABLED NBC-1, Main NBC Warning Message(s) Appear On Display
(Vol 2, WP 0209)

NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)

OVERHEAT SPONSON IN Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom

Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)

OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)

PARKING BRAKE SET Brake System (BS) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(WP 0011)

REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP INOP Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
ENABLE (WP 0015)

REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOP Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
ENABLE (WP 0015)

0010-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0010

Table 1. Caution And Warning Discernment - Continued

MESSAGE Troubleshooting Reference
SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO Brake System (BS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
MINUTES (WP 0011)

THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM FAULT If TP 750 or TP 752 are not displayed from built-in diagnostics, do
Thermal Imaging Subsystem Checkout (SEPv1)
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2) or Thermal Imaging Subsystem Checkout
(SEPv2) (TM 9-2350-388-23-2)

TMPU CRITICAL FAULT TUC-1, Turret Unusual Conditions Checkout

(TM 9-2350-388-23-2)

TRANSFER FUEL Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(WP 0015)

TRANSMISSION DAMAGE INSPECT Transmission System (XMSN) Symptom Discernment Procedure

(WP 0018)

TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER Transmission System (XMSN) Symptom Discernment Procedure

CLOGGED (WP 0018)

TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE Transmission System (XMSN) Symptom Discernment Procedure

LOW (WP 0018)

TRANSMISSION OIL Transmission System (XMSN) Symptom Discernment Procedure

TEMPERATURE HIGH (WP 0018)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0011

FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE SYSTEM (BS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0159
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0160
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0161
Vol 2, WP 0162
References Vol 2, WP 0163
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0164
Vol 2, WP 0156
Vol 2, WP 0157
Vol 2, WP 0158

NOTE
The equipment condition must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If condition is not
correct, go to procedure indicated and troubleshoot the
incorrect condition.

1
Do you have a problem with either the service brakes or the
SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING mes-
sage?

YES NO
2 3
When the service brake is applied, do service brakes stop • Go to block 12.
and hold the tank properly?

YES NO
4 5
Do the service brakes drag or lock up when attempting to • Do procedure for SBS-1, Service Brakes Do Not Stop Or
drive the tank? Hold Tank (Vol 2, WP 0161).

NO YES
6 7
Does the SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING • Do procedure for SBS-2, Service Brakes Drag Or Lock
message stay on without the service brake applied? When Attempting To Drive Tank (Vol 2, WP 0162).

NO YES
8 9
Does the SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING • Do procedure for SBS-4, SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MIN-
message come on when the service brake is applied for UTES WARNING Message Does Not Go Off When Service
more than 2 minutes? Brake Is Released (Vol 2, WP 0164).

0011-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0011

YES NO
10 11
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for SBS-3, SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MIN-
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment UTES WARNING Message Does Not Come On When Ser-
Procedure (Page xxxvii). vice Brake Is Applied For More Than Two Minutes (Vol 2,
WP 0163).
From block 3

12
When the parking brake is set, do parking brakes hold the
tank?

YES NO
13 14
Does the PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING message stay • Do procedure for PBS-1, Parking Brakes Do Not Hold Tank
on when the parking brake is released? (Vol 2, WP 0156).

NO YES
15 16
Does the PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING message • Go to block 21.
come on when the parking brake is set?

YES NO
17 18
Does the hydraulic pressure drop below 1400 psi within 12 • Do procedure for PBS-2, PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING
hours? Message Does Not Come On With Parking Brake Set
(Vol 2, WP 0157).

NO YES
19 20
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for PBS-5, Parking Brake Hydraulic Pressure
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Drops Below 1400 PSI Within 12 Hours (Vol 2, WP 0160).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).

From block 16

21
With the parking brake released, do parking brakes drag
while attempting to drive tank?

YES NO
22 23
• Do procedure for PBS-3, Parking Brakes Do Not Release • Do procedure for PBS-4, PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING
(Vol 2, WP 0158). Message Stays On At All Times (Vol 2, WP 0159).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0011-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012

FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SYSTEM (ESS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
BIT and FIT completed and fault messages recorded. Vol 2, WP 0175
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Vol 2, WP 0176
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0177
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0178
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0180
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0181
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0182
Vol 2, WP 0183
References Vol 2, WP 0184
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0194
WP 0005 Vol 2, WP 0237
WP 0008 Vol 2, WP 0238
WP 0017 Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 2, WP 0173 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0174

NOTE
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and
troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
• If your problem is engine does not shut down when FIRE
EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT switch is selected, do
procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Engine Fails To Shut
Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT Switch Is
Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).
• If your problem is you cannot slave start engine or cannot
charge batteries using external NATO connector, do
procedure for NATO-1, Cannot Slave Start Engine or Cannot
Charge Vehicle Batteries Using External NATO Slave
Receptacle (Vol 2, WP 0238)

1
Will the engine crank when the STARTER ONLY switch is set
to ON?

YES NO
2 3
Will the engine crank when the start switch is pressed? • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank
(Vol 2, WP 0183).

YES NO
4 5
Does the starter motor disengage after cranking? • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank
(Vol 2, WP 0183).

0012-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012

YES NO
6 7
Do you have a problem with any of the following • Do procedure for ESS-6, Starter Fails to Disengage
CAUTION/WARNING message(s) being displayed? (Vol 2, WP 0178).
• ENGINE OIL LOW
• ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW
• ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW
• ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH
• ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED

NO YES
8 9
Do you have a problem with any of the engine oil condition(s) • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
not displaying the proper CAUTION/WARNING message(s) WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
listed in Table 1? WP 0173).

Table 1
Condition CAUTION/WARNING

Dirty oil filter ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED

Oil level
between 2 and ENGINE OIL LOW
10 quarts low
Oil level 10 or ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW
more quarts low
Oil pressure
less than 11 psi ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW
Oil temperature
high (greater ENGINE OIL
than 220° F TEMPERATURE HIGH
(104° C)

0012-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012

NO YES
10 11
Does the engine smoke excessively during operation or • Do procedure for ESS-2, Engine System CAUTION/
immediately after engine is shut off? WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A
Problem Exists (Vol 2, WP 0174).

NO YES
12 13
Is engine oil consumption more than 1 quart per hour? • Do procedure for ESS-4, Engine Smokes (Vol 2, WP 0176).

NO YES
14 15
Is your problem that AIR FILTER CLOGGED or AIR FILTER • Do procedure for ESS-5, Engine Oil Consumption Is More
RESTRICTED CAUTION message appears on display? Than 1 Quart Per Hour (Vol 2, WP 0177).

NO YES
16 17
NOTE • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
AIR FILTER CLOGGED and AIR FILTER RESTRICTED CAU- WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
TIONs require engine high pressure compressor speeds (NH) WP 0173).
of 77 to 81 percent for 300 milliseconds or more. This may
require road testing.

Do you have a problem with the air filters being clogged or

restricted without AIR FILTER CLOGGED or AIR FILTER
RESTRICTED CAUTION message being displayed?

0012-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012

NO YES
18 19
Is engine health check 60 percent or less or does tank • Do procedure for ESS-2, Engine System CAUTION/
appear to have low power during operation? WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A
Problem Exists (Vol 2, WP 0174).

NO YES
20 21
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Go to block 32.
when activating and deactivating all of the following?
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)

YES NO
22 23
Does engine shut down when ENGINE SHUTOFF switch is • Go to block 37.
set to SHUTOFF?

YES NO
24 25
Is your problem that engine did not shut down when FIRE • Do procedure for ESS-9, Engine Fails To Shut Down When
EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT switch was set to ON? ENGINE SHUTOFF Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0182).

NO YES
26 27
Will engine shut down when EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT- • Do procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
OFF T-handle is pulled? Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine Fails
To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT
Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).

0012-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012

YES NO
28 29
Is your problem that the DECU RESET switch does not do • Do procedure for ESS-8, Engine Does Not Shut Down With
the following functions? EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUTOFF Tee-Handle (Vol 2,
• Initiate health check. WP 0181).
• Reset DECU protective mode.

YES NO
30 31
• Do procedure for ESS-11, Digital Electronic Control Unit • Notify your supervisor.
Reset Switch Does Not Function Properly (Vol 2, WP 0184). • Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
From block 21

32
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
AIR FILTER CLOGGED and AIR FILTER RESTRICTED CAU-
TIONs require engine high pressure compressor speeds (NH)
of 77 to 81 percent for 300 milliseconds or more. This may
require road testing.
• Increase RPM to maximum and check if AIR FILTER
CLOGGED or AIR FILTER RESTRICTED CAUTION mes-
sage appears on display

Does AIR FILTER RESTRICTED or AIR FILTER

CLOGGED CAUTION message appear on display?

NO YES
33 34
• Shut down engine. • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU. WP 0173).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in WP 0005 and continue testing.

Were there any AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM failures?

YES NO
35 36
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do • Do procedure for ESS-7, Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent
action for faulty LRU or TP displayed (WP 0008). Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During Op-
eration (Vol 2, WP 0180).

0012-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012

From block 23

37
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle for
any of the following?
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)

YES NO
38 39
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
when main NBC system is turned on and off? • Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
40 41
Does main NBC system turn on and off using all of the • Do procedure for ESS-3, Engine Fails To Respond To A
following? TAC-IDLE Command (Vol 2, WP 0175).
• NBC MAIN switch on commander's display unit
• TURRET BLOWER or NBC MAIN switch on loader's
panel
• GUN SELECT-COAX switch

NO YES
42 43
• Do NBC System Symptom Discernment Procedure • NBC tactical idle is a software function.
(WP 0017). • Do procedure for HUC-1, Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout
(Vol 2, WP 0237).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0012-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0013

FIELD MAINTENANCE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS SYSTEM (VELS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Page xxxvii
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0186
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0187
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0188
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016).

NOTE
The equipment conditions must be met or the
troubleshooting logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any
of the listed conditions are not correct, go to procedure
indicated and troubleshoot the incorrect condition.

1
Does the right front or left front low beam service light fail to
come on when SERVICE LIGHTS switch is set to ON?

NO YES
2 3
Does the right front or left front hi-beam service light fail to • Do procedure for VELS-1, A Headlight Does Not Come On
come on when SERVICE LIGHTS and HI-BEAM switches (Vol 2, WP 0186).
are set to ON?

NO YES
4 5
Does the right front or left front black out marker fail to come • Do procedure for VELS-1, A Headlight Does Not Come On
on when BLACK OUT MARKERS switch is set to ON? (Vol 2, WP 0186).

NO YES
6 7
Is one or more front light on that should not be on? • Do procedure for VELS-1, A Headlight Does Not Come On
(Vol 2, WP 0186).

0013-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0013

NO YES
8 9
Does the right or left black out stop light fail to come on when • Do procedure for VELS-3, External Lights Are On When
BLACK OUT MARKERS switch is set to ON and service They Should Not Be (Vol 2, WP 0188).
brakes pressed?

NO YES
10 11
Does the right or left service stop light fail to come on when • Do procedure for VELS-2, A Taillight Does Not Come On
service brakes are pressed? (Vol 2, WP 0187).

NO YES
12 13
Does the right or left black out markers or service tail lights • Do procedure for VELS-2, A Taillight Does Not Come On
fail to come on when BLACK OUT MARKERS or SERVICE (Vol 2, WP 0187).
LIGHTS switch is set to ON?

NO YES
14 15
Is one or more rear light on that should not be on? • Do procedure for VELS-2, A Taillight Does Not Come On
(Vol 2, WP 0187).

NO YES
16 17
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for VELS-3, External Lights On When They
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Should Not Be (Vol 2, WP 0188).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0013-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0014

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM (FES) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0194
Vol 2, WP 0190 Vol 2, WP 0195
Vol 2, WP 0191 Vol 2, WP 0196
Vol 2, WP 0192 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0193

1
Does crew fire extinguisher fail to discharge automatically
with a fire present in the crew compartment?

NO YES
2 3
Does main engine first shot fire extinguisher fail to discharge • Do procedure for FES-2, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
automatically with a fire present in the engine compartment? ment Fire Extinguisher Failed To Discharge Automatically
With A Fire (Vol 2, WP 0191)

NO YES
4 5
Does main engine second shot fire extinguisher fail to dis- • Do procedure for FES-2, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
charge automatically with FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND ment Fire Extinguisher Failed To Discharge Automatically
SHOT switch is set to ON? With A Fire (Vol 2, WP 0191).

NO YES
6 7
Does main engine shut down when FIRE EXTINGUISHER • Do procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
2ND SHOT switch is set to ON? Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine Fails
To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT
Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).

YES NO
8 9
Does main engine or crew compartment fire extinguisher • Do procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
discharge without a fire present? Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine Fails
To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT
Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).

NO YES
10 11
Does crew and/or main engine compartment fire extin- • Do procedure for FES-1, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
guisher fail to discharge manually? ment Fire Extinguisher Discharged Without A Fire (Vol 2,
WP 0190).

0014-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0014

NO YES
12 13
Does the FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION message • Do procedure for FES-7, Crew And/Or Main Engine
fail to appear with a fire in the main engine compartment? Compartment Fire Extinguisher Bottles Fail To
Discharge Manually (Vol 2, WP 0196).

NO YES
14 15
Does the MAIN ENGINE FIRE WARNING message fail to • Do procedure for FES-3, Fire Extinguisher FIRST
appear with a fire in the main engine compartment? SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION And/Or MAIN
ENGINE FIRE WARNING Message Does Not Appear
On Display (Vol 2, WP 0192).

NO YES
16 17
Does the MAIN ENGINE FIRE WARNING message appear • Do procedure for FES-3, Fire Extinguisher FIRST
without a fire in the main engine compartment? SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION And/Or MAIN
ENGINE FIRE WARNING Message Does Not Appear
On Display (Vol 2, WP 0192).

NO YES
18 19
Does the FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION message • Do procedure for FES-1, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
remain after FIRST SHOT RESET switch is pressed? ment Fire Extinguisher Discharged Without A Fire (Vol 2,
WP 0190).

NO YES
20 21
Does the first and/or second shot bottles discharge fail to • Do procedure for FES-4, FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED
extinguish a main engine fire? CAUTION Message Remains On Display After FIRST
SHOT RESET Switch Is Pressed (Vol 2, WP 0193).

NO YES
22 23
Does the audio warning signal sound over the intercom • Do procedure for FES-6, Main Engine Fire Was Not Extin-
system with a fire in the engine compartment? guished When First And/Or Second Shot Bottles Discharged
(Vol 2, WP 0195).

NO YES
24 25
• Do Communications System (CS) Symptom Discernment • Notify your supervisor.
Procedure. • Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. Procedure (Page xxxvii).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0015

FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL SUPPLY (FS) SYSTEM SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
BIT and FIT completed with no fault messages. Vol 2, WP 0200
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0201
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0202
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0203
Vol 2, WP 0204
References Vol 3, WP 0317
Page xxxvii
Vol 2, WP 0199

1
NOTE
A FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT CAUTION indicates a prob-
lem with rear fuel tank level signals. Fuel level on DID will show
empty when this CAUTION is active. If you attempt to transfer
fuel a FUEL LEVEL ERROR. TRANSFERRING FUEL CAN
RESULT IN OVERFILLING REAR TANKS advisory will appear.

Are you troubleshooting a FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT

CAUTION or related fuel transfer advisory?

0015-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0015

NO YES
2 3
NOTE • Do procedure for FS-5, Fuel Level Display Is Incorrect
• Fuel leaking from accessory gearbox drain hole may only be (Vol 2, WP 0203).
detectable with engine running and ground hopped.
• Drain hole may be on forward or rear side of gearbox.
• Look at drain hole (1) on accessory gear box (2) for fuel
leaks.

Is fuel leaking from drain hole?

NO YES
4 5
Are there fuel leaks from fuel lines, fuel system components, • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
or fuel tanks? • Verify problem is solved.

0015-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0015

NO YES
6 7
Did one or more of the following CAUTION messages occur • Do procedure for FS-3, Vehicle Leaks Fuel (Vol 2,
during engine operation? WP 0201).
• FUEL FILTER CLOGGED
• LOW FUEL LEVEL
• REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE
• REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE

NO YES
8 9
Is the fuel level display different than the actual fuel level for • Do procedure for FS-1, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Mes-
one or more fuel tanks? sage(s) Appear On Display (Vol 2, WP 0199).

NO YES
10 11
Do you have a problem with starting or stopping fuel transfer, • Do procedure for FS-5, Fuel Level Display Is Incorrect
fuel transferring too slowly, or fuel transferring from wrong (Vol 2, WP 0203).
tank?

NO YES
12 13
Is there a problem with the water separator discharging • Do procedure for FS-4, Fuel Transfer Fails To Operate
water automatically? Properly (Vol 2, WP 0202).

NO YES
14 15
Did a CAUTION message fail to appear during engine op- • Do procedure for FS-6, Water Separator Does Not
eration when one of the following conditions existed? Automatically Discharge Collected Water (Vol 2, WP 0204).
• FUEL FILTER CLOGGED
• LOW FUEL LEVEL
• REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE
• REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE

NO YES
16 17
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for FS-2, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Mes-
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment sage Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem Exists
Procedure (Page xxxvii). (Vol 2, WP 0200).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0015-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (HPDS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
Vehicle batteries correctly installed and fully charged Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 7
(TM 9-2350-388-10 and TM 9-6140-200-14). Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0563
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxvii Vol 4, WP 0633
Vol 2, WP 0166 Vol 4, WP 0635
Vol 2, WP 0168 Vol 4, WP 0636
Vol 2, WP 0205 Vol 4, WP 0638
Vol 2, WP 0206 Vol 4, WP 0659
Vol 2, WP 0207 Vol 4, WP 0721
Vol 2, WP 0208 Vol 4, WP 0722
Vol 2, WP 0208.1 Vol 4, WP 0723
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0758
Vol 2, WP 0245 Vol 4, WP 0764
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 6

NOTE
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and
troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
• Make sure no external battery charging devices are hooked
up when determining power distribution symptoms.
• The green indicator light on MASTER POWER switch
denotes master power being on.

1
Is your problem that you cannot turn master power off from
any or all of the following locations?
• Commander's Display Unit (CDU)
• Driver's Integrated Display (DID)
• TANK-RESET switch on the Hull Power Distribution
(HPDU)

NO YES
2 3
Do you have a problem turning on master power from the • Go to block 16.
DID or CDU?

NO YES
4 5
Is your problem that one or more display screens do not • Go to block 19.
come on when master power is set to on?

0016-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016

NO YES
6 7
Do you have a problem keeping vehicle batteries charged or • Go to block 30.
maintaining battery voltage for acceptable length of time?

NO YES
8 9
Do you have a problem resetting the HMPU CRITICAL • Go to block 37.
FAULT CAUTION by recycling MASTER POWER switch
OFF and ON?

NO YES
10 11
Is your problem that external equipment does not come on • Do procedure for HPDS-3, HMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAU-
when connected to the utility jack on hull power distribution TION Keeps Recurring After Master Power Is Cycled OFF
unit? And ON (Vol 2, WP 0207).

NO YES
12 13
Is your problem that CB1 on Power Interface Box (PIB) shuts • Do procedure for HPDS-4, Utility Jack Circuit Breaker Trips
off? And/Or No Power Output From Utility Jack On Hull Power
Distribution Unit (Vol 2, WP 0208).

NO YES
14 15
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for HPDS-5, Circuit Breaker CB1 On Power
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Interface Box (PIB) Shuts Off (Vol 2, WP 0208.1).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).

Change 1 0016-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016

From block 3

16
Is your problem that the master power cannot be turned off
at CDU but works OK from DID?

YES NO
17 18
• Do procedure for TPDS-2, Cannot Turn Off Master Power • For all other problems with turning off master power, do
From Commander's Display Unit procedure for HPDS-2, Cannot Turn Off Master Power From
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. Driver's Integrated Display And/Or Hull Power Distribution
Unit (Vol 2, WP 0206).

From block 5

19
Is your problem that the master power cannot be turned on
at CDU but works OK from DID?

NO YES
20 21
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, • Do procedure for TPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
Figure 8) ? From Commander's Display Unit
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.

NO YES
22 23
• Disconnect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0633). • Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
NOTE From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).
If you find a loose connection, go immediately to
block 24.
• Check for loose connections at components listed in Table 1.

Are any connections loose?

0016-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016

Table 1
Connector Connects Work Package
To
2W154/5-7- HPDU-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
P1 Figure 6)
2W154/5-7- HPDU-J2 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
P2 Figure 6)
2W156-7/P2 PPC-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W156-7/P3 HPDU-J11 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 6)
2W170-E1 2TB152-2- (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if 2W2 Figure 7)
equipped)
2W171-E1 EXT NATO (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if POS Figure 7)
equipped)
2W171-P1 2W170-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if or Figure 7)
equipped) DRECP
2W172-E1 2TB151-2G1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if Figure 7)
equipped)
2W172-E2 EXT NATO (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if NEG Figure 7)
equipped)
2W199 2TB151-2G1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 6)
2W199 2BT104 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
NEG TERM Figure 6)
2W210-8-E1 PPC-E3 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W210-8-E2 2TB152-1- (Vol 2, WP 0251,
2W1 Figure 6)
2W211-8-E1 PPC-E2 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W211-8-E2 2TB152-2- (Vol 2, WP 0251,
2W2 Figure 6)
2W212-8-E1 PPC-E1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W212-8-E2 2BT103 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
POS TERM Figure 6)
2W213-8-E1 PPC-E4 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W213-8-E2 2BT101 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
POS TERM Figure 6)

Change 1 0016-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016

YES NO
24 25
• Do connector inspection procedure (Vol 2, WP 0245). • Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638).
• Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
Are any connector parts faulty? From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).

NO YES
26 27
• Connect loose connector. • Replace assembly or harness that has faulty connector.
• Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638). • For battery lug terminals (pos & neg) (Vol 4, WP 0635).
• Verify problem is solved. • For hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For cable 2W199 (Vol 4, WP 0635), part of task Nega-
Does symptom still exist? tive And Positive Battery Lug Terminals And Cable
Assemblies Replacement).
• For cable 2W210-8 (Vol 4, WP 0659).
• For cable 2W211-8 (Vol 4, WP 0659).
• For branched wiring harness 2W212-8 (Vol 4,
WP 0635), part of task Negative And Positive Battery
Lug Terminals And Cable Assemblies Replacement).
• For cable 2W213-8 (Vol 4, WP 0635), part of task Nega-
tive And Positive Battery Lug Terminals And Cable
Assemblies Replacement).
• For NATO connector (Vol 4, WP 0723).
• For power cable assembly 2W170 (Vol 4, WP 0721).
• For power cable assembly 2W171 (Vol 4, WP 0722).
• For power cable assembly 2W172 (Vol 4, WP 0722).
• For prime power controller (Vol 4, WP 0563).
• For terminal board 2TB151 (Vol 4, WP 0636).
• For terminal board 2TB152-1 and -2 (Vol 4, WP 0636).
• For branched wiring harness 2W156-7, repair or re-
place. For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring
Harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement
(Vol 4, WP 0758).
• For branched wiring harness 2W154/5-7, repair or re-
place. For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring
Harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement
(Vol 4, WP 0764).
• Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
28 29
• For all other problems with turning on master power, do • Problem solved.
procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power From
Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).

0016-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016

From block 7

30
Is your problem that the DID screen does not come on but
CDU screen works OK?

NO YES
31 32
Is your problem that the CDU screen does not come on but • Do procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Does
DID screen works OK? Not Operate Properly.
• Refer to (Vol 2, WP 0166).

NO YES
33 34
Is your problem that more than one display screen does not • Do procedure for LDS-1, Commander's Display Unit Or
come on when master power or turret power is turned on? Commander's Control Handle Assembly Does Not Operate
Properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.

NO YES
35 36
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment • Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
Procedure (Page xxxvii). From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).

From block 9

37
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 8) ?

YES NO
38 39
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Do procedure for ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found
• Check if auxiliary battery circuit breaker 1 or 2 is tripped Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0168).
(reset button popped out).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is either circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
40 41
• Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power • Do procedure for ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found
From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0168).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0016-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0017

FIELD MAINTENANCE
NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL SYSTEM (NBC)
SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
BIT and FIT completed and fault messages recorded. Vol 2, WP 0180
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Vol 2, WP 0209
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0210
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0211
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0212
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0213
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0214
Vol 2, WP 0215
References TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Page xxxvii
Vol 2, WP 0166

NOTE
• If NBC MAIN DISABLED WARNING is active, do procedure
for NBC-1, Main NBC System WARNING Message(s)
Appear On Display (Vol 2, WP 0209). Table 1
• To determine if your vehicle has an air flow problem, it may be
helpful to compare the air flow with another vehicle. Warning Condition
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed CREW PRESSURE LOW Crew cabin
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and pressure low
with hatches
troubleshoot the incorrect condition. closed
NBC CHEMICALS Chemical
environment
1 NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION Nuclear
environment
Is your problem with the backup NBC system? NBC FILTER CLOGGED Dirty NBC
filter
OVERHEAT SPONSON IN Sponson in
overheated
air
OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Sponson out
overheated
air

NO YES
2 3
Is your problem that when any of the WARNING messages • Do procedure for NBC-7, Backup NBC System Does Not
listed in Table 1 was displayed, the NBC alarm could not be Operate Properly Or Fails Semiannual Inspection
heard or was incorrect? (Vol 2, WP 0215).

0017-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0017

NO YES
4 5
Is your problem that you did not get the proper WARNING • NBC alarms are faulty. Do procedure for CS-1,
message listed in table when a faulty condition exists? Communication System Found Faulty.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.

NO YES
6 7
Can the NBC system be turned on and off properly as • Do procedure for NBC-2, Main NBC System WARNING
defined below? Message Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem
• Lights and displays work properly on commander's and Exists And NBC Alarms Are Incorrect Or Cannot Be Heard
driver's integrated displays, loader's panel, and gunner's At Crew Stations (Vol 2, WP 0210).
primary sight
• RPM respond properly
• Airflow is present at dump valve when NBC is on
• No airflow is present at dump valve when NBC is off

YES NO
8 9
Is your problem that the main NBC system comes on but • Go to block 20.
airflow is unsteady (surges) during operation?

NO YES
10 11
Is your problem that the main NBC system comes on but has • Do procedure for NBC-8, Main NBC System Airflow Is Un-
low airflow at dump valve? steady (Surges) During Operation (Vol 2, WP 0180).

NO YES
12 13
Do you have any problem with any of the following WARN- • Do procedure for NBC-5, Main NBC System Has Low Airflow
ING message(s) being displayed? With Main NBC System On (Vol 2, WP 0213).
• CREW PRESSURE LOW
• NBC CHEMICALS
• NBC FILTER CLOGGED
• NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION
• OVERHEAT SPONSON IN
• OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT

NO YES
14 15
Can the crew air temperature be adjusted? • Do procedure for NBC-1, Main NBC System WARNING
Message(s) Appear On Display
(Vol 2, WP 0209).

YES NO
16 17
Is there low or no airflow from the commander's, driver's, • Do procedure for NBC-4, Main NBC System Temperature
gunner's, and/or loader's crew station orifices? Controller Does Not Adjust Air Temperature (Vol 2,
WP 0212).

0017-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0017

NO YES
18 19
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for NBC-6, Main NBC System Has Low Or No
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Airflow At Crew Orifices With Main NBC System On
Procedure (Page xxxvii). (Vol 2, WP 0214).

From block 9

20
Is your problem that the main NBC system does not operate
properly from COAX switch on gunner's primary sight but
works OK from other switches?

NO YES
21 22
Is your problem that NBC MAIN pushbutton light on • Do procedure for LDS-3, Panel Lights On Gunner's Primary
commander's display unit does not work properly? Sight Or Loader's Panel Do Not Function Properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.

NO YES
23 24
Is your problem that NBC MAIN ON/OFF indicator on driv- • Do procedure for LDS-1, Commander's Display Unit Or
er's integrated display does not work properly? Commander's Control Handle Assembly Does Not Operate
Properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.

NO YES
25 26
Is your problem that no air is felt at dump valve? • Do procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Does
Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166).

NO YES
27 28
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for NBC-3, Main NBC System Does Not Turn
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment On Or Off Or Has No Airflow (Vol 2, WP 0211).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0017-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0018

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (XMSN) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0235
WP 0017 Vol 2, WP 0236
Vol 2, WP 0175 Vol 2, WP 0237
Vol 2, WP 0233 Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 2, WP 0234

1
Does the transmission leak fluid?

NO YES
2 3
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Do procedure for XMSN-1, Transmission Leaks Oil
when activating and deactivating all of the following? (Vol 2, WP 0233).
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)

YES NO
4 5
Does the transmission slip or shift improperly? • Go to block 12.

NO YES
6 7
Did one of the following CAUTION/WARNING messages • Do procedure for XMSN-2, Transmission Does Not Shift
occur during vehicle operation? Properly (Vol 2, WP 0234).
• TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER CLOGGED
• TRANSMISSION DAMAGE INSPECT
• TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE LOW
• TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH

0018-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0018

NO YES
8 9
Did one of the messages listed in Table 1 fail to appear when • Do procedure for XMSN-3, Transmission CAUTION/
corresponding condition existed? WARNING Message(s) Appear On Display (Vol 2,
WP 0235).

Table 1
Message Condition
TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER Filter
CLOGGED clogged
TRANSMISSION DAMAGE Filter
INSPECT bypassing
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE Low oil
LOW pressure
TRANSMISSION OIL High oil
TEMPERATURE HIGH temperature

NO YES
10 11
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for XMSN-4, Transmission CAUTION/
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment WARNING Message(s) Do Not Appear On Display When A
Procedure (Page xxxvii). Problem Exists (Vol 2, WP 0236).

0018-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0018

From block 5

12
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle for
any of the following?
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)

YES NO
13 14
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
when main NBC system is turned on and off? • Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
15 16
Does main NBC system turn on and off using all of the • Do procedure for ESS-3, Engine Fails To Respond To A
following? TAC-IDLE Command (Vol 2, WP 0175).
• NBC MAIN switch on commander's display unit
• TURRET BLOWER or NBC MAIN switch on loader's
panel
• GUN SELECT-COAX switch

NO YES
17 18
• Do NBC System Symptom Discernment Procedure NOTE
(WP 0017). NBC tactical idle is a software function.
• Do procedure for HUC-1, Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout
(Vol 2, WP 0237).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0019

FIELD MAINTENANCE
PULSE JET SYSTEM (PJS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References
BIT and FIT completed with no automotive or pulse Page xxxvii
jet system fault messages. WP 0004
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Vol 2, WP 0173
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0218
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0219
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016).

NOTE
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and
troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
• Electrical failures of PJS solenoids will generate PJS FAULT
CAUTION and TP 603 or TP 604. If PJS FAULT CAUTION
appears, do Built-in Diagnostics And Fault Isolation
Procedures (WP 0004).

1
Does AIR FILTER RESTRICTED or AIR FILTER CLOGGED
CAUTION message appear on display during vehicle
operation?

NO YES
2 3
When the pulse jet system is operating are pulses missing? • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
WP 0173).

0019-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0019

NO YES
4 5
NOTE • Do procedure for PJS-1, Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean
Do not remove air box filters to answer this question. If you do Air Filters (Vol 2, WP 0218).
not already know the answer, go to block 6.

Is there an excess of dust and dirt in air box?

NO YES
6 7
NOTE • Do procedure for PJS-2, Pulse Jet System Does Not Scav-
Do not remove air box filters to answer this question. If you do enge Dirt From Air Box (Vol 2, WP 0219).
not already know the answer, go to block 9.

Does pulse jet system fail to clean air filters properly?

NO YES
8 9
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for PJS-1, Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Air Filters (Vol 2, WP 0218).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL SYSTEM MANUAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE (MTP) FAULT SYMPTOM INDEX

INTRODUCTION
This section contains system/subsystem indexes which identify the correct MTP for troubleshooting a malfunction in any of the hull systems.
Systems are listed in alphabetical order.

Table 1. Hull System MTP Fault Symptom Index.

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting
Procedure

BATTLE OVERRIDE SYSTEM (BOS)

BOS-1 Battle Override System Found Faulty ............................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0165

BILGE PUMP (BP)

BP-1 Bilge Pump Fails To Operate Properly ........................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0155

BRAKE SYSTEM (BS)

Parking Brake Subsystem (PBS)

PBS-1 Parking Brakes Do Not Hold Tank .................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0156

PBS-2 PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING Message Does Not Come On With Parking Brake
Set .................................................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0157

PBS-3 Parking Brakes Do Not Release ..................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0158

PBS-4 PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING Message Stays On At All Times ............................ Vol 2, WP 0159

PBS-5 Parking Brake Hydraulic Pressure Drops Below 1400 PSI Within 12 Hours .................. Vol 2, WP 0160

Service Brake Subsystem (SBS)

SBS-1 Service Brakes Do Not Stop Or Hold Tank .................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0161

SBS-2 Service Brakes Drag Or Lock When Attempting to Drive Tank ...................................... Vol 2, WP 0162

SBS-3 SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING Message Does Not Come On When
Service Brake Is Applied For More Than Two Minutes .................................................. Vol 2, WP 0163

SBS-4 SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING Message Does Not Go Off When
Service Brake Is Released ............................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0164

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (CS)

---- Refer to Turret Manual. .................................................................................................. TM 9-2350-388-23-2

DISPLAY AND LIGHT SYSTEM (DLS)

DLS-1 Driver's Integrated Display Does Not Operate Properly ................................................. Vol 2, WP 0166

DLS-2 Driver's Dome Light Fails To Operate Properly .............................................................. Vol 2, WP 0167

DRIVER'S VISION ENHANCER (DVE)

DVE-1 Driver's Vision Enhancer (DVE) Fails To Operate Properly. No related failures from
built-in test. (Replace driver's vision enhancer.) ............................................................. TM 9-2350-388-10

ELECTRICAL CHARGING SYSTEM (ECS)

ECS-1 Electrical Charging System Found Faulty ...................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0168

0020-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020

Table 1. Hull System MTP Fault Symptom Index. - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting
Procedure

ENGINE ADJUSTMENT/INSPECTION PROCEDURES

---- Clear DECU Fault History .............................................................................................. WP 0021

---- Digital Electronic Control Unit (DECU) Backup Battery Test .......................................... Vol 2, WP 0172

---- Engine Health Check ..................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0179

---- Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed Inspection/Adjustments ...................................... Vol 2, WP 0169

---- Power Turbine Stator (PTS) Inspection/Adjustments ..................................................... Vol 2, WP 0170

---- Throttle Control (TCNTL) Adjustment ............................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0171

---- Vehicle Speed Test ......................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0172.1

ENGINE SYSTEM (ESS) (Includes air filter problems)

ESS-1 Engine System CAUTION/WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display ....................... Vol 2, WP 0173

ESS-2 Engine System CAUTION/WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A
Problem Exists ............................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0174

ESS-3 Engine Fails To Respond To A TAC-IDLE Command ..................................................... Vol 2, WP 0175

ESS-4 Engine Smokes .............................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0176

ESS-5 Engine Oil Consumption Is More Than 1 Quart Per Hour .............................................. Vol 2, WP 0177

ESS-6 Starter Fails To Disengage ............................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0178

ESS-7 Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During
Operation ....................................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0180

ESS-8 Engine Does Not Shut Down With EMERGENCY SHUTOFF Tee-Handle .................... Vol 2, WP 0181

ESS-9 Engine Fails To Shut Down When ENGINE SHUTOFF Switch Is Selected ................... Vol 2, WP 0182

ESS-10 Engine Does Not Crank .................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0183

ESS-11 Digital Electronic Control Unit Reset Switch Does Not Function Properly ..................... Vol 2, WP 0184

ESS-12 Engine Or Transmission Is Seized ................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0185

ESS-13 Engine Memory Unit Status LED Does Not Illuminate ................................................... Vol 2, WP 0185.1

ESS-14 Engine Run Timer Module Does Not Increment ............................................................. Vol 2, WP 0185.2

EXTERNAL LIGHTS SYSTEM (VELS)

VELS-1 A Headlight Does Not Come On .................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0186

VELS-2 A Taillight Does Not Come On ....................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0187

VELS-3 External Lights Are On When They Should Not Be ....................................................... Vol 2, WP 0188

FINAL DRIVE (FD)

FD-1 Final Drive Leaks Oil ...................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0189

Change 1 0020-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020

Table 1. Hull System MTP Fault Symptom Index. - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting
Procedure

FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM (FES)

FES-1 Main Engine Or Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher Discharged Without A Fire ....... Vol 2, WP 0190

FES-2 Main Engine Or Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher Failed To Discharge

Automatically With A Fire ............................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0191

FES-3 Fire Extinguisher FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION And/Or MAIN ENGINE FIRE
WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display ....................................................... Vol 2, WP 0192

FES-4 FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION Message Remains On Display After FIRST
SHOT RESET Switch Is Pressed ................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0193

FES-5 Main Engine Second Shot Fire Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine
Fails To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT Switch Is Selected ....... Vol 2, WP 0194

FES-6 Main Engine Fire Was Not Extinguished When First And/Or Second Shot Bottles
Discharged ..................................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0195

FES-7 Crew And/Or Main Engine Compartment One Or More Of The Fire Extinguisher Bottles
Fail To Discharge Manually ............................................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0196

FES-8 Fire Extinguisher System Checkout And/Or Verification ................................................ Vol 2, WP 0197

---- Fire Suppression System Functional Test ...................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0198

FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM (FS)

FS-1 Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message(s) Appears On Display ................................. Vol 2, WP 0199

FS-2 Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem
Exists .............................................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0200

FS-3 Vehicle Leaks Fuel ......................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0201

FS-4 Fuel Transfer Fails To Operate Properly ......................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0202

FS-5 Fuel Level Display Is Incorrect ....................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0203

FS-6 Water Separator Does Not Automatically Discharge Collected Water ........................... Vol 2, WP 0204

FS-7 Accessory Gearbox Case Drain Leaks Fuel (Replace rotary pump.) ............................. Vol 3, WP 0317

0020-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020

Table 1. Hull System MTP Fault Symptom Index. - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting
Procedure

HULL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (HPDS)

HPDS-1 Cannot Turn On Master Power From Driver's Integrated Display ................................... Vol 2, WP 0205

HPDS-2 Cannot Turn Off Master Power From Driver's Integrated Display And/Or Hull Power
Distribution Unit .............................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0206

HPDS-3 HMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION Keeps Recurring After MASTER POWER Switch Is
Cycled OFF And ON ...................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0207

HPDS-4 Utility Jack Circuit Breaker Trips And/Or No Power Output From Utility Jack On Hull
Power Distribution Unit ................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0208

HPDS-5 Circuit Breaker CB1 On Power Interface Box (PIB) Shuts Off ....................................... Vol 2, WP 0208.1

HULL UNUSUAL CONDITIONS (HUC)

HUC-1 Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout ................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0237

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (HS)

---- Refer to Turret Manual. .................................................................................................. TM 9-2350-388-23-2

LOADER'S/DRIVER'S VISION ENHANCER (L/DVE)

L/DVE-1 Loader's/Driver's Vision Enhancer Fails To Operate Properly. No related failures from
built-in test. (Replace loader's/driver's vision enhancer.) ................................................ TM 9-2350-388-10

NATO POWER

NATO-1 Cannot Slave Start Engine Or Cannot Charge Vehicle Batteries Using External NATO
Slave Receptacle ............................................................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0238

NATO-2 NATO UTL PWR A/M Pushbutton Cannot Be Toggled Between A (Automatic) And M
(Manual) or NATO Connector and Auxiliary Bus Remain Powered When Master Power
is Off .............................................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0239

Change 1 0020-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020

Table 1. Hull System MTP Fault Symptom Index. - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting
Procedure

NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL SYSTEM (NBC)

Main NBC System

NBC-1 Main NBC System WARNING Message(s) Appear On Display ..................................... Vol 2, WP 0209

NBC-2 Main NBC System WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem
Exists And NBC Alarms Are Incorrect Or Cannot Be Heard At Crew Stations .............. Vol 2, WP 0210

NBC-3 Main NBC System Does Not Turn On Or Off Or Has No Airflow ................................... Vol 2, WP 0211

NBC-4 Main NBC System Temperature Controller Does Not Adjust Air Temperature ............... Vol 2, WP 0212

NBC-5 Main NBC System Has Low Airflow With Main NBC System On ................................... Vol 2, WP 0213

NBC-6 Main NBC System Has Low Or No Airflow At Crew Orifices With Main NBC System On Vol 2, WP 0214

NBC-8 Main NBC System Airflow Is Unsteady (Surges) During Operation ............................... Vol 2, WP 0180

NBC-9 NBC Reset ..................................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0216

Backup NBC System

NBC-7 Backup NBC System Does Not Operate Properly Or Fails Semiannual Inspection ...... Vol 2, WP 0215

PERSONNEL HEATER SYSTEM (PHS)

PHS-1 Personnel Heater Does Not Operate Properly ............................................................... Vol 2, WP 0217

POSITION/NAVIGATION SYSTEM (POS/NAV)

---- This system is covered by the built-in diagnostics. ......................................................... N/A

PULSE JET SYSTEM (PJS)

PJS-1 Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean Air Filters ................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0218

PJS-2 Pulse Jet System Does Not Scavenge Dirt From Air Box .............................................. Vol 2, WP 0219

REAR VIEW SENSOR SYSTEM (RVSS)

RVSS-1 Rear View Video Does Not Appear On Displays ............................................................ Vol 2, WP 0188.1

RVSS-2 Function Switches On Camera Control Unit Do Not Operate Properly .......................... Vol 2, WP 0188.2

SMOKE GENERATOR SYSTEM (SGS)

SGS-1 Smoke Generator Does Not Produce Smoke ................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0220

0020-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020

Table 1. Hull System MTP Fault Symptom Index. - Continued

Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting
Procedure

STEERING SYSTEM (SS)

SS-1 No Steering Control ........................................................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0221

SS-2 Tank Pulls To One Side With Steer Bar In Center Position ............................................ Vol 2, WP 0222

SS-3 Tank Steers Well In One Direction Only ......................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0220

SS-4 No Full Steer In Either Direction ..................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0220

SUSPENSION SYSTEM (SSS)

SSS-1 Roadwheel Hub Or Idler Hub Is Too Hot ........................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0223

SSS-2 Support Roller Hub Is Too Hot ....................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0224

SSS-3 Unusual Track Noise ...................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0225

SSS-4 Degraded Suspension (unusually rough ride) ................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0226

SSS-5 One Or More Shock Absorber Housings Are Colder Than Others After Tank Operation Vol 2, WP 0226

SSS-6 Shock Absorber Will Not Maintain Proper Oil Level ....................................................... Vol 2, WP 0226

SSS-7 Track Tension Will Not Adjust ......................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0227

SSS-8 Tank Does Not Sit Level On Level Ground ..................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0228

SSS-9 Shock Absorber Oil Is Milky ........................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0229

SSS-10 Roadwheel And Compensating Idler Hub Oil Is Milky .................................................... Vol 2, WP 0230

SSS-11 Number 1 Skirt Wear ...................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0231

SSS-12 Clearance Between End Connector And Number 1 Skirt Is Less Than 1/8-inch ........... Vol 2, WP 0231

SSS-13 Loose Idler Wheel Nuts .................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0232

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (XMSN)

XMSN-1 Transmission Leaks Oil .................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0233

XMSN-2 Transmission Does Not Shift Properly ............................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0234

XMSN-3 Transmission CAUTION/WARNING Message(s) Appear On Display ............................ Vol 2, WP 0235

XMSN-4 Transmission CAUTION/WARNING Message(s) Do Not Appear On Display When A

Problem Exists ............................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0236

TURRET POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (TPDS)

---- Refer to Turret Manual. .................................................................................................. TM 9-2350-388-23-2

WIRING HARNESSES (HAR)

HHAR-1 Hull Wiring Harness Faulty ............................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0240

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0020-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0021

FIELD MAINTENANCE
CLEAR DECU FAULT HISTORY

INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable

1
NOTE
DECU fault history can only be cleared once per power up.
• Clear digital electronic control unit fault history from driver's
integrated display.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press RESET switch (to clear cautions) until
MAINT/BACKUP switch appears.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT OFF/ON switch to OFF.
• Press RESET switch (to clear cautions).
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Press DECU/APU/TMS MAINT switch.
• Press CLEAR FAULT HISTORY switch and wait for
CLEAR HISTORY COMPLETED message.
• Press RETURN switch twice.
• Perform the following steps if you need to exit DIAG mode.
• Press MAIN MENU switch.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT OFF/ON switch to ON.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0021-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0022

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL UTILITY BUS FAILS BIT OR AUTO FIT PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0686
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0687
Vol 4, WP 0688
References Vol 4, WP 0689
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0690
WP 0023 Vol 4, WP 0691
Vol 4, WP 0581 Vol 4, WP 0692
Vol 4, WP 0582 Vol 4, WP 0693
Vol 4, WP 0583 Vol 4, WP 0694
Vol 4, WP 0584 Vol 4, WP 0695
Vol 4, WP 0585 Vol 4, WP 0696
Vol 4, WP 0586 Vol 4, WP 0697
Vol 4, WP 0587 Vol 4, WP 0698
Vol 4, WP 0600 Vol 4, WP 0699
Vol 4, WP 0602 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 4, WP 0677

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• The following is a list of high priority utility bus TP numbers. If
any of these TP numbers show up with the TP number you
are troubleshooting, do these TP numbers first:
TP 120, TP 122 thru TP 127, TP 145, TP 170, TP 172 thru TP
177, or TP 195.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect harness connectors listed in Hull Utility Bus TP
Reference Table (WP 0023) for your TP number.
• Check for kinks, crimps, damage, loose backshells, bent or
broken pins, or corrosion on connectors.

Were there any kinks, crimps, damage, loose backshells,

bent or broken pins, or corrosion found on connectors?

0022-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0022

NO YES
2 3
• Connect harness connectors listed in Hull Utility Bus TP • Clean, tighten, or replace faulty component.
Reference Table (WP 0023) that were disconnected. • Refer to Table 1. Replacement Index.
• Run Utility Bus A and Utility Bus B BIT and UTILITY BUS • Verify problem is solved.
AUTO FIT and note TP number displayed.

Was any TP number displayed?

YES NO
4 5
• Do TP Follow-on Procedure listed in Hull Utility Bus TP • Problem solved.
Reference Table (WP 0023) for TP number displayed.

Table 1. Replacement Index.

Assembly or Harness Reference
Analog Input Module (AIM) 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600)
Branched Wiring Harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4, WP 0677)
Harness 1W625-7 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Harness 1W632-7 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Harness 1W633-7 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Hull Mission Processor Unit (HMPU) (Vol 4, WP 0609)
Hull Power Distribution Unit (Vol 4, WP 0602)
Remote Switching Module (RSM) 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585)
Remote Switching Module (RSM) 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586)
Remote Switching Module (RSM) 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587)
Slipring Assembly Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Utility Bus Coupler 1T610 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Utility Bus Coupler 1T611 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Utility Bus Coupler 1T612 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Utility Bus Coupler 1T613 Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Utility Bus Coupler (UBC) 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581)
Utility Bus Coupler (UBC) 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582)
Utility Bus Coupler (UBC) 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583)
Utility Bus Coupler (UBC) 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584)
Wiring Harness 2W610-8 (Vol 4, WP 0686)
Wiring Harness 2W611-8 (Vol 4, WP 0687)
Wiring Harness 2W612-8 (Vol 4, WP 0688)
Wiring Harness 2W613-8 (Vol 4, WP 0689)
Wiring Harness 2W614-7 (Vol 4, WP 0690)
Wiring Harness 2W615-8 (Vol 4, WP 0691)
Wiring Harness 2W616-8 (Vol 4, WP 0692)
Wiring Harness 2W617-8 (Vol 4, WP 0693)
Wiring Harness 2W618-8 (Vol 4, WP 0694)
Wiring Harness 2W619-8 (Vol 4, WP 0695)
Wiring Harness 2W620-8 (Vol 4, WP 0696)
Wiring Harness 2W621-7 (Vol 4, WP 0697)
Wiring Harness 2W622-8 (Vol 4, WP 0698)
Wiring Harness 2W623-8 (Vol 4, WP 0699)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0022-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0023

FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL UTILITY BUS TP REFERENCE TABLE

This table is a reference for Hull Utility Bus Fails Bit Or Auto Fit Procedure (WP 0022).
Table 1. Hull Utility Bus TP Reference
Message Action
TP 111 or TP 115 • Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P2 from J1 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Do TP 111 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 112 or TP 116 • Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 112 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 113 or TP 117 • Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 113 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 114 or TP 118 • Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 114 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 119 or TP 121 • Disconnect 2W611-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P2 from J9 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Do TP 119 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 120 • Disconnect 2W614-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Do TP 120 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0027).
TP 123 or TP 125 • Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Do TP 123 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0028).
TP 124 or TP 145 • Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Do TP 124 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0029).

0023-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0023

Table 1. Hull Utility Bus TP Reference - Continued

Message Action
TP 126 or TP 127 • Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Do TP 126 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0030).
TP 161 or TP 165 • Disconnect 2W622-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P2 from J2 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Do TP 161 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 162 or TP 166 • Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 162 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 163 or TP 167 • Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 163 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 164 or TP 168 • Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 164 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 169 or TP 171 • Disconnect 2W617-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P2 from J10 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Do TP 169 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 170 • Disconnect 2W621-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P2 from J8 on mission processor unit (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Do TP 170 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0032).
TP 173 or TP 175 • Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Do TP 173 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0033).
TP 174 or TP 195 • Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Do TP 174 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0034).

0023-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0023

Table 1. Hull Utility Bus TP Reference - Continued

Message Action
TP 176 or TP 177 • Disconnect 1W633-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Do TP 176 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0035).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1

CHAPTER 3

TROUBLESHOOTING - TP FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURES

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 018 THRU TP 021 OR TP 029 THRU TP 032 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0576
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0579
Vol 4, WP 0580
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 4, WP 0678
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0679
Two Vol 4, WP 0680
Vol 4, WP 0681
References
Vol 4, WP 0682
Page xxxv
Vol 4, WP 0683
WP 0008
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0684
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4 Vol 4, WP 0685
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• If TP 022 or TP 033 is displayed with any other TP number, go
to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do action for
that TP number (WP 0008).
• If TP 021 or TP 032 is displayed, that TP must be done first
and DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT rerun.
• If multiple TP numbers are displayed, select only one
procedure and complete all troubleshooting and
maintenance actions before continuing.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Was any number from TP 018 to TP 021 displayed?

0024-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P2 from J2 on data bus • Go to block 8.
coupler 1 (2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W601-8/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W601-8/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler 1 • Go to block 11 in procedure TP 001 and continue testing.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P2 from J2 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W625-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 1W625-7/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler A2 (1T630) • Go to block 11.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 3

8
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P3 from J2 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W601-8/P3 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
9 10
• Connect 2W601-8/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler 2 • Go to block 11 in procedure TP 002 and continue testing.
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P3 from J2 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W625-7/P3 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0024-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

NO YES
From block 7
11 12
Did DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT display list any combined • Connect 1W625-7/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler B2 (1T631)
numbers from TP 018 to TP 032 that match the TP numbers (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
listed in Table 1? • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
13 14
• If disconnected, connect 1W625-7/P2 to J2 on data bus • Go to table and do action listed for the combined TP num-
coupler A2 (1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20). bers displayed.
• If disconnected, connect 1W625-7/P3 to J2 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler B2 (1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • If problem is not solved, go to block 13 and continue testing.
• Go to block number listed below for the TP number displayed
and continue testing.
• TP 018, block 22 Table 1
• TP 019, block 29 TP numbers Replace data bus coupler
• TP 020, block 36 listed below:
• TP 021, block 43 018, 019 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• TP 029, block 50
• TP 030, block 57 018, 019, 020 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• TP 031, block 64 018, 019, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• TP 032, block 15
018, 020 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
From block 13
018, 020, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
018, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
15
• Disconnect 2W606-7/P1 from J3 on data bus coupler 2 019, 020 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). 019, 020, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• Connect 2W606-7/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). 019, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
020, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
displayed.
029, 030 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
Did same TP number appear on display?
029, 030, 031 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 030, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 031 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 031, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
030, 031 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
030, 031, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
030, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
031, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)

0024-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

YES NO
16 17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W606-7/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 2 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W606-7/P2 from J10 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W606-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
18 19
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Replace wiring harness 2W606-7 (Vol 4, WP 0682).
2W606-7/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W606-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
20 21
• Connect 2W606-7/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W606-7 (Vol 4, WP 0682).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

22
• Disconnect 2W603-8/P1 from J4 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W603-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
23 24
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W603-8/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W603-8/P2 from J2 on position navigation unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W603-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
25 26
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W603-8 (Vol 4, WP 0679).
on 2W603-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W603-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
27 28
• Connect 2W603-8/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W603-8 (Vol 4, WP 0679).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace position navigation unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

29
• Disconnect 2W604-8/P1 from J5 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W604-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W604-8/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W604-8/P2 from J2 on driver's integrated dis-
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W604-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
32 33
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W604-8 (Vol 4, WP 0680).
on 2W604-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W604-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
34 35
• Connect 2W604-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W604-8 (Vol 4, WP 0680).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

36
• Disconnect 2W605-8/P1 from J6 on data bus
coupler 1 (2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W605-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
37 38
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W605-8/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W605-8/P2 from J5 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W605-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
39 40
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W605-8 (Vol 4, WP 0681).
on 2W605-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W605-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
41 42
• Connect 2W605-8/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W605-8 (Vol 4, WP 0681).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

43
• Disconnect 2W602-7/P1 from J3 on data bus
coupler 1 (2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W602-7/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note
TP number displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
44 45
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W602-7/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W602-7/P2 from J9 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W602-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
46 47
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W602-7 (Vol 4, WP 0678).
on 2W602-7/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W602-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
48 49
• Connect 2W602-7/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W602-7 (Vol 4, WP 0678).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

50
• Disconnect 2W607-8/P1 from J4 on data bus
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W607-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP
number displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
51 52
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W607-8/P1 from J1 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W607-8/P2 from J3 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W607-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
53 54
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W607-8 (Vol 4, WP 0683).
on 2W607-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W607-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
55 56
• Connect 2W607-8/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W607-8 (Vol 4, WP 0683).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace position navigation unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

57
• Disconnect 2W608-8/P1 from J5 on data bus
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W608-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP
number displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
58 59
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W608-8/P1 from J1 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W608-8/P2 from J3 on driver's
integrated display (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W608-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
60 61
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W608-8 (Vol 4, WP 0684).
on 2W608-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W608-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
62 63
• Connect 2W608-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W608-8 (Vol 4, WP 0684).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
• Verify problem is solved.

0024-11
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024

From block 13

64
• Disconnect 2W609-8/P1 from J6 on data bus
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W609-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP
number displayed.

Did same TP number appear on display?

YES NO
65 66
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W609-8/P1 from J1 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W609-8/P2 from J6 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W609-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
67 68
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W609-8 (Vol 4, WP 0685).
on 2W609-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W609-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
69 70
• Connect 2W609-8/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W609-8 (Vol 4, WP 0685).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0024-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 100 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0582
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0585
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0677
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0686
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 Vol 4, WP 0687
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23 Vol 4, WP 0688
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0689
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0690
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3 Vol 4, WP 0691
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5 Vol 4, WP 0692
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Vol 4, WP 0581

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P2 from J9 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W611-8/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 5.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W610-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0025-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3 • Go to block 46.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 7.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P4 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power • Go to block 27.
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 8.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P1 listed below:
• M and N
• M and P
• N and P

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Go to block 63.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0025-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

YES NO
10 11
• Disconnect 1W616-7/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler A3 • Go to block 24.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
12 13
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus • Go to block 21.
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
14 15
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret • Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T610.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect 1W616-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler A3 • Verify problem is solved.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P2 from J2 on loader's remote
switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W618-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
16 17
• Replace wiring harness 1W618-7. • Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0025-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 65

18
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W617-7/P2 from J2 on commander's
remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 3).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W617-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
19 20
• Connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus • Replace wiring harness 1W617-7.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace commander's remote switching • Verify problem is solved.
module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 13

21
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W616-7/P2 from J7 on turret mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W616-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
22 23
• Replace wiring harness 1W616-7. • Connect 1W616-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace turret mission processor unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0025-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 11

24
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P2 from J6 on fire control
electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W615-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
25 26
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus • Replace wiring harness 1W615-7.
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace fire control electronics unit. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 7

27
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
28 29
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 • Go to block 41.
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus
coupler 1 (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0025-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

YES NO
30 31
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus • Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
coupler 1 (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace wiring harness 2W611-8 (Vol 4, WP 0687).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
32 33
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1 • Go to block 38.
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
34 35
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P2 from J2 on remote
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W613-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0025-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

NO YES
36 37
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W613-8 (Vol 4, WP 0689).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A104
(Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 33

38
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P2 from J2 on remote
switching module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W612-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
39 40
• Replace wiring harness 2W612-8 (Vol 4, WP 0688). • Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1
• Verify problem is solved. (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102
(Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved.

0025-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 29

41
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P4 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
42 43
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 4, WP 0677).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
44 45
• Connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace wiring harness 1W625-7. • Replace hull/turret slipring assembly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0025-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 5

46
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
47 48
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W610-8 (Vol 4, WP 0686).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
49 50
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus • Go to block 60.
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0025-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

YES NO
51 52
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus • Go to block 57.
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
53 54
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching
module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W616-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
55 56
• Replace wiring harness 2W616-8 (Vol 4, WP 0692). • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 2
• Verify problem is solved. (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103
(Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved.

0025-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 52

57
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P2 from J1 on analog input
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W615-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
58 59
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W615-8 (Vol 4, WP 0691).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 50

60
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W614-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
61 62
• Replace wiring harness 2W614-7 (Vol 4, WP 0690). • Connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2
• Verify problem is solved. (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.

0025-11
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 9

63
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W617-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 64 and 66.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W632-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
64 65
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus • Go to block 18.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
66 67
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus • Go to block 70.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
68 69
• Connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A4 • Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus • Replace utility bus coupler 1T612.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace wiring harness 1W632-7. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0025-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025

From block 67

70
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P2 from J2 on remote
switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W630-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
71 72
• Replace wiring harness 1W630-7. • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025-13/14 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 111 THRU TP 119, TP 121, TP 161 THRU TP 169, OR TP 171 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0582
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0583
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0584
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0687
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0688
WP 0025 Vol 4, WP 0689
WP 0031 Vol 4, WP 0691
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0692
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0693
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 Vol 4, WP 0694
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23 Vol 4, WP 0695
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24 Vol 4, WP 0698
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19 Vol 4, WP 0699
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Vol 4, WP 0581

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Was any number from TP 111 to TP 119 or TP 121

displayed?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus • Go to block 6.
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 19).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0026-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026

YES NO
4 5
• Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025). • Go to block 7.

From block 3

6
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 21).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
From block 5
7 8
NOTE • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
If multiple TP numbers are displayed, select one procedure and
complete all troubleshooting and maintenance actions before
continuing.
• Go to block number listed below for the TP number displayed
and continue testing.
• TP 111 or TP 115, block 9.
• TP 112 or TP 116, block 14.
• TP 113 or TP 117, block 19.
• TP 114 or TP 118, block 24.
• TP 119 or TP 121, block 29.
• TP 161 or TP 165, block 34.
• TP 162 or TP 166, block 39.
• TP 163 or TP 167, block 44.
• TP 164 or TP 168, block 49.
• TP 169 or TP 171, block 54.

From block 7

9
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.

Did TP 111 or TP 115 appear on display?

0026-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026

YES NO
10 11
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P2 from J1 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W615-8/P2.
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W615-8/P1.

(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W616-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
27 28
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621) • Replace wiring harness 2W616-8 (Vol 4, WP 0692).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved.

0026-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026

(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W619-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
42 43
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W619-8 (Vol 4, WP 0695).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.

0026-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026

(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W617-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
57 58
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W617-8 (Vol 4, WP 0693).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0026-11/12 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0027

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 120 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0582
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0609
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0690
WP 0025 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 19).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

Did TP 120 appear on display?

YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0027-5/6 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 123 OR TP 125 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0581
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0677
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-23-2
WP 0025
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler A2 • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W610-8/P2.
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0028-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Go to block 14.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P4.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring • Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on • Replace utility bus coupler 1T610.
1W625-7/P1. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W625-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

Change 1 0028-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, • Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Replace wiring harness 1W625-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on
2W601-8/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). WP 0677).
• Replace hull/turret slipring assembly. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0028-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028

From block 5

14
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).

Are you troubleshooting for TP 123?

YES NO
15 16
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Go to block 26.
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 123 appear on display?

YES NO
17 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 23.
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 123 appear on display?

YES NO
19 20
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 123 appear on display?

YES NO
21 22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0028-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028

From block 18

23
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 123 appear on display?

YES NO
24 25
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace analog input module (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 16

26
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 125 appear on display?

YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 33.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 125 appear on display?

0028-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028

YES NO
29 30
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.

Did TP 125 appear on display?

YES NO
31 32
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace turret mission processor unit. • Replace fire control electronics unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 28

33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 125 appear on display?

YES NO
34 35
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0028-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 124 OR TP 145 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0581
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0582
Vol 4, WP 0585
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0586
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0686
WP 0025 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission processor • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W614-7/P2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0029-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit • Go to block 10.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W610-8/P2.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W610-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 2W610-8 (Vol 4, WP 0686). • Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0029-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029

From block 5

10
• Connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Are you troubleshooting for TP 124?

YES NO
11 12
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A2 • Go to block 15.
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 124 appear on display?

YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0029-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029

From block 12

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0029-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0030

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 126 OR TP 127 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0025
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19) listed
below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1 • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P4.
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P2 from J2 on gunner's remote switch-
ing module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W630-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0030-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0030

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 1W630-7/P2 to J2 on gunner's remote switching • Go to block 10.
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T612.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W632-7/P2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 1W632-7. • Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace utility bus coupler 1T610.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0030-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0030

From block 5

10
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W630-7/P2 to J2 on gunner's remote switching
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 126 or TP 127 appear on display?

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109. • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0030-3/4 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 150 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0584
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0585
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0677
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0693
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 Vol 4, WP 0694
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24 Vol 4, WP 0695
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0696
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0697
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3 Vol 4, WP 0698
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5 Vol 4, WP 0699
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Vol 4, WP 0583

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P2 from J10 on hull power
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W617-8/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 4 • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W620-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0031-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W617-8/P2 to J10 on hull power distribution unit • Go to block 46.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 7, 27, 28, 30, and 32.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P5 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Go to block 27.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 8, 10, and 13.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P1 listed below:
• R and S
• R and T
• S and T

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Go to block 63.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
10 11
• Disconnect 1W620-7/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Go to block 24.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

Change 1 0031-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

YES NO
12 13
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus • Go to block 21.
coupler B3 (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
14 15
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring • Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T611.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect 1W620-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Verify problem is solved.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P2 from J3 on loader's remote switch-
ing module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W622-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
16 17
• Replace wiring harness 1W622-7. • Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0031-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 65

18
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W621-7/P2 from J3 on commander's remote
switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W621-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
19 20
• Replace wiring harness 1W621-7. • Connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
From block 13 • Verify problem is solved.

21
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W620-7/P2 from J8 on turret mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W620-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
22 23
• Replace wiring harness 1W620-7. • Connect 1W620-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace turret mission processor unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0031-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 11

24
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P2 from J8 on fire control electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W619-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
25 26
• Replace wiring harness 1W619-7. • Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace fire control electronics unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
From block 7 • Verify problem is solved.

27
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
28 29
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler 4 • Go to block 41.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0031-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

YES NO
30 31
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 4 • Go to block 60.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
32 33
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 4 • Go to block 38.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
34 35
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W623-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

Change 1 0031-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

YES NO
36 37
• Replace wiring harness 2W623-8 (Vol 4, WP 0699). • Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 4
• Verify problem is solved. (2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
From block 33 • Verify problem is solved.

38
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P2 from J2 on analog input
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W622-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
39 40
• Replace wiring harness 2W622-8 (Vol 4, WP 0698). • Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4
• Verify problem is solved. (2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.

0031-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 29

41
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P5 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
42 43
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). WP 0677).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts • Verify problem is solved.
on 1W625-7/P5 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
44 45
• Connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace wiring harness 1W625-7. • Replace hull/turret slipring assembly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0031-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 5

46
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W620-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
47 48
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W620-8 (Vol 4, WP 0696).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 49 and 51.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W620-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
49 50
• Connect 2W617-8/P2 to J10 on hull power distribution unit • Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 3 • Replace wiring harness 2W617-8 (Vol 4, WP 0693).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0031-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

YES NO
51 52
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 3 • Go to block 57.
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
53 54
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W619-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
55 56
• Replace wiring harness 2W619-8 (Vol 4, WP 0695). • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0031-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 52

57
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W618-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
58 59
• Replace wiring harness 2W618-8 (Vol 4, WP 0694). • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
From block 31 • Verify problem is solved.

60
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P2 from J8 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W621-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
61 62
• Replace wiring harness 2W621-7 (Vol 4, WP 0697). • Connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.

0031-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 9

63
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W621-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 64 and 66.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W633-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
64 65
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4 • Go to block 18.
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
66 67
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler B4 • Go to block 70.
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
68 69
• Connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Replace utility bus coupler 1T613.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace wiring harness 1W633-7. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0031-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031

From block 67

70
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W631-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
71 72
• Replace wiring harness 1W631-7. • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0031-13/14 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 170 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0584
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0609
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0697
WP 0031 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 21).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P2 from J8 on hull mission processor • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W621-7/P2.
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0032-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Go to block 8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W621-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Replace wiring harness 2W621-7 (Vol 4, WP 0697). • Connect 2W621-7/P2 to J8 on hull mission processor unit
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 170 appear on display?

YES NO
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0032-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032

Change 1 0033-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, • Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Replace wiring harness 1W625-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on
2W601-8/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). WP 0677).
• Replace hull/turret slipring assembly. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0033-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033

From block 5

14
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).

Are you troubleshooting for TP 173?

YES NO
15 16
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler B2 • Go to block 26.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 173 appear on display?

NO YES
17 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 23.
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 173 appear on display?

YES NO
19 20
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 173 appear on display?

YES NO
21 22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0033-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033

From block 18

23
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 173 appear on display?

YES NO
24 25
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 16

26
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 175 appear on display?

YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 33.
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 175 appear on display?

0033-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033

YES NO
29 30
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.

Did TP 175 appear on display?

YES NO
31 32
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace turret mission processor unit or improved hull mis- • Replace fire control electronics unit.
sion processor unit. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 28

33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 175 appear on display?

YES NO
34 35
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0033-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0034

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 174 OR TP 195 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0583
Vol 4, WP 0584
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0585
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0696
Page xxxv
WP 0031

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod- • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W619-8/P2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0034-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0034

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W619-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 3 • Go to block 10.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P2.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler B2 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 2W620-8 (Vol 4, WP 0696). • Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
• Verify problem is solved.

0034-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0034

From block 5

10
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W619-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 174 or TP 195 appear on display?

YES NO
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 174 or TP 195 appear on display?

YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0034-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0035

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 176 OR TP 177 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0031
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21) listed
below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B2 • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P5.
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P2 from J3 on gunner's remote switch-
ing module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W631-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0035-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0035

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 1W631-7/P2 to J3 on gunner's remote switching • Go to block 10.
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W633-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T613.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W633-7/P2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W633-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 1W633-7. • Connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace utility bus coupler 1T611.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

0035-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0035

From block 5

10
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W631-7/P2 to J3 on gunner's remote switching
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.

Did TP 176 or TP 177 appear on display?

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109. • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 200 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0262
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0673
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 5, WP 0780
Vol 5, WP 0782
References Vol 5, WP 0814
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2

1
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting, before doing
any work (Page xxxv).
• If you are unable to answer the following question, drive
vehicle on hard smooth surface for a known distance of at
least 1 mile (1.6Km) and check odometer reading for
accuracy.

Does odometer read accurately?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace position/navigation unit.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 200 ohms between contacts 4 and 97 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show less than 200 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 14.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for block 6.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W103-7/P3 listed below:
• 4 and 97
• 4 and connector body
• 97 and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0036-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Go to block 21.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • Verify problem is solved.
3W104-9/P1 listed below:
• L and M
• L and N
• M and N

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
10 11
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
NOTE • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
The magnetic speed pickup coil is in the governor speed trans- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
mitter. The governor speed transmitter, including • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
interconnecting harness, is inside transmission. • Verify problem is solved.
• Remove governor cover from transmission (Vol 5,
WP 0780).
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Disconnect connector (1) from governor speed
transmitter (2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
3W104-9/P1 listed below:
• L and M
• L and N
• M and N

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0036-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036

NO YES
12 13
• Replace governor speed transmitter (Vol 5, WP 0782). • Brake branched wiring harness is faulty, replace
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 5

14
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Connect jumper between contacts M and N on
2W103-7/J2.
• Test for continuity between contacts 4 and 97 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Connect jumper between contacts P and R on 3W104-9/P4. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts M and N on
3W104-9/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0036-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036

YES NO
17 18
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
NOTE • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
The magnetic speed pickup coil is in the governor speed trans- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
mitter. The governor speed transmitter, including • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
interconnecting harness, is inside transmission. • Verify problem is solved.
• Remove governor cover from transmission (Vol 5,
WP 0780).
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Disconnect connector (1) from governor speed
transmitter (GST) (2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on GST connec-
tor.
• Test for continuity between contacts M and N on
3W104-9/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
19 20
• Replace governor speed transmitter (Vol 5, WP 0782). • Brake branched wiring harness is faulty, replace
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 7

21
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.

Does symptom still exist?

YES NO
22 23
• Replace governor speed transmitter (Vol 5, WP 0782). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0036-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 240 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxv Vol 7, WP 1340
WP 0005 Vol 7, WP 1342
WP 0008 Vol 7, WP 1343
WP 0021 Vol 7, WP 1344
Vol 2, WP 0180 Vol 7, WP 1351
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17 Vol 7, WP 1352
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19 Vol 7, WP 1354
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20 Vol 7, WP 1355
Vol 3, WP 0260 Vol 7, WP 1357
Vol 3, WP 0263 Vol 7, WP 1358
Vol 3, WP 0285 Vol 7, WP 1359
Vol 3, WP 0286 Vol 7, WP 1360
Vol 3, WP 0376 Vol 7, WP 1361
Vol 4, WP 0596 Vol 7, WP 1362
Vol 6, WP 1178 Vol 7, WP 1363
Vol 7, WP 1315 Vol 7, WP 1364
Vol 7, WP 1325 Vol 7, WP 1366
Vol 7, WP 1326 Vol 7, WP 1367
Vol 7, WP 1331 Vol 7, WP 1368
Vol 7, WP 1336 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 7, WP 1339

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting, before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

0037-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037

YES NO
2 3
Does engine shut down automatically during vehicle • Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
operation? • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers)
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

NO YES
4 5
• Set main NBC system to ON. • Go to block 12.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Does engine shut down when operating with main NBC

system set to ON?

NO YES
6 7
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 21.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers)
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

Does AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM show GO?

NO YES
8 9
Does display show TP 240? • Problem solved.

YES NO
10 11
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
• Verify problem is solved. (WP 0008).

0037-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037

From block 5

12
• Check if center screw (1) on turbine exhaust duct (2) is loose
or missing.

Was screw loose or missing?

NO YES
13 14
• Remove main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178). • Tighten or replace screw (Vol 3, WP 0260).
• Install hydraulic test cover (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Verify problem is solved.
• Press STARTER ONLY switch on driver's integrated display
for 20 to 30 seconds and then release.
• Start and run engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Does engine shut down when operating without main

hydraulic centrifugal pump installed?

0037-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037

YES NO
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Shut down engine.
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Start engine. • Replace main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Check for air leak at fuel drain gate valve (3) and combustor • Verify problem is solved.
safety relief valve (4).

Is there an air leak?

YES NO
17 18
• Remove fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combus- • Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376).
tor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286) and check for dirt or • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
other matter that could cause sticking. Press spring loaded • Verify problem is solved.
plates, and check for smooth operation with no binding or
sticking.

Do valves operate smoothly without sticking?

YES NO
19 20
• Install fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combustor • Replace faulty valve:
safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286). • Fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285).
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Combustor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 7

21
NOTE
Engine is shutting down because of an air leak in the NBC
system or low engine power. If engine will not run for remainder
of tests, visually inspect NBC components in
block 22 for breaks, cracks, or loose connections.
• Press STARTER ONLY switch for 20 to 30 seconds and then
release.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set main NBC system to ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

0037-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037

22
• Check for breaks, cracks, loose connections, and leaks at
components listed below:
• Anti-ice servo assembly (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Anti-ice valve inlet NBC duct
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Anti-ice valve outlet NBC duct
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Bleed air inlet metallic bent tube
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Front anti-ice valve assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Hose (air circulating duct to condenser)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (air circulating duct to pipeline separator)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to anti-ice valve
assembly) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to condenser)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to manifold)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to tubeaxial fan)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Hose (manifold to anti-ice valve assembly)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (pressure regulating valve to air circulating duct)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (water extractor to duct)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Hose, filter assembly, and tube assembly (air circulating
duct to manifold) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• NBC heat exchanger (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• NBC water spray cap (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Particle pipeline separator (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Precooler (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Precooler air outlet (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Pressure regulating flow valve
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Temperature control valve assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Temperature control valve inlet NBC duct
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Tube assembly (air circulating duct to pipeline
separator) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Tube assembly (manifold to temperature control valve
assembly) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Venturi air circulating duct (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Water extractor (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).

Are there any breaks, cracks, leaks, or loose connections?

0037-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037

NO YES
23 24
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do procedure for ESS-7, Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent • Replace or tighten components that were found faulty.
Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During Op- • Refer to Table 1. Replacement Index.
eration (Vol 2, WP 0180). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• If engine power is acceptable, NBC system has an air leak. • Verify problem is solved.
Notify your supervisor.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).

Table 1. Replacement Index

Assembly or Harness Reference
Anti-ice servo assembly (Vol 7, WP 1344)
Anti-ice valve inlet NBC duct (Vol 7, WP 1355)
Anti-ice valve outlet NBC duct (Vol 7, WP 1354)
Bleed air inlet metallic bent tube (Vol 7, WP 1351)
Front anti-ice valve assembly (Vol 7, WP 1342)
Hose (air circulating duct to condenser) (Vol 7, WP 1358)
Hose (air circulating duct to pipeline separator) (Vol 7, WP 1359)
Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to anti-ice valve assembly) (Vol 7, WP 1364)
Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to condenser) (Vol 7, WP 1362)
Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to manifold) (Vol 7, WP 1363)
Hose (anti-ice valve assembly to tubeaxial fan) (Vol 7, WP 1361)
Hose (manifold to anti-ice valve assembly) (Vol 7, WP 1367)
Hose (pressure regulating valve to air circulating duct) (Vol 7, WP 1357)
Hose (water extractor to duct) (Vol 7, WP 1340)
Hose, filter assembly, and tube assembly
(air circulating duct to manifold) (Vol 7, WP 1360)
Manifold (Vol 7, WP 1368)
NBC heat exchanger (Vol 7, WP 1331)
NBC water spray cap (Vol 7, WP 1336)
Particle pipeline separator (Vol 7, WP 1315)
Precooler (Vol 7, WP 1325)
Pressure regulating flow valve (Vol 7, WP 1326)
Temperature control valve assembly (Vol 7, WP 1343)
Temperature control valve inlet NBC duct (Vol 7, WP 1352)
Tube assembly (air circulating duct to pipeline separator) (Vol 7, WP 1359)
Tube assembly (manifold to temperature control valve
assembly) (Vol 7, WP 1366)
Venturi air circulating duct (Vol 7, WP 1326)
Water extractor (Vol 7, WP 1339)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0037-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0038

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 241 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxv Vol 3, WP 0318
WP 0005 Vol 3, WP 0412
WP 0008 Vol 3, WP 0413
WP 0012 Vol 4, WP 0441
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0497
Vol 2, WP 0254 Vol 4, WP 0498
Vol 3, WP 0305 Vol 4, WP 0504
Vol 3, WP 0317 TM 9-2350-388-10

1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

YES NO
2 3
Does engine run normally? • Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 of WP 0005.
• Repeat TP 241 when starting problem is fixed.

NO YES
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 of WP 0005 and continue testing.

Does AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM show GO?

0038-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0038

NO YES
6 7
Does display show TP 241? • Do Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012).

YES NO
8 9
• Remove air cleaner assembly intake filter elements • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
(Vol 3, WP 0412). action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
• Inspect elements and plenum for contamination and water (WP 0008).
(Vol 3, WP 0412).

Is there water or contamination?

NO YES
10 11
• Check main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling (1) for proper • Clean air cleaner assembly intake filter elements
connection. (Vol 3, WP 0413). If water is present in plenum, remove.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Was coupling connected properly? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
12 13
• Start engine. • Connect main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling (1) for leaks. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Shut down engine. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Was coupling leaking?

0038-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0038

NO YES
14 15
• Check to see if emergency engine shutoff tee handle is • Replace part that was found leaking.
pushed all the way in. • For fuel outlet hose assembly (Vol 4, WP 0504).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • For in-line pressure fluid filter to liquid/water separator
tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0305).
Was tee handle pushed all the way in? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
16 17
• Check emergency engine shutoff valve control assembly for • Push in emergency engine shutoff tee handle.
proper adjustment (Vol 4, WP 0498). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Was valve adjusted properly? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
18 19
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317) and inspect shaft • Adjust or repair emergency engine shutoff valve assembly
splines (2) for damage. (Vol 4, WP 0497).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Were splines damaged? • Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
20 21
• Try to turn rotary pump shaft (3) by hand. • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317) and spur gearshaft
(Vol 3, WP 0318).
Did shaft turn freely? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
22 23
• Install rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317). • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317) and spur gearshaft
• Do Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (Vol 3, WP 0318).
for fuel system (Vol 2, WP 0254) and clean fuel tanks (Vol 4, • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021)
WP 0441). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 244 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 3, WP 0280
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 3, WP 0281
Chemical and oil protective gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0287
Item 105) Vol 3, WP 0290
Inspection mirror (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 163) Vol 3, WP 0303
Liquid measure, 8 quart capacity (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0304
Item 162) Vol 3, WP 0309
Metal pail, 3-gallon (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 172) Vol 3, WP 0313
Nonmetallic hose assembly (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0317
Item 142) Vol 3, WP 0318
Stopwatch (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 257) Vol 3, WP 0396
Vol 4, WP 0439
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0454
Two Vol 4, WP 0458
Vol 4, WP 0495
References Vol 4, WP 0497
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0502
WP 0005 Vol 4, WP 0504
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0518
Vol 3, WP 0262 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 3, WP 0275
Vol 3, WP 0276
Vol 3, WP 0279

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Running engine for 30 seconds at maximum throttle may not
verify problem is solved. Field operation will determine if fuel
restriction problem has been corrected.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Check to see if emergency engine shutoff tee handle is
pushed all the way in.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Was tee handle pushed all the way in?

0039-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

YES NO
2 3
• Replace water separator pressure fluid filter elements • Push in emergency engine shutoff tee handle.
(Vol 4, WP 0502). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If engine aborts start, go immediately to CAUTION before
block 4.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

Does display still show TP 244?

0039-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

CAUTION
Make sure end couplings of fuel line assembly are kept clean.
Dirt can contaminate fuel and cause loss of power or engine
failure.

YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect female quick-disconnect coupling half (1) from • Problem solved.
male coupling half (2).
• Connect female coupling half (1) to male coupling half (3) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (4).
• Take off female coupling half (5) from nonmetallic hose
assembly and put free end into pail.

WARNING
Do not transfer fuel unless other crewmember is ready to use
portable fire extinguisher. Fuel can catch on fire and burn
tank or crewmember.

6
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Do fuel system purging steps to activate fuel pumps
and monitor fuel flow for 30 seconds (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps
3 thru 12).
• When fuel pumps have been activated for 30 seconds,
set PURGE FUEL ON/OFF pushbutton to OFF.
• Reset pushbuttons (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps 15 thru 19).
• Measure fuel which flowed in 30 seconds.

Were there 6 or more quarts of fuel pumped in 30 sec-

onds?

0039-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

NO YES
7 8
• Disconnect female coupling half (6) from male coupling • Go to block 15.
half (7) on nonmetallic hose assembly (8).
• Connect female coupling half (6) to fuel feed line coupling
half (9).
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Inspect hose (10) between primary filter (11) and water
separator (12) for crimps, bends or leaks.
• Inspect hose (13) between water separator (12) and fuel
outlet hose quick-disconnect fitting (14).

Is either hose crimped, bent, or leaking?

NO YES
9 10
• Check right and left rear in-tank fuel pumps for clogged • Replace hose assembly that is crimped, bent or leaking.
screens (Vol 4, WP 0454 and Vol 4, WP 0458). • For hose assembly (primary fluid filter bottom tee to fluid
filter elbow) (Vol 4, WP 0518).
Is screen clogged on right or left fuel pump? • For fuel outlet hose assembly (Vol 4, WP 0504).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0039-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

NO YES
11 12
• Replace emergency engine shutoff valve • Replace right or left rear in-tank fuel pump that has clogged
assembly (Vol 4, WP 0497). screen (Vol 4, WP 0454 or Vol 4, WP 0458).
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If engine aborts start, go immediately to block 13.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

Does display still show TP 244?

YES NO
13 14
• Replace dual check valve (Vol 4, WP 0495). • Problem solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0039-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

From block 8

15
• Inspect tube (15) between quick-disconnect coupling (16)
and in-line fuel filter (17) for crimps, bends or leaks.

Is tube crimped, bent, or leaking?

NO YES
16 17
• Disconnect female coupling half (18) from male coupling • Disconnect female coupling half (18) from male coupling
half (19) on nonmetallic hose assembly (20). half (19) on nonmetallic hose assembly (20).
• Connect female coupling half (18) to fuel feed line coupling • Replace tube assembly (in-line pressure fluid filter to
half (21). liquid/water separator) (Vol 3, WP 0303).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace pressure fluid filter
(Vol 3, WP 0309).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0039-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

WARNING
• Let hot engine cool 20 minutes before working on fuel
system. Fuel can be ignited by hot engine and cause injury
or death.
• Keep a fire extinguisher on hand in case of fire.

18
• Replace inlet pressure fluid filter (Vol 3, WP 0313).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE
If engine aborts start, go immediately to block 19.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

Does display still show TP 244?

YES NO
19 20
• Remove tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304). • Problem solved.
• Remove nipple (22) from outlet port (23) on rotary pump
(24).
• Remove quick-disconnect coupling (25) from nonmetallic
hose assembly (26) end.
• Install quick-disconnect coupling (25) to outlet port (23) on
rotary pump (24).
• Connect nonmetallic hose assembly (27) to quick-
disconnect coupling (25).

WARNING
Wear safety goggles when doing steps in the following block.
Fuel spray can cause serious eye injury.

21
• Put free end of nonmetallic hose assembly (26) into pail.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Watch for fuel flow from nonmetallic hose assembly (26)
when PUSH TO START button on driver's integrated display
is pressed and engine cranks for 5 to 10 seconds.
• Press engine SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Did fuel flow out of nonmetallic hose assembly?

0039-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

NO YES
22 23
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317). • Go to block 28.
• Remove spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
rotary pump shaft (28).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
gearshaft's internal splines (29).

Is rotary pump shaft cracked, missing splines, or exces-

sively worn, or are gearshaft's internal splines cracked,
missing splines, or excessively worn?

NO YES
24 25
• Check for broken gearshaft, missing gear teeth, bent shaft, • If spur gearshaft's internal splines are damaged, replace
or excessive wear on spur gearshaft (30). spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• If rotary pump shaft is damaged, replace rotary pump
Is gearshaft broken, bent, missing teeth, or excessively (Vol 3, WP 0317).
worn? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
26 27
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Install spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, accessory gearbox is faulty, replace
accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Verify problem is solved.

0039-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

From block 23

28
• Disconnect nonmetallic hose assembly (27) from quick-
disconnect coupling (25).
• Remove quick-disconnect coupling (25) from outlet port (23)
on rotary pump (24).
• Install nipple (22) to outlet port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install tube assembly (fuel inlet jumper) (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Inspect hoses (31, 32, 33) for damage, kinks or blockage.
• Inspect check valve (34) and tube tee (35) for damage or
evidence of blockage.

Are hoses, check valve and tube tee OK?

YES NO
29 30
• Clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0290). • Replace damaged or blocked part:
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Hose assembly (tube tee to fuel nozzle adapter)
(Vol 3, WP 0275)
• Hose assembly (tube tee to check valve tee) (Vol 3,
WP 0276)
• Hose assembly (check valve to fuel nozzle body)
(Vol 3, WP 0279)
• Check valve (Vol 3, WP 0280)
• Tube tee (Vol 3, WP 0281)
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Go to block 31.

0039-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039

From block 30
31
NOTE
If engine aborts, go immediately to block 32.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

Does display still show TP 244?

YES NO
32 33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Replace check valve (Vol 3, WP 0280).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE
If engine aborts start, go immediately to block 34.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.

Does display still show TP 244?

YES NO
34 35
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Problem solved.
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 245 OR TP 253 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0059
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Twist drill, 3/16-inch (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 81) Vol 3, WP 0262
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0263
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0296
Antiseize compound (Vol 7, WP 1434, Item 27) Vol 3, WP 0297
Cotter pin (Vol 7, WP 1436, Item 346) Vol 3, WP 0376
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required Vol 7, WP 1266
Two
References
Page xxxv

WARNING

Hot equipment can burn you. To avoid injury, wait until parts
are cool enough to touch before you start work.

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• If display shows TP 245, harnesses must be flexed at various
points, especially near bends, connectors, and obvious wear
points when testing with multimeter.

0040-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Remove guard from second shot valve and bottle
(Vol 7, WP 1266).
• Disconnect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital
electronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
NOTE
Leave jumpers connected for remainder of test.
• Connect jumpers between 15 and 16 and between 17 and 18
on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Push down on Power Turbine Stator (PTS) cylinder
assembly (1) until bottom of actuator hits stop
plate nut (2).
NOTE
Leave test probes connected for remainder of test.
• Test for -6.1 to -6.5 V dc between 4 (-) and 30 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show -6.1 to -6.5 V dc?

NO YES
2 3
• Remove quick-release pin (3) from feedback control (4) and • Go to block 18.
bottom of lever (5).
• Check quick-release pin (3) and lever (5) for damage or wear.
• If OK, reinstall quick-release pin (3).

Was there damage or wear on pin or lever?

Change 1 0040-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

NO YES
4 5
• Check to see if lever (5) on electro-mechanical fuel • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
system (6) moves and voltage shown on multimeter tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
changes when PTS cylinder assembly (1) is moved. • If damaged or worn, replace quick-release pin (Vol 3,
WP 0297).
Did lever move? • If lever is damaged or worn, replace electro-mechanical
(electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
Did voltage shown on multimeter change? • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace power turbine stator feedback control assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0297).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
NOTE • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
If PTS cylinder assembly (1) and lever (7) cannot be moved up tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
far enough to allow twist drill (8) to be inserted through hole (9) • Do TP 272 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0059).
and into upper hole (10), go immediately to block 33.
• Move PTS cylinder assembly (1) and lever (7) up,
and insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7)
and into upper hole (10) in block (11).

Does multimeter show -1.7 to -1.9 V dc?

0040-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

NO YES
From block 13
10 11
• Unlock screws (12) by unbending corners of tabwasher (13). • Go to block 12.

• Remove two screws (12) from bracket mount (14).

NOTE
Shims (15), removed from between bracket support (16)
and bracket mount (14), are to be installed between bracket
support (16) and tabwasher (13). Shims (15), removed from
between tabwasher (13) and bracket support (16), are to be
installed between bracket support (16) and bracket mount (14).
• Adjust shims (15) between bracket support (16),
tabwasher (13), and bracket mount (14) so that multimeter
shows -1.7 to -1.9 V dc.
• Screw in and tighten screws (12).

Does multimeter show -1.7 to -1.9 V dc?

YES NO
From block 11, 15
12 13
• Remove twist drill (8). • Go back to block 10.
• If unlocked, lock screws (12) by bending corners of
tabwasher (13).
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263).
• Adjust voltage with PTS fully open.
• Loosen nut (17).
• Turn stop plate nut (2) clockwise or counterclockwise
until multimeter shows -6.1 to -6.5 V dc with PTS cylin-
der assembly (1) pushed all the way down.
NOTE
Stop plate nut (2) must not be allowed to turn when moving PTS
cylinder assembly (1) up or when tightening nut (17).
• Move PTS cylinder assembly (1) all the way up.
• Tighten nut (17) against stop plate nut (2), and bend key
washer (18) onto nut (17).
• Push down on PTS cylinder assembly (1) until bottom of
actuator hits stop plate nut (2).

Does multimeter show -6.1 to -6.5 V dc?

Change 1 0040-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

YES NO
14 15
Was voltage adjusted by moving shims in • Go back to block 12.
block 10 ?

YES NO
16 17
• Insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7) and into upper • Go to block 18.
hole (10) in block (11).
• Press and hold DECU RESET switch on driver's integrated
display.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON, and then to OFF.
• Release DECU RESET switch.
• Remove twist drill (8).

From block 3, 17
18
• Push PTS cylinder assembly (1) fully upward
(closed position).

Does multimeter show -0.23 to -1.2 V dc?

NO YES
19 20
Was voltage adjusted by moving shims in • Go to block 33.
block 10 ?

0040-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

NO YES
21 22
• Insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7) and into upper • Go to block 27.
hole (10) in block (11).

Does multimeter show -1.7 to -1.9 V dc?

NO YES
From block 26
23 24
• Unlock screws (12) by unbending corners of tabwasher (13). • Go to block 27.
• Remove two screws (12) from bracket mount (14).
NOTE
Shims (15), removed from between bracket support (16)
and bracket mount (14), are to be installed between bracket
support (16) and tabwasher (13). Shims (15), removed from
between tabwasher (13) and bracket support (16), are to be
installed between bracket support (16) and bracket mount (14).
• Adjust shims (15) between bracket support (16),
tabwasher (13), and bracket mount (14) so that multimeter
shows -1.7 to -1.9 V dc.
• Screw in and tighten screws (12).

Does multimeter show -1.7 to -1.9 V dc?

Change 1 0040-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

YES NO
25 26
• Remove twist drill (8). • Go back to block 23.
• Lock screws (12) by bending corners of tabwasher (13).
• Push PTS cylinder assembly (1) fully upward
(closed position).

Does multimeter show -0.23 to -1.2 V dc?

NO YES
From block 22, 24, 30
27 28
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Go to block 29.
• Remove cotter pin (19) from piston (20) and rod end connec-
tor (21).
• Turn piston (20) clockwise or counterclockwise until
multimeter shows -0.23 to -1.2 V dc with PTS
cylinder assembly (1) fully upward.
• Aline hole in piston (20) with nearest hole in rod end connec-
tor (21), and install new cotter pin (19).
• Push PTS cylinder assembly (1) all the way up.

Does multimeter show -0.23 to -1.2 V dc?

YES NO
From block 28
29 30
Was voltage adjusted by moving shims in block 23 ? • Go back to block 27.

0040-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

YES NO
31 32
• Insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7) and into upper • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
hole (10) in block (11). tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Press and hold DECU RESET switch on driver's integrated • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
display. • Verify problem is solved.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON, and then to OFF.
• Remove twist drill (8).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).

From block 8, 20

33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
NOTE
The PTS system is not lubricated and movement is restricted by
fuel pressure. Some normal binding (binding without seizing)
may occur even when applying heavy manual pressure to PTS
cylinder assembly (1).
• Check for binding of parts at lever (7) and PTS feedback
control assembly (22) while pushing PTS cylinder
assembly (1) fully up and down.

Was there any binding that caused seizing?

YES NO
34 35
• Remove power turbine stator feedback control assembly • Go to block 42.
from lever on electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0297).
• Check to see if there is any binding when lever (5) is rotated.

Did lever bind when rotated?

Change 1 0040-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

NO YES
36 37
• Remove power turbine stator feedback control assembly • Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
from power turbine stator cylinder assembly (Vol 3, (Vol 3, WP 0287).
WP 0297). • Go back to block 1.
• Check that control cable (23) moves freely.

Does cable move freely?

YES NO
38 39
• Remove power turbine stator cylinder assembly from lever • Replace power turbine stator feedback control assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0296). (Vol 3, WP 0297).
• Check to see if lever (7) moves fully up and down without • Go back to block 1.
binding.

Does lever move without binding?

NO YES
40 41
• Power turbine stator lever is binding, replace engine assem- • Replace power turbine stator cylinder assembly
bly (Vol 3, WP 0376). (Vol 3, WP 0296).
• Go back to block 1. • Go back to block 1.

0040-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040

From block 35

42
Are you doing this procedure for TP 245?

YES NO
43 44
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Do TP 272 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0059).
• Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be
an intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal
troubleshooting procedures. Components in the order of
highest probability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0040-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0041

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 248 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxv WP 0021
WP 0005 Vol 4, WP 0596
WP 0008 TM 9-2350-388-10

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• When the display shows TP 248, the DECU backup battery
voltage is low. Running the engine for two hours should be
enough time to recharge it if the DECU battery is not faulty.
The engine should not be run for the sole purpose of charging
the DECU battery.

1
Is it possible to continue your mission and run engine for at
least two hours?

YES NO
2 3
• Start engine and run for at least two hours to recharge DECU NOTE
battery. Replacing the digital electronic control unit may restore vehicle
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. to operational status. However, the backup battery in the re-
• Shut down engine. placement digital electronic control unit may need charging.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Start engine.
• Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check driver's integrated display for DECU FAULT CAU-
TION message.

Did DECU FAULT CAUTION message come on?

0041-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0041

YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in WP 0005 and continue testing.

Does display show TP 248?

NO YES
6 7
• Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(WP 0008). • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 250 OR TP 255 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10
AGB hand crank (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 39) Vol 3, WP 0260
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0262
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0263
Stopwatch (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 257) Vol 3, WP 0285
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0286
Vol 3, WP 0287
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0376
Two Vol 3, WP 0396
Vol 3, WP 0412
Equipment Condition Vol 3, WP 0413
Battle override fuel lever is firmly seated against stop Vol 4, WP 0569
and safety wired. If not, do Battle Override Vol 4, WP 0596
Deactivation (Vol 5, WP 0948). Vol 4, WP 0668
References Vol 4, WP 0763
Page xxxv Vol 7, WP 1266
WP 0021 Vol 7, WP 1373
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 7, WP 1375
Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Harness must be flexed at various points, especially near
bends, connectors, and obvious wear points when testing
with multimeter.
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
cause low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting or
test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

1
Is TP 250 displayed?

0042-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

YES NO
2 3
• Check if center screw (1) on turbine exhaust duct (2) is loose • Go to block 18.
or missing.

Was screw loose or missing?

NO YES
4 5
• Check NBC system prioritization valve (3) and tube • Tighten or replace screw (Vol 3, WP 0260).
assembly (4) for cracks and looseness. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Was valve or tube assembly cracked or loose?

NO YES
6 7
• Remove air cleaner assembly intake filter elements • Replace or tighten faulty component:
(Vol 3, WP 0412) and clean elements (Vol 3, WP 0413). • Tube assembly (diffuser to prioritization valve)
• Install air cleaner assembly intake filter elements (Vol 7, WP 1373).
(Vol 3, WP 0412). • System prioritization regulating valve (Vol 7, WP 1375).
• Attempt to start engine. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Verify problem is solved.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

Change 1 0042-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

NO YES
8 9
NOTE • Problem solved.
Be prepared to check that no voltage exists when PUSH TO
START button is pressed.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 0 to 1.0 V dc between terminal E1 (5) on starter (6)
and air diffuser (7).
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.

Did multimeter show 0 to 1.0 V dc?

YES NO
10 11
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace engine starter (Vol 4, WP 0569).
• Remove fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combus- • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
tor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286) and check for dirt or • Verify problem is solved.
other matter that could cause sticking. Press spring loaded
plates, and check for smooth operation with no binding or
sticking.

Did valves operate smoothly without sticking?

YES NO
12 13
• Install fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combustor • Replace faulty valve:
safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286). • Fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Combustor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286)
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Verify problem is solved.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

0042-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

NO YES
14 15
• Replace electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287). • Shut down engine.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Attempt to start engine. • Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Problem solved.

Did engine start?

NO YES
16 17
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Shut down engine.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Verify problem is solved. • Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Problem solved.

From block 3

18
Does engine abort start?

YES NO
19 20
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 21.
• Disconnect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital
electronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Remove guard from second shot valve and bottle assembly
(Vol 7, WP 1266, step 1).
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
• Connect jumpers between 15 and 16 and between 17 and 18
on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
During an engine start, a broken accessory gearbox output
gear/shaft or a broken engine compressor drive gear permits
the starter and gearbox to turn at a high rpm without turning the
engine. If this condition exists, NH test voltage will exceed 2.8 V
dc within 7 seconds.
• Connect multimeter probes between test points 4 (-) and
20 (+) on breakout box.
• Observe multimeter and press PUSH TO START button.
Test if voltage exceeds 2.8 V dc within 7 seconds.

Did voltage exceed 2.8 V dc within 7 seconds?

Change 1 0042-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

NO YES
From block 20
21 22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 33.
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Disconnect 3W106-P3 from 2W115-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for less than 100 ohms between vehicle chassis ground
and contacts on 3W106-P3 listed below:
• A
• B

Does multimeter show less than 100 ohms for either test?

NO YES
23 24
• Test for less than 50 ohms between contacts A and B on • Connect 3W106-P3 to 2W115-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
3W106-P3. ure 3).
• Thermocouple assembly is faulty. Replace engine assembly
Does multimeter show less than 50 ohms? (Vol 3, WP 0376).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
WARNING

Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,

wear protective gloves.

YES NO
25 26
• Disconnect three connectors from thermocouple special • Replace thermocouple branched wiring harness 3W106
cable assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10). (Vol 4, WP 0668).
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W106-P3 listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• A and B
• A and C
• B and C

Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?

0042-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

NO YES
27 28
• Disconnect 2W115-P1 from J4 on digital electronic control • Replace thermocouple branched wiring harness 3W106
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). (Vol 4, WP 0668).
• Install guard on second shot valve and bottle assembly • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 7, WP 1266, step 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W115-J1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and C
• B and C

Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?

NO YES
29 30
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W115-P1. • Connect three connectors to thermocouple special cable
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on 2W115-J1. assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W115.
Does multimeter show continuity? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0763).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
31 32
• Connect three connectors to thermocouple special cable • Connect three connectors to thermocouple special cable
assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10). assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10).
• Connect 3W106-P3 to 2W115-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W115.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0763).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Replace thermocouple branched wiring harness 3W106
(Vol 4, WP 0668).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W115.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0763).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0042-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

From block 22

33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Remove accessory gearbox (AGB) from engine assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Check to see if spur gearshaft (8) is broken or damaged.

Is gearshaft broken or damaged?

YES NO
34 35
• Put AGB hand crank (9) in main hydraulic pump drive gear • Go to block 38.
assembly (10).
• Check rotation of AGB gears by turning handle (9)
clockwise. Handle should turn smoothly (no rubbing or bind-
ing) and no unusual noises should be heard.

Does handle turn smoothly with no unusual noises?

YES NO
36 37
• Install new spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Inspect splined coupling (11) for damage, if damaged re- • Verify problem is solved.
place engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376).
• Verify problem is solved.

0042-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042

From block 35

38
• Check high pressure compressor system rotation by turning
splined coupling (11) in both directions. High pressure com-
pressor system should turn smoothly (no rubbing or binding)
and no unusual noises should be heard.

Does high pressure compressor turn smoothly with no

unusual noises?

YES NO
39 40
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0042-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0043

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 251 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Materials/Parts Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0567
Vol 4, WP 0596
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0667
Two Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W107-P16 from J16 on ignition exciter
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
3W107-P2 listed below:
• d and e
• d and j
• e and j

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms for all

tests?

YES NO
2 3
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W107-P16. • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts d and e on 3W107-P2. 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

0043-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0043

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 3W107-P16 to J16 on ignition exciter • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11). 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, leave test
probes connected.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• R and f
• R and g
• f and g

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms for all

tests?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts d and e on 2W105-7/J2. • Go to block 10.

NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts f and g on
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go to block 13.
ure 3).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace ignition exciter
(Vol 4, WP 0567).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0043-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0043

From block 7

10
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms?

YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). ure 3).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 9

13
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts f and g on
2W105-7/P8.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
14 15
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0043-3/4 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 252 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 3, WP 0290
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 3, WP 0304
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0305
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0309
Metal pail, 3-gallon (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 172) Vol 3, WP 0313
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0317
Vol 3, WP 0318
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0376
Two Vol 3, WP 0396
Vol 3, WP 0413
References Vol 4, WP 0439
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0441
WP 0008 Vol 4, WP 0504
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0518
WP 0043 Vol 4, WP 0566
Vol 2, WP 0254 Vol 4, WP 0568
Vol 3, WP 0259 Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 3, WP 0261 Vol 7, WP 1373
Vol 3, WP 0262 Vol 7, WP 1375
Vol 3, WP 0263 LO 9-2350-388-13
Vol 3, WP 0285 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 3, WP 0286 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 3, WP 0287
Vol 3, WP 0288

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
cause low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting or
test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to LO 9-2350-388-13.

0044-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

1
• Check to see if emergency engine shutoff tee handle is
pushed all the way in.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Make sure that rear fuel tanks have fuel.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

NO YES
2 3
• Set auxiliary hydraulic pump to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Set AMMO DOOR POWER switch to ON.
• Open ready ammunition door bypass valve (fully counter-
clockwise).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait for hydraulic pressure at gunner's gauge to read zero
then close ready ammunition door bypass valve (fully clock-
wise).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Press PUSH TO START switch on driver's integrated display
and monitor hydraulic pressure at gunner's gauge while
engine is cranking.

Did the pressure stay below 300 psi?

0044-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

NO YES
4 5
• Set AMMO DOOR POWER switch to OFF. • Do procedure for MHS-1, Main Hydraulic System Does Not
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. Function Properly.
• Check main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling (1) for a • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
proper connection.

Was coupling connected properly?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

YES NO
6 7
• Pull PTS cylinder assembly (2) fully upward (closed • Connect main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling properly.
position). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
During normal start sequence, the PTS cylinder assembly • Verify problem is solved.
moves fully downward (open position).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Monitor PTS cylinder assembly during start sequence.

Did PTS cylinder assembly move fully downward?

0044-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

YES NO
8 9
• Remove but do not clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, • Go to block 14.
WP 0288).
NOTE
If the fuel nozzle assembly is dirty or defective, the spray
pattern will be distorted. If the fuel system is not supplying
proper fuel, little or no fuel will exit the nozzle.
• Test fuel nozzle spray pattern (Vol 3, WP 0290, steps 1 and
2).

Did fuel exit nozzle in a distorted spray pattern?

NO YES
10 11
Was fuel flow at least 6 ounces in a 30 second time period? • Clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0290).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
12 13
• Clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0290). • Go to block 21.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

0044-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

CAUTION
Make sure end of couplings of fuel line assembly are kept
clean. Dirt can contaminate fuel and cause loss of power or
engine failure.

NO YES
From block 9
14 15
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Disconnect female quick-disconnect coupling half (3) from
male fuel feed line coupling half (4).
• Connect female coupling half (3) to male coupling half (5) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (6).
• Take off female coupling half (7) from nonmetallic hose
assembly and put free end into pail.

WARNING
Do not transfer fuel unless other crewmember is ready to use
portable fire extinguisher. Fuel can catch on fire and burn
tank or crewmember.

16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Do fuel system purging steps to activate fuel pumps and
monitor fuel flow for 30 seconds (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps 3
and 12).
• When fuel pumps have been activated for 30 seconds, set
PURGE FUEL ON/OFF pushbutton to OFF.
• Reset pushbuttons (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps 15 and 19).
• Measure fuel which flowed in 30 seconds.

Were there 6 or more quarts of fuel pumped in 30 sec-

onds?

0044-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

NO YES
17 18
• Disconnect female coupling half (3) from male coupling • Go to block 50.
half (5) on nonmetallic hose assembly (6).
• Connect female coupling half (7) to nonmetallic hose as-
sembly (6).
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Inspect hose (8) between primary filter (9) and water sepa-
rator (10) for crimps, bends or leaks.
• Inspect hose (11) between water separator (10) and fuel
outlet hose quick-disconnect fitting (12).

Is either hose crimped, bent, or leaking?

NO YES
19 20
• Do preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) • Replace hose assembly that is crimped, bent or leaking.
for fuel system (Vol 2, WP 0254) and clean fuel tanks • For hose assembly (primary fluid filter bottom tee to fluid
(Vol 4, WP 0441). filter elbow) (Vol 4, WP 0518).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For fuel outlet hose assembly (Vol 4, WP 0504).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 13

21
• Install fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0288) but do not
install engine access cover.
• Remove engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261).

0044-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, do not touch end of spark igniter
or ignition electrical lead. Electrical shock can cause injury or
death.

22
• Remove spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568).
• Connect spark igniter to ignition electrical lead (Vol 4,
WP 0566).
• Lay spark igniter anywhere on combustor cover.

23
NOTE
Spark from end of spark igniter should be in fast, evenly
spaced, bright blue pulses, and make a loud clicking noise.
• Look for spark from end of spark igniter while attempting to
start engine.
NOTE
Shut down engine within 5 seconds after pressing PUSH TO
START button on driver's integrated display.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Was spark OK?

NO YES
24 25
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Install spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568).
• Remove ignition electrical lead from spark igniter • Go to block 31.
(Vol 4, WP 0566).
• Lay ignition electrical lead anywhere on combustor cover.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.

0044-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, do not touch end of ignition
electrical lead. Electrical shock can cause injury or death.

26
NOTE
Spark from end of ignition electrical lead should be in fast,
evenly spaced, bright blue pulses, and make a loud clicking
noise.
• Look for spark from end of ignition electrical lead while
attempting to start engine.
NOTE
Shut down engine within 5 seconds after pressing PUSH TO
START button on driver's integrated display.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Was spark OK?

NO YES
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER to OFF. • Replace spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568) but do not install
• Remove ignition electrical lead from ignition exciter engine access cover.
(Vol 4, WP 0566). • Install engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261).
• Test for continuity between the two ends of ignition electrical • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
lead. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
29 30
• Install spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568) but do not install en- • Install spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568).
gine access cover. • Replace ignition electrical lead (Vol 4, WP 0566) but do not
• Install engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261). install engine access cover.
• Do TP 251 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0043) • Install engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0044-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

NO YES
46 47
• Replace electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287). • Problem solved.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

NO YES
48 49
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 18

50
• Inspect tube (17) between quick-disconnect coupling (18)
and in-line fuel filter (19) for crimps, bends or leaks.

Is tube crimped, bent, or leaking?

NO YES
51 52
• Disconnect female coupling half (3) from male coupling • Disconnect female coupling half (3) from male coupling
half (20) on nonmetallic hose assembly (21). half (20) on nonmetallic hose assembly (21).
• Connect female coupling half (7) to male fuel feed line • Connect female coupling half (7) to nonmetallic hose as-
coupling half (4). sembly (21).
• Connect female coupling half (7) to nonmetallic hose as- • Replace tube assembly (in-line pressure fluid filter to
sembly (21). liquid/water separator) (Vol 3, WP 0305).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace pressure fluid filter
(Vol 3, WP 0309).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0044-11
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

WARNING
• Let hot engine cool 20 minutes before working on fuel
system. Fuel can be ignited by hot engine and cause injury
or death.
• Keep a fire extinguisher on hand in case of fire.

53
• Replace inlet pressure fluid filter (Vol 3, WP 0313).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

NO YES
54 55
• Set MASTER POWER to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Remove tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0305).
• Remove nipple (22) from outlet port (23) on rotary pump
(24).
• Remove male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) from non-
metallic hose assembly (26) end.
• Install male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) to outlet
port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Connect nonmetallic hose assembly female quick-
disconnect coupling half (27) to male quick-disconnect cou-
pling half (25).

WARNING
Wear safety goggles when doing steps in the following block.
Fuel spray can cause serious eye injury.

56
• Put free end of nonmetallic hose assembly (26) into pail.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Watch for fuel flow from nonmetallic hose assembly (26)
when PUSH TO START button is pressed and engine cranks
for 5 to 10 seconds.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Did fuel flow out of nonmetallic hose assembly?

0044-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

NO YES
57 58
• Disconnect nonmetallic hose assembly female quick- • Go to block 63.
disconnect coupling half (27) from male quick-disconnect
coupling half (25).
• Remove male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) from out-
let port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (26) end.
• Install nipple (22) on outlet port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Remove spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
rotary pump shaft (28).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
gearshaft's internal splines (29).

Is rotary pump shaft cracked, missing splines, or exces-

sively worn, or are gearshaft's internal splines cracked,
missing splines, or excessively worn?

NO YES
59 60
• Check for broken gearshaft, missing gear teeth, bent shaft, • If spur gearshaft's internal splines are damaged, replace
or excessive wear on spur gearshaft (30). spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• If rotary pump shaft is damaged, replace rotary pump
Is gearshaft broken, bent, missing teeth, or excessively (Vol 3, WP 0317).
worn? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0044-13
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

YES NO
61 62
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Install spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Replace spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318). • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace accessory gearbox
(Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Verify problem is solved.

0044-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

From block 58

63
• Disconnect nonmetallic hose assembly female quick-
disconnect coupling half (27) from male quick-disconnect
coupling half (25).
• Remove male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) from out-
let port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (26) end.
• Install nipple (22) on outlet port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Remove spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
rotary pump shaft (28).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
gearshaft's internal splines (29).

Is rotary pump shaft cracked, missing splines, or exces-

sively worn, or are gearshaft's internal splines cracked,
missing splines, or excessively worn?

NO YES
64 65
• Check for broken gearshaft, missing gear teeth, bent shaft, • If spur gearshaft internal splines are damaged, replace spur
or excessive wear on spur gearshaft (30). gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• If rotary pump shaft is damaged, replace rotary pump (Vol 3,
Is spur gearshaft broken, bent, missing teeth, or exces- WP 0317).
sively worn? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0044-15
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044

YES NO
66 67
• Replace spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318). • Install spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Install rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0044-16
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 254, TP 279, OR TP 289 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0263
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0295
Cotter pin (Vol 7, WP 1436, Item 335) Vol 3, WP 0315
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0326
Vol 3, WP 0327
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0376
Two Vol 4, WP 0596
References Vol 4, WP 0669
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0762
WP 0021 Vol 7, WP 1266
WP 0063
Vol 2, WP 0169

1
Is TP 279 or TP 289 displayed?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 23.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for 5 to 50 ohms between contacts S and b and 5 to 15
ohms between contacts e and k on 3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 5 to 50 ohms between contacts S

and b and 5 to 15 ohms between contacts e and k?

0045-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

WARNING

Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,

wear protective gloves.

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 12.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• S and b
• e and k

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts H and J on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts S and b on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect jumper between contacts a and b on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts e and k on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

Change 1 0045-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 5

12
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• S and X
• X and b
• e and q
• k and q

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• S and X
• S and b
• X and b

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0045-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

NO YES
15 16
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
listed below: • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• e and k Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• e and q • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• k and q • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts h and i on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts S and b on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
19 20
• Connect jumper between contacts CC and DD on • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts e and k on 2W114-J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0045-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

YES NO
21 22
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Connect 3W105-P33 to J33 on electro-mechanical fuel sys- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
tem (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).

From block 3

23
• Ground hop powerpack, but do not start engine
(Vol 3, WP 0263).
• Remove guard from second shot valve and bottle
(Vol 7, WP 1266).
• Disconnect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital
electronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
NOTE
Leave jumpers connected for remainder of test.
• Connect jumpers between 15 and 16 and between 17 and 18
on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Move IGV lever (1) all the way to the rear and hold.
• Test for -0.4 to -1.2 V dc between 4 (-) and 32 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show -0.4 to -1.2 V dc?

0045-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

YES NO
24 25
• Move IGV lever (1) all the way to the front and hold. • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
• Test for -10.2 to -11.0 V dc between 4 (-) and 32 (+) on tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
breakout box. • Do procedure for Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed
Inspection/Adjustments (Vol 2, WP 0169).
Does multimeter show -10.2 to -11.0 V dc? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
26 27
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
unit using (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7). • Do procedure for Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec- Inspection/Adjustments (Vol 2, WP 0169).
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Check to see if bleed valve rod (2) is bent or broken. • Verify problem is solved.

Is bleed valve rod bent or broken?

NO YES
28 29
• Check to see if IGV actuator lever (1) is bent or broken. • Replace bleed valve rod (Vol 3, WP 0327).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Is IGV actuator lever bent or broken? • Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0045-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

NO YES
30 31
• Check to see if there is any binding of IGV parts by moving • Replace bleed actuator lever assembly (Vol 3, WP 0315).
IGV actuator lever (1) forward and rearward. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does IGV actuator lever move back and forth without
binding?

NO YES
32 33
• Remove cotter pin (3) from pin (4). • Go to block 40.
• Remove washer (5) from pin (4). Set washer aside for later
use.
• Remove pin (4) from IGV actuator lever (1).
• Set pin aside for later use.
• Try to move air bleed valve rod (2) forward and rearward.

Does air bleed valve rod move back and forth without
binding?

YES NO
34 35
• Line up hole (6) in IGV actuator lever (1) with slot in • Line up hole (6) in IGV actuator lever (1) with slot in
rod (2). rod (2).
• Put pin (4) in IGV actuator lever (1) and rod (2). • Put pin (4) in IGV actuator lever (1) and rod (2).
• Put washer (5) on pin (4). • Put washer (5) on pin (4).
• Put new cotter pin (3) in pin (4). • Put new cotter pin (3) in pin (4).
• Remove quick-release pin (7) which secures feedback con- • Replace air bleed butterfly valve (Vol 3, WP 0326).
trol (8) to bottom of IGV actuator lever (1). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Check quick-release pin (7) for damage or wear. • Verify problem is solved.
• If faulty, replace quick-release pin (Vol 3, WP 0295)
• Set quick-release pin (7) aside for later use.
• Check to see if there is any binding of IGV parts by moving
IGV actuator lever (1) forward and rearward.

Does IGV lever actuator move back and forth without

binding?

0045-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

YES NO
36 37
• Line up hole (9) in feedback control (8) with hole (10) in IGV • Line up hole (9) in feedback control (8) with hole (10) in IGV
actuator lever (1). actuator lever (1).
• Put quick-release pin (7) through hole (9) in feedback control • Put quick-release pin (7) through hole (9) in feedback control
(8). (8).
• Remove quick-release pin (11) which secures feedback • IGV actuator lever is binding, replace engine assembly
control (12) to lever (13) on electro-mechanical fuel (Vol 3, WP 0376).
system (14). • Verify problem is solved.
• Check quick-release pin (11) for damage or wear.
• If faulty, replace quick-release pin (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Set quick-release pin (11) aside for later use.
• Check to see if feedback control (12) moves freely up and
down when IGV actuator lever (1) is moved forward and
rearward.

Does feedback control move freely?

YES NO
38 39
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Replace inlet guide vane feedback control assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0287). (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0045-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

From block 33

40
• Check to see if lever (13) on electro-mechanical fuel
system (14) moves when IGV actuator lever (1) is moved
forward and rearward.

Does lever move?

NO YES
41 42
• Look at feedback control (8) to see if it is connected to • Go to block 47.
lever (13) on electro-mechanical fuel system (14).

Is feedback control connected?

YES NO
43 44
• Look at feedback control (8) to see if it is connected to IGV • Connect feedback control lever on electro-mechanical fuel
actuator lever (1). system (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Is feedback control connected? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
45 46
• Replace inlet guide vane feedback control assembly • Connect feedback control to IGV actuator lever (Vol 3,
(Vol 3, WP 0295). WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0045-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045

From block 42

47
• Remove quick-release pin (7) which secures feedback con-
trol (8) to lever (1).
• Remove quick-release pin (11) which secures feedback
control (12) to lever (13).
• Check quick-release pins (7, 11) for damage or wear.

Was either pin damaged or worn?

NO YES
48 49
• Install quick-release pins (7, 11). • Replace quick-release pin that was damaged or worn
• Do TP 280 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0063). (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0045-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0046

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 256 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
WP 0005 WP 0021
WP 0008 Vol 2, WP 0168
WP 0012 TM 9-2350-388-10

1
NOTE
Make sure batteries have been serviced.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Did engine start?

YES NO
2 3
Does ELECTRICAL SYSTEM voltmeter on driver's inte- • Go to block 6.
grated display show 27.5 to 28.5 V dc?

NO YES
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do procedure for ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0168).

From block 3

6
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in WP 0005 and continue testing.

Does display show any AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM failures?

NO YES
7 8
• Do Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
(WP 0012). action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
(WP 0008).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0046-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 257 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required LO 9-2350-388-13
Two

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Harness must be flexed at various points, especially near
bends, connectors, and obvious wear points when testing
with multimeter.
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
result in low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting
or test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to LO 9-2350-388-13.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Test for 30 to 60 ohms between contacts A and C 3W105-
P32.

Does multimeter show 30 to 60 ohms?

0047-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts A and C on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts e and f on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0047-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• A and G
• C and G

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• A and C
• A and G
• C and G

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0047-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts Y and Z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0047-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 258 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0021
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0240
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Utility pail, 5 quart (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 175) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0304
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0596
Nonelectric wire (safety wire) (Vol 7, WP 1434, Vol 4, WP 0669
Item 178) Vol 4, WP 0762
Tube cap (Vol 7, WP 1434, Item 41) Vol 5, WP 0940
TM 9-2350-388-10
Personnel Required
Two

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
result in low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting
or test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 15 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 15 ohms between contacts t and u on 3W105-
P32.

Does multimeter show 5 to 15 ohms?

0048-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts X and Y on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0048-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• p and t
• p and u

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts EE and FF on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts t and u on 2W114-J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0048-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

YES NO
13 14
NOTE • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
If multimeter does not show 35 to 60 ohms, leave test probes • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
connected for remainder of test. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Test for 35 to 60 ohms between contacts Y and n on 3W105- • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
P32.
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show 35 to 60 ohms?

NO YES
15 16
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 21.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P33. • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
Does multimeter show continuity? 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0048-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

YES NO
19 20
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 16

21
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• Y and h
• h and n

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

NO YES
22 23
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
listed below: (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Y and h • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Y and n 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• h and n • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0048-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

NO YES
24 25
• Connect jumper between contacts y and z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts Y and n on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
26 27
• Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114. • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. • If problem is not solved, go to block 28.

0048-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

From block 27

28
• Disconnect hose nut (1) from tee (2) and install tube
cap (3) on tee (2).
• Place end of hose assembly (4) in pail.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and hold PUSH TO START button on driver's inte-
grated display for seven seconds and check for fuel leakage
into pail.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Did fuel leak into pail?

YES NO
29 30
Is driver's battle override control cable linkage connected to • Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee
lever (5)? (2).
NOTE
The cause of this symptom may be an intermittent problem that
cannot be found using normal troubleshooting procedures.
Components in the order of highest probability of failure are
listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

0048-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

YES NO
31 32
• Check if lever (5) on valve (6) is positioned firmly against • Go to block 35.
cutoff stop (7).

Is lever firmly against cutoff stop?

YES NO
33 34
• Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee • Go to block 43.
(2).
• Replace valve and tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0048-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

From block 32

35
• Check if safety wire (8) is installed on valve (6) to hold lever
(5) against cutoff stop (7).

Is wire installed?

YES NO
36 37
• Check if lever (5) is secured firmly against stop (7). • Connect driver's battle override control cable linkage to lever
(Vol 5, WP 0940).
Is lever secured firmly against stop? • Go to block 43.

NO YES
38 39
• Secure lever firmly against stop with wire. • Go to block 40.
• Remove any previously installed wire.
• Pull lever (5) against stop (7).
• Cut an 18 inch length of wire (8) and insert one end
between lever (5) and valve (6).
NOTE
Make sure that after wire is twisted around stop, wire cannot slip
off stop.
• Wrap wire along lever (5) and twist four or five turns
around stop (7).
• Insert one end of wire (8) between lever (5) and
valve (6) and the other end around lever (5).
• Make sure lever (5) is pulled firmly against stop (7) and
twist ends of wire (8) together enough to reach hole (9)
in lever (5).
• Insert one end of wire (8) through hole (9) and twist wire
(8) four or five turns. Cut off excess wire (8).

From block 39
40
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and hold PUSH TO START button on driver's inte-
grated display for seven seconds and check for fuel leakage
into pail.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Did fuel leak into pail?

0048-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048

NO YES
41 42
• Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee • Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee
(2). (2).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace valve and tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If the problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

From block 34, 37

43
• Adjust battle override cable (Vol 5, WP 0940).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and hold PUSH TO START button on driver's inte-
grated display for seven seconds and check for fuel leakage
into pail.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Did fuel leak into pail?

YES NO
44 45
• Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee • Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee
(2). (2).
• Replace valve and tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. NOTE
If the problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 259 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0271
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0383
Vol 3, WP 0384
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0596
Two Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
References
Page xxxv

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 80 to 460 ohms, leave test probes
connected until told to move.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts r and AC on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 80 to 460 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, • Go to block 10.
WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0049-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 3, WP 0271). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P36 from J36 on speedometer adapter • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(NPT2) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts A and B on
speedometer adapter (NPT2-J36).

Does multimeter show 80 to 460 ohms?

YES NO
8 9
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

10
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to block 12.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and connector body
• r and all other contacts
• AC and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0049-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049

NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Go to block 17.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1
listed below:
• r and connector body
• r and all other contacts
• AC and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
13 14
• Connect jumper between contacts G and H on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and AC on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Speedometer adapter (sensor 2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

0049-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049

From block 12

17
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
18 19
• Connect 3W105-P37 to 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0271). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P36 from J36 on speedometer adapter
(NPT2) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
20 21
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 260 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0271
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0383
Vol 3, WP 0384
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0596
Two Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
References
Page xxxv

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

Does multimeter show 80 to 460 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, • Go to block 10.
WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0050-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 3, WP 0271). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P6 from J6 on speedometer adapter • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(NPT1) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts A and B on
speedometer adapter (NPT1-J6).

Does multimeter show 80 to 460 ohms?

YES NO
8 9
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

10
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to block 12.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• AE and connector body
• AE and all other contacts
• AG and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0050-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050

NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Go to block 17.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1
listed below:
• AE and connector body
• AE and all other contacts
• AG and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
13 14
• Connect jumper between contacts K and L on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts AE and AG on 2W114- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0050-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050

YES NO
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Speedometer adapter (sensor 1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

From block 12

17
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
18 19
• Connect 3W105-P37 to 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0271). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P6 from J6 on speedometer adapter
(NPT1) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
20 21
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0050-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 261 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10
Vol 3, WP 0365
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 70 to 170 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 70 to 170 ohms between contacts T and U on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 70 to 170 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P34 from J34 on temperature rotor sen- • Go to block 8.
sor (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0051-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and C on 3W105-P34. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace temperature rotor sensor (Vol 3, WP 0365). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on 3W105-
P32 listed below:
• O and T
• O and U
• T and connector body
• U and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?

0051-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051

NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
2W114-J1 listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• O and T
• O and U
• T and U
• T and connector body
• U and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts n and p on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts T and U on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0051-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051

NO YES
13 14
• Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114. • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Temperature rotor sensor (Vol 3, WP 0365).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0051-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 262 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11
Vol 3, WP 0366
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 85 to 115 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 85 to 115 ohms between contacts B and E on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 85 to 115 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

0052-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052

NO YES
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 8.
3W105-P35 is interchangeable with 3W105-P5. Make sure
that connector disconnected from J5 on engine speed pickup
NO. 2 is P5.
• Disconnect 3W105-P5 from J5 on engine speed pickup
NO. 2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P5. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace engine electrical speed pickup NO. 2 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0366). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0052-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• B and J
• E and J

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0052-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and E on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Engine electrical speed pickup NO. 2 (Vol 3, WP 0366).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0053

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 263 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11
Vol 3, WP 0366
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for 85 to 115 ohms between contacts f and W on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 85 to 115 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 8.
3W105-P35 is interchangeable with 3W105-P5. Make sure
that connector disconnected from J35 on engine speed pickup
NO. 1 is P35. If multimeter does not show less than 5 ohms,
leave test probes connected for remainder of test.
• Disconnect 3W105-P35 from J35 on engine speed pickup
NO. 1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts f and W on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0053-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0053

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P35. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace engine electrical speed pickup NO. 1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0366). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• R and W
• R and f

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0053-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0053

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts W and f on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Engine electrical speed pickup No. 1 (Vol 3, WP 0366).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0053-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 264 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 7
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 3, WP 0366
AGB hand crank (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 39) Vol 3, WP 0376
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0396
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0565
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 4, WP 0569
Vol 4, WP 0596
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0633
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0638
Vol 4, WP 0656
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0657
Two Vol 4, WP 0667
References Vol 4, WP 0669
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0670
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0674
Vol 2, WP 0183 Vol 4, WP 0675
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4 Vol 4, WP 0756
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24 Vol 4, WP 0762
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3 Vol 6, WP 1178
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11 LO 9-2350-388-13
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
cause low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting or
test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gearbox and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to LO 9-2350-388-13.

0054-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 2TB151-2G1 (-) and 2TB152-
2-2W2 (+) (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 7) while STARTER
ONLY switch is pressed.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank (Vol 2,
• Remove main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178). WP 0183).
• Put AGB hand crank (1) in main hydraulic pump drive gear
assembly (2).
• Check rotation of AGB gears by turning handle (1)
clockwise. Handle should turn smoothly (no rubbing or bind-
ing) and no unusual noises should be heard.

Does handle turn smoothly with no unusual noises?

YES NO
4 5
• Take out AGB hand crank (1). • Go to block 67.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press PUSH TO START button to see if engine cranks.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.

Did engine crank?

Change 1 0054-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

WARNING

Starter terminals are connected to the batteries. Terminals

can shock you and cause serious injury or death.

NO YES
6 7
• Install main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178). • Go to block 48.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
Be prepared to test for 18 to 30 V dc within 7 seconds after
PUSH TO START button is pressed.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) and terminal
NO. 1 (+) on starter motor solenoid switch
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17).

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
8 9
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace engine starter (Vol 4, WP 0569).
• Test for continuity between terminal NO. 4 on starter motor • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
solenoid switch and negative terminal on starter motor • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17).

Does multimeter show continuity?

0054-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

YES NO
10 11
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Replace engine starter (Vol 4, WP 0569).
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
and terminal NO 2 (+) on starter motor solenoid • Verify problem is solved.
switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17) while STARTER ONLY
switch is pressed.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
12 13
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) on starter • Go to block 39.
motor solenoid switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17) and ter-
minal A1 (+) on starter pilot relay (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 11) while STARTER ONLY switch is pressed.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
14 15
NOTE • Replace starter relay power cable assembly 3W109
Be prepared to test for 18 to 30 V dc within 7 seconds after (Vol 4, WP 0675).
PUSH TO START button is pressed. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) on starter
motor solenoid switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17) and ter-
minal A2 (+) on starter pilot relay (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 11).

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
16 17
• Press and release DECU RESET switch. • Replace starter relay power cable assembly 3W108
NOTE (Vol 4, WP 0674).
Be prepared to test for 18 to 30 V dc within 7 seconds after • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
PUSH TO START button is pressed. • Verify problem is solved.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between X2 (-) and X1 (+) on starter
pilot relay (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

Change 1 0054-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

NO YES
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace starter motor 100-AMP electromagnetic
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, relay (Vol 4, WP 0565).
Figure 3). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If multimeter does not show 70 to 90 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 70 to 90 ohms between contacts f and g on
3W107-P2.

Does multimeter show 70 to 90 ohms?

NO YES
20 21
• Disconnect 3W107-T1 from X1 on starter pilot relay • Go to block 26.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Disconnect 3W107-T2 from X2 on starter pilot relay
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
22 23
• Connect jumper between 3W107-T1 and 3W107-T2. • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring
harness 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
24 25
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring
ure 3). harness 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Replace starter motor 100-amp electromagnetic • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
relay (Vol 4, WP 0565). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0054-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

From block 21

26
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 28.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W107-P2
listed below:
• f and connector body
• f and all other contacts
• g and connector body
• g and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
27 28
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
NOTE • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con- • Verify problem is solved.
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to block 30.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W105-7/J2 listed below:
• f and connector body
• f and all other contacts
• g and connector body
• g and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
29 30
• Connect jumper between contacts f and g on 2W105-7/J2. • Go to block 33.

NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts q and r on
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

Change 1 0054-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

YES NO
31 32
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go to block 36.
ure 3).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Maintenance indicator branched wiring harness 3W107
(Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Wiring harness 2W105-7 (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).

From block 30

33
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
34 35
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 32

36
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts q and r on
2W105-7/P8

Does multimeter show continuity?

0054-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

YES NO
37 38
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 13

39
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0633).

WARNING

Harnesses tested in the remaining blocks are connected

directly to the batteries. If battery negative bus bar is not
disconnected before you start work, contacts can shock you
and cause serious injury or death.

40
• Disconnect 3W101/2-P1 from 2W157-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Disconnect 3W101/2-P2 from 2W158-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Connect jumper between negative terminal on starter motor
and terminal NO. 2 on starter motor solenoid switch
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 3W101/2 listed
below:
• P1-C and P2-A
• P1-C and P2-B
• P1-D and P2-B

Does multimeter show continuity for all tests?

Change 1 0054-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

YES NO
41 42
• Test for continuity between 2TB151-2G1 (Vol 2, WP 0251, • Go to block 45.
Figure 7) and contacts on 2W157-J1 listed below:
• C
• D

Does multimeter show continuity for both tests?

NO YES
43 44
• Connect 3W101/2-P2 to 2W158-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 3W101/2-P1 to 2W157-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3). ure 3).
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W157 (Vol 4, WP 0656). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W158-7 (Vol 4,
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). WP 0657).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 42

45
• Test for continuity between terminal NO. 2 on starter motor
solenoid switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17)
and contacts on 3W101/2-P2 listed below:
• A
• B

Does multimeter show continuity for both tests?

YES NO
46 47
• Connect 3W101/2-P2 to 2W158-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 3W101/2-P1 to 2W157-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3). ure 3).
• Replace special cable assembly 3W101-1 (Vol 4, WP 0670). • Replace power cable assembly 3W101-2 (Vol 4, WP 0670).
• Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638). • Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0054-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

From block 7

48
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).

NOTE
Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.

49
• Test for 85 to 115 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• B and E
• W and f

Does multimeter show 85 to 115 ohms for both tests?

NO YES
50 51
NOTE • Go to block 60.
3W105-P5 is interchangeable with 3W105-P35. Make sure that
connector disconnected from J35 on engine speed pickup NO.
1 is P35 and connector disconnected from engine speed pickup
NO. 2 is P5.
• Disconnect 3W105-P35 from J35 on engine speed pickup
NO. 1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts W and f on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
52 53
• Disconnect 3W105-P5 from J5 on engine speed pickup • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
NO. 2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts B and E on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
54 55
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P35. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts W and f on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

Change 1 0054-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

YES NO
56 57
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105-P5. 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts B and E on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
58 59
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace engine electrical speed pickups NO. 1 and 2 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0366). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 51

60
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• B and J
• E and J
• R and W
• R and f

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
61 62
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• B and E
• B and J
• E and J
• R and W
• R and f
• W and f

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0054-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

NO YES
63 64
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W114-P1 listed be- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
low: • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• A and B Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• D and E • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W114-J1 listed • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
below: • Verify problem is solved.
• B and E
• W and f

Does multimeter show continuity for either test?

NO YES
65 66
• Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114. • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Engine electrical speed pickup NO. 1 or 2 (Vol 3, WP 0366).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

Change 1 0054-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054

From block 5

67
• Remove accessory gearbox from engine (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Put AGB hand crank (1) in main hydraulic pump drive gear
assembly (2).
• Check rotation of AGB gears by turning handle (1)
clockwise. Handle should turn smoothly (no rubbing or bind-
ing) and no unusual noises should be heard.

Does handle turn smoothly with no unusual noises?

YES NO
68 69
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0054-13/14 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0055

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 265 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 25 to 35 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 25 to 35 ohms between contacts c and g on 3W105-
P32.

Does multimeter show 25 to 35 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32 • Go to block 10.
listed below:
• c and h
• g and h

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0055-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0055

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• c and g
• c and h
• g and h

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts w and x on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts c and g on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

0055-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0055

From block 3

10
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts C and D on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0055-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 268 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0262
Vol 3, WP 0271
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0376
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0383
Vol 3, WP 0384
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0425
Two Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 4, WP 0669
References
Vol 4, WP 0762
Page xxxv
WP 0021 Vol 5, WP 0814
Vol 2, WP 0219
Vol 2, WP 0240

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Remove precleaner air exhaust hose from tubeaxial fan
(Vol 3, WP 0425).
NOTE
This test is for checking seized gears in engine or transmission.
If both fans turn, engine/transmission gears are OK. If gears
are seized, neither fan will turn, so answer NO to question. If
tubeaxial fan turns but left cooler fan does not, you could have a
broken shaft between fans, that is not related to your TP268
(NPT LEVEL) problem. You can troubleshoot that problem
using procedure PJS-2, Pulse Jet System Does Not Scavenge
Dirt From Air Box (Vol 2, WP 0219).
• Check that left transmission oil cooler fan blades (1) rotate
when tubeaxial fan (2) is rotated by hand, and that tubeaxial
fan (2) rotates smoothly with some resistance but no rub-
bing, binding or unusual noises.

Did left cooler fan blades turn, and did tubeaxial fan rotate
smoothly with some resistance but no rubbing, binding or
unusual noises?

0056-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Go to block 24.
Figure 3).
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and AC
• AE and AG

Does multimeter show 80 to 460 ohms for both tests?

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 • Go to block 12.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and AC
• AE and AG

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0056-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056

NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts r and AC on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts AE and AG on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
10 11
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness • Go to block 27.
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 5

12
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and v
• v and AC
• y and AE
• y and AG

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0056-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056

NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Go to block 21.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1
listed below:
• r and v
• r and AC
• v and AC
• y and AE
• y and AG
• AE and AG

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
15 16
• Connect jumper between contacts G and H on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and AC on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts K and L on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts AE and AG on 2W114- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0056-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056

YES NO
19 20
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Speedometer adapters (sensors 1 and 2), (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

From block 14

21
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
22 23
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669). ure 3).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0056-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056

From block 3

24
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0271).
• Check that left transmission oil cooler fan blades (1) rotate
when tubeaxial fan (2) is rotated by hand, and that tubeaxial
fan (2) rotates smoothly with some resistance but no rub-
bing, binding or unusual noises.

Did left cooler fan blades turn, and did tubeaxial fan rotate
smoothly with some resistance but no rubbing, binding or
unusual noises?

YES NO
25 26
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Replace transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 11

27
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0271).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P6 from J6 on speedometer adapter
(NPT1) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P36 from J36 on speedometer adapter
(NPT2) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts A and B on
speedometer adapter (NPT2).
• speedometer adapter (NPT1).
• speedometer adapter (NPT2).

Does multimeter show 80 to 460 ohms?

YES NO
28 29
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (NPT sensor) that failed re-
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). sistance test.
• Verify problem is solved. • For speedometer adapter (NPT1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• For speedometer adapter (NPT2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0056-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 270, TP 285, OR TP 290 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for 30 to 60 ohms between contacts A and C and 40 to
110 ohms between contacts F and N on 3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 30 to 60 ohms between contacts A

and C and 40 to 110 ohms between contacts F and N?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 10.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• A and C
• F and N

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0057-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts c and d on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts F and N on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0057-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057

From block 3

10
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• A and G
• C and G
• F and K
• K and N

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• A and C
• A and G
• C and G

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
13 14
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
listed below: • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• F and K Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• F and N • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• K and N • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

0057-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057

NO YES
15 16
• Connect jumper between contacts Y and Z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts U and V on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts F and N on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
19 20
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0057-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0058

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 271 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 15 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 15 ohms between contacts Z and d on 3W105-
P32.

Does multimeter show 5 to 15 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0058-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0058

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts g and h on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021)
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• Z and j
• d and j

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0058-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0058

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts AA and BB on 2W114- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts Z and d on 2W114-J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0058-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 272 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0060
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0240
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0287
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 4, WP 0669
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0762
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 2 to 40 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 2 to 40 ohms between contacts P and V on 3W105-
P32.

Does multimeter show 2 to 40 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0059-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• M and P
• M and V

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0059-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts f and g on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts P and V on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0059-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059

YES NO
13 14
Is vehicle equipped with J7 DECU (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 4) ? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). ure 3).
• Verify problem is solved. • Do TP 273 Follow-On Procedure (WP 0060).
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0059-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0060

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 273 OR TP 288 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 50 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 50 ohms between contacts m and AB on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show 5 to 50 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0060-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0060

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts P and R on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• m and s
• s and AB

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0060-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0060

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts d and e • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
on 2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts m and AB Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
on 2W114-J1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0060-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 274 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0062
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0171
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Materials/Parts Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Vol 4, WP 0596
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0702
Two Vol 4, WP 0756
Vol 5, WP 0927
References
Page xxxv

1
• Attempt to perform Throttle Control (TCNTL) adjustment
(Vol 2, WP 0171).

Does throttle control adjust properly?

0061-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • If problem is not solved, replace digital electronic control unit
• Test for 15 to 60 ohms between contacts m and n on (Vol 4, WP 0596).
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show 15 to 60 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 13.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• c and m
• c and n

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable • Go to block 24.
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 10.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0061-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061

From block 9

10
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 5

13
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts m and n on
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
14 15
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 2W105-7/P6. • Go to block 21.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts m and n on
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0061-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061

YES NO
16 17
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 18.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 17

18
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts m and n on
2W105-7/P8.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
19 20
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 15

21
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
22 23
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0061-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061

From block 7

24
Is vehicle equipped with J7 DECU (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig-
ure 4) ?

NO YES
25 26
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved. • Do TP 275 Follow-On Procedure (WP 0062).
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Branched wiring harness 2W105-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0061-5/6 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 275 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
Personnel Required Vol 5, WP 0927
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for 15 to 60 ohms between contacts j and k on 2W702-
7/P6.

Does multimeter show 15 to 60 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 11.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• c and j
• c and k

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0062-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062

YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Branched wiring harness 2W105-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 7

8
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
9 10
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

0062-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062

From block 3

11
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts j and k on
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
12 13
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W105-7/P6. • Go to block 19.

NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts j and k on
2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
14 15
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 16.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 15

16
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts j and k on
2W105-7/P8.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0062-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062

YES NO
17 18
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 13

19
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
20 21
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0062-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 280 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0064
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0240
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0287
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 4, WP 0669
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0762
Two

References
Page xxxv

Does multimeter show 2 to 40 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

0063-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts K and L on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

0063-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• D and L
• H and L

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts j and k on • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts D and H on Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W114-J1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

0063-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063

NO YES
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). ure 3).
• Verify problem is solved. • Do TP 281 Follow-On Procedure (WP 0064).
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0063-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0064

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 281 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

Does multimeter show 5 to 50 ohms?

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0064-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0064

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts H and J on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• S and X
• X and b

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0064-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0064

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts h and i on • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts S and b on Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W114-J1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0064-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0065

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 282 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two

References
Page xxxv

WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 35 to 60 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 35 to 60 ohms between contacts Y and n on 3W105-
P32.

Does multimeter show 35 to 60 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32 • Go to block 10.
listed below:
• Y and h
• h and n

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for either test?

0065-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0065

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts y and z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts Y and n on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).

0065-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0065

From block 3

10
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0065-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 296 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
Personnel Required Vol 5, WP 0927
Two

References
Page xxxv

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for 15 to 60 ohms between contacts on 2W702-7/P6
listed below:
• j and k
• m and n

Does multimeter show 15 to 60 ohms for both sets of

contacts?

YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 11.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact c and contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• j, k, m and n

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0066-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066

YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
differential transformer (RVDT) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Branched wiring harness 2W105-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).

From block 7

8
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0066-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066

From block 3

11
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable
differential transformer (RVDT) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).

NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• j and k
• m and n

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
12 13
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W105-7/P6 listed • Go to block 19.
below:
• A and B
• D and E
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W702-7/P6
listed below:
• j and k
• m and n

Does multimeter show continuity for both sets of contacts?

0066-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066

From block 15

16
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W105-7/P8 listed
below:
• j and k
• m and n

Does multimeter show continuity for both sets of contacts?

From block 13

19
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0066-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0067

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 301 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0585
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0642
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (HPDU RSM 1).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is RSM 1 circuit breaker tripped?

0067-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0067

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 11 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and G on 2W107-8/P2.
• Test for continuity between 9 and 11 on breakout box.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0067-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0067

NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P1 from J6 on hull power distribution • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W107-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W107-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 1 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W107-8 (Vol 4,
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). WP 0642).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 11 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P1 from J6 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 11 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
13 14
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W107-8 (Vol 4, • Connect 2W107-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 1
WP 0642). (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0067-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0068

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 302 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No.7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0576
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0756
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-10
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU DID).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DID circuit breaker tripped?

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

0068-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0068

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P5 from J1 on driver's integrated dis- • Verify problem is solved.
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Connect jumper between 9 and 20 on breakout box.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and m on
2W105-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P1 from J14 on hull power distribution • Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W105-7/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and m on
2W105-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W105-7/P5 to J1 on driver's integrated display • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.

0068-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0068

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P7 from J1 on driver's integrated dis-
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch on CDU to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 20 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P1 from J14 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch on CDU to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 20 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
13 14
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7. • Connect 2W105-7/P5 to J1 on driver's integrated display
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0068-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0069

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 303 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0586
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0644
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (HPDU RSM 2).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is RSM 2 circuit breaker tripped?

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

0069-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0069

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and G on 2W109-8/P2.
• Test for continuity between 9 and 12 on breakout box.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P1 from J8 on hull power distribution • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W109-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W109-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 2 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W109-8 (Vol 4,
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). WP 0644).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

0069-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0069

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 12 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P1 from J8 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 12 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
13 14
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W109-8 (Vol 4, • Connect 2W109-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 2
WP 0644). (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0069-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 304 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0587
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0643
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (HPDU RSM 3).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is RSM 3 circuit breaker tripped?

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

0070-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and G on 2W108-8/P2.
• Test for continuity between 9 and 13 on breakout box.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P1 from J7 on hull power distribution • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W108-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W108-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 3 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W108-8 (Vol 4,
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). WP 0643).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

0070-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 13 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P1 from J7 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 13 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
13 14
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W108-8 (Vol 4, • Connect 2W108-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 3
WP 0643). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070.1

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 307 or TP 380 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching
module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and G on
2W105-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W105-7.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W105-7/P2 listed below:
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms?

YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W105-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070.1-1/2 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 308 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 12
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0287
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0596
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0669
Two Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
References
Vol 4, WP 0762
Page xxxv
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0771.14
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0771.15
Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
NOTE
If master power has been shut off, rerun BIT/FIT. Make sure
master power is left on before continuing.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DECU circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DECU circuit breaker tripped?

0071-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 17.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 6.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• A and B
• B and T
• C and D
• D and T

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2 • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W105-7/P2 to J4 on remote switching module 1 • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts on 2W702-7/P6
listed below:
• A (-) and B (+)
• C (-) and D (+)

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc for both tests?

Change 1 0071-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071

NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 24.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W105-7/P2 listed
below:
• A and C
• B and D
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W702-7/P6 listed
below:
• A and C
• B and D

Does multimeter show continuity for both pairs of con-

tacts?

NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2 • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W105-7/P8 listed • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
below: • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• A and C • Verify problem is solved.
• B and D

Does multimeter show continuity for both pair of contacts?

NO YES
15 16
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Connect 2W105-7/P2 to J4 on remote switching module 1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0071-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071

From block 5

17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DECU circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 29.
• Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DECU circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
ure 3). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
fuel system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Verify problem is solved.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DECU circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
22 23
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness • Replace electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287).
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0071-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071

From block 12

24
Is vehicle equipped with Power Interface Box (PIB) (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 25) ?

YES NO
25 26
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Disconnect 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W526-E/P1 listed
below:
• R and S
• T and U

Does multimeter show continuity for both tests?

YES NO
27 28
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace wiring harness 2W526-E (Vol 4, WP 0771.15).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

0071-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071

From block 19

29
Is vehicle equipped with Power Interface Box (PIB) (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 25) ?

YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W526-E/P2 from P3 on V3 sidecar (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 12).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W526-E/P1 listed
below:
• R and S
• T and U

Does multimeter show continuity for both tests?

YES NO
32 33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace V3 sidecar (Vol 4, WP 0771.14).
• Disconnect 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
• Connect jumpers between contacts no breakout box listed
below:
• 15 and 16
• 17 and 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DECU circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
34 35
• Connect 2W526-E/P2 to P3 on V3 sidecar (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Replace wiring harness 2W526-E (Vol 4, WP 0771.15).
Figure 12). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0071-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0072

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 309 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 AIM).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is AIM circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 8.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P2 from J3 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts A (-) and B (+) on
2W702-7/P2.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W702-7/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W702-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0072-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0072

YES NO
6 7
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
From block 3 • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.

8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P2 from J3 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 AIM).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is AIM circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W702-7/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
11 12
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0072.1

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 310 or TP 366 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0587
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0646
Item 167)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching
module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts R and G on
2W114-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go (Vol 4, WP 0646).
immediately to block 5. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W114-8/P1 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms?

YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 4, WP 0646).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072.1-1/2 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0073

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 311 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0646
Vol 4, WP 0771.10
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-10
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-23-2
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 POS/NAV
UNIT).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is POS/NAV UNIT circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 8.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 from J1 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts A (-) and B (+) on
2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace position/navigation unit.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 from J4 on remote • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W114-8/P1
or 2W114-7/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0073-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0073

YES NO
6 7
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8 (Vol 4,
• Verify problem is solved. WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 from J1 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 POS/NAV
UNIT).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is POS/NAV UNIT circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace position/navigation unit.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 from J4 on remote • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 POS/NAV
UNIT).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is POS/NAV UNIT circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
11 12
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 4, WP 0587). WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0073-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0074

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 317 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0563
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0633
References Vol 4, WP 0739
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0758
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4

WARNING
Do not touch contacts while disconnecting or connecting
connectors. Power is present on some pins even with
MASTER POWER SWITCH set to OFF and can cause
serious injury or death.

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0633).
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to
block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact R and contacts on
2W156-7/P3 listed below:
• connector body
• all other contacts

Does multimeter shows less than 5 ohms?

0074-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0074

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 from J1 on prime • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
power controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9) or (Vol 2, • Verify problem is solved.
WP 0251, Figure 4).

Does multimeter shows less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, • Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit
Figure 8) ? (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Replace prime power controller (Vol 4, WP 0563).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P2 from 2W147-7/J1 • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter shows less than 5 ohms? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power controller
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W147-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0739). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0074-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0075

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 321 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1144
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of tests and go immediately to
block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact T and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W112-8/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P2 from J1 on vehicular personnel • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
heater (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace vehicular heater (Vol 6, WP 1144).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0075-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0076

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 322 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1144
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P2 from J1 on vehicular personnel
heater (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set heater FAN switch to ON.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 18 to 30 V dc, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 5 (+) on breakout box and
chassis ground (-).

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 6.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set heater FAN switch to ON.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

0076-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0076

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P2 to J1 on vehicular personnel heater
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

6
• Replace vehicular heater (Vol 6, WP 1144).
• Verify problem is solved.

Does symptom still exist?

YES NO
7 8
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0076-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0077

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 323 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1144
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P2 from J1 on vehicular personnel
heater (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set HEATER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 7 (+) on breakout box and
chassis ground (-).

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 6.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact P and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W112-8/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0077-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0077

From block 3

6
• Replace vehicular heater (Vol 6, WP 1144).
• Verify problem is solved.

Does symptom still exist?

YES NO
7 8
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0077-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0078

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 324 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 13
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0555
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0562
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0672
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0758
WP 0021
Vol 2, WP 0240

13
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, Fig-
ure 8), disconnect 2W147-7/P1 from J1 on relay box (Vol 2,
WP 0251, Figure 8).
• Disconnect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 from J1 on prime
power controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9) or (Vol 2,
WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 15.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W156-7/P3 listed below.
• W and connector body
• W and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
14 15
NOTE • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8).
block 17. • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power
controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
2W156-7/P1 listed below.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• E and connector body
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• E and all other contacts
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• G and connector body
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• G and all other contacts • Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
16 17
• Connect 3W103-P1 to 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8).
• Connect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 to J1 on prime power • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power
controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9). controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Replace voltage regulator (Vol 4, WP 0562). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0078-5/6 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 325 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1177
Materials/Parts Vol 7, WP 1415
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set turret circuit breaker HPDU AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP
to OFF.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Reduce system hydraulic pressure to zero
(Vol 7, WP 1415).
• Set turret circuit breaker HPDU AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP
to ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU AUX HYDRAULIC
PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 16.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 18 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

0079-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P4 from J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P4 listed
below:
• A and C
• A and E
• B and D
• B and F

Does multimeter show continuity between each pair of

contacts?

NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution • Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6,
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). WP 1177).
• Connect jumpers between contacts on 2W112-8/P4 listed • Verify problem is solved.
below:
• A and B
• C and D
• E and F
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P1 listed
below:
• A and B
• D and E
• L and M

Does multimeter show continuity between each pair of

contacts?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P4 listed Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
below: • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654).
• A and C • Verify problem is solved.
• A and E • This symptom may be caused by multiple faults. Go to
• B and D block 8 and continue testing.
• B and F

Does multimeter show continuity between each pair of

contacts?

0079-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W112-8/P4 to J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3). • This symptom may be caused by multiple faults. Go to
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution block 10 and continue testing.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P1 listed
below:
• A and D
• A and L
• B and E
• B and M

Does multimeter show continuity between each pair of

contacts?

YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit • Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6,
WP 1177).
Does symptom still exist? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
14 15
• Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6, • Problem solved.
WP 1177).
• Verify problem is solved.

0079-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079

From block 3

16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P4 from J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
NOTE
Leave jumper connected for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between 8 and 2 on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU AUX
HYDRAULIC PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
17 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6,
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution WP 1177).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU AUX
HYDRAULIC PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
19 20
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P4 to J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0079-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0080

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 326, TP 327, OR TP 332 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Equipment Condition Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Look for any CAUTION/WARNING messages on Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 5
driver's integrated display. If present, refer to Vol 4, WP 0585
TM 9-2350-388-10 and check hull circuit breaker Vol 4, WP 0616
status on circuit breakers listed below: Vol 4, WP 0640
RSM 1 HEADLIGHT HI BEAM Vol 4, WP 0760
RSM 1 HEADLIGHT LOW BEAM Vol 4, WP 0761
RSM 1 HEADLIGHT BO MARKER

References
Page xxxv

0080-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 328 OR TP 330 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 15
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 16
Materials/Parts Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 18
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 19
Wood block, 8 x 8 x 18-inch, make from lumber Vol 4, WP 0585
(Vol 7, WP 1434, Item 105) (4 required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Equipment Condition Vol 4, WP 0673
Tank parked on level ground Vol 4, WP 0755
Tracks blocked front and rear Vol 5, WP 0774
Parking brake set Vol 5, WP 0790
References Vol 5, WP 0806
Page xxxv Vol 5, WP 0814
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 5, WP 0923
Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 8 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to 3W104-9/TJ1 on transmission us-
ing CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 3 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 8).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected until told to move them and go immediately to
block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between test point 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, and 14

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms at any test point?

YES NO
2 3
Did multimeter show less than 5 ohms at test point • Go to block 14.
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 11?

0081-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

YES NO
4 5
• If disconnected, connect 3W104-9/P13 to J1 on steer • Go to block 32.
downshift switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 18).
• Release parking brake.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Does multimeter still show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Set parking brake. • Go to block 42.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).

Does multimeter still show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
8 9
Is multimeter connected between 1 and 6 on breakout box as • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
a result of test in block 1 ? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
10 11
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2, • Go to block 47.
WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Disconnect internal harness lead from solenoid lead
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 19) listed in Table 1 that shows less Table 1
than 5 ohms. If black test
probe is Disconnect From
Does multimeter now show less than 5 ohms? connected to internal harness solenoid
contact lead lead
4 A A
5 B B
6 C C
7 D D
8 E E
11 H H
12 J J
14 K K

0081-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

NO YES
12 13
• Replace 24-volt transmission solenoid (Vol 5, WP 0790) • Transmission internal harness is faulty, replace transmission
that was disconnected in block 10. assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

14
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P6 from J1 on shift control assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, and 12

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms between any test

point?

YES NO
15 16
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms at test point 8? • Go to block 27.

NO YES
17 18
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module • Go to block 35.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P6 listed in Table 2. Table 2
(-) probe (+) probe
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
A, B, C, D, H, and Connector body
J and all other
contacts

0081-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

NO YES
19 20
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
2W162-8/P3 listed in Table 3. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.

Table 3
(-) probe (+) probe
H, J, K, a, b, and c Connector body
and all other
contacts

NO YES
21 22
• Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Verify problem is solved.
Figure 3).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W103-7/P3 listed in Table 4. Table 4
(-) probe (+) probe
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
9, 14, 23, 33, 36 Connector body
and 44 and all other
contacts

0081-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

NO YES
23 24
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
2W103-7/J2 listed in Table 5. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

Table 5
(-) probe (+) probe
B, C, D, F, H, and Connector body
J and all other
contacts

YES NO
25 26
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). ure 3).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

0081-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

From block 16

27
• Connect jumper between contacts M and U on
2W162-8/P6.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 SHIFT SELECT
ASSEMBLY).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10

Is SHIFT SELECT ASSEMBLY circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
28 29
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace shift control assembly (Vol 5, WP 0923).
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P4 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 31
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P4 listed below:
• F and connector body
• F and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
30 31
• Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly • Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.

0081-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

From block 5

32
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P13 from J1 on steer downshift switch
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 18).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected until told to move them and go immediately to
block 34.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 12 and 14

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
33 34
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go back to block 4.
ure 3).
• Replace full steer downshift push switch (Vol 5, WP 0806).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 18

35
• Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P4 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and 8 (+) on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
36 37
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0081-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

YES NO
38 39
• Connect 2W162-8/P4 to J6 on remote switching module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
40 41
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 7

42
• Set parking brake.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, record test point.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between test points on breakout
box listed below:
• 1 (-) and 34 (+)
• 1 (-) and 35 (+)

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms between either

pair of test points?

0081-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081

YES NO
43 44
• If multimeter showed less than 5 ohms at test point 33 or 34, • Transmission solenoid X or internal harness is faulty,
disconnect 3W104-9/P5 from J1 on left parking brake signal replace transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 16). • Verify problem is solved.
• If multimeter showed less than 5 ohms at test point 35 or 36,
disconnect 3W104-9/P3 from J1 on right parking brake sig-
nal switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 33, 34, 35, and 36

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms at any test point?

NO YES
45 46
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2, • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
WP 0250, Figure 12). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• If 3W104-9/P5 is disconnected from J1 on left parking brake Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
signal switch, replace left brake apply shaft cover assembly • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
(Vol 5, WP 0774). • Verify problem is solved.
• If 3W104-9/P3 is disconnected from J1 on right parking
brake signal switch, replace right brake apply shaft cover
assembly (Vol 5, WP 0774).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 11

47
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, record test point.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between test points on breakout
box listed below:
• 1 (-) and 33 (+)
• 1 (-) and 36 (+)

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms between either

pair of test points?

NO YES
48 49
• Reconnect multimeter between 1 (-) and 6 (+) on • Go back to block 43.
breakout box.
• Go back to block 10.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0081-9/10 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0082

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 329 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0648
Vol 6, WP 1149
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P4 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for 500 to 670 ohms between contacts C (-)
and D (+) on 2W162-8/P4.

Does multimeter show 500 to 670 ohms?

NO YES
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts C (-) • Go to block 8.
and D (+) on 2W162-8/P4.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P5 from J1 on personnel heater elec- • Go to block 9.
trical fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect jumper between contacts 1 and 2 on 2W162-8/P5.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W162-8/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P2 from J1 on fire extinguisher
amplifier (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 1 FIRE
EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is FIRE EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER circuit breaker

tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace fire extinguisher control amplifier (Vol 7, WP 1245).
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P1 from J5 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 1 FIRE
EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is FIRE EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER circuit breaker

tripped?

0085-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0085

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W111-7/P2 to J1 on fire extinguisher amplifier • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W111-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0653).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0085-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0086

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 335 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 7, WP 1375
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P10 from J1 on system prioritization
regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 2 NBC BLEED
AIR OFF/ON).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is NBC BLEED AIR OFF/ON circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace system prioritization regulating valve
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- (Vol 7, WP 1375).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 4.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact Y and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0086-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0086

YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Connect 3W104-9/P10 to J1 on system prioritization
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact z and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P10 to J1 on system prioritization
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/J2. regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P6 to J7 on remote switching module 2 • Connect 3W104-9/P10 to J1 on system prioritization
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0086-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0087

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 336 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0444
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0586
Vol 4, WP 0755
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P4 from J1 on auxiliary fueling
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFER RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 RIGHT FUEL
XFR SOL).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is RIGHT FUEL XFR SOL circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace fueling manifold (Vol 4, WP 0444).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact D and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P4 to J1 on auxiliary fueling manifold
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0087-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0088

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 337 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 16
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0665
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 7, WP 1326
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P2 from J1 on pressure regulating flow
valve (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 2 NBC
PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is NBC PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE circuit breaker

tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pressure regulating flow valve (Vol 7, WP 1326).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 16).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact F and contact E
and connector body on 2W103-7/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0088-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0088

NO YES
4 5
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact b and all other • Connect 2W118-9/P2 to J1 on pressure regulating flow valve
contacts and connector body on 2W118-9/P1. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W118-9/P2 to J1 on pressure regulating flow valve • Connect 2W103-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17). (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W118-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0665).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0088-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0089

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 338 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W103-7/P1
listed below:
• C and connector body
• C and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P2 from J1 on radiological warning • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
device or dummy receptacle (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 2 • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Radiological warning device or dummy receptacle is faulty. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Notify your supervisor. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0089-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0090

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 339 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 6, WP 1178
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact a and contacts on
3W104-9/P1 listed below:
• A
• b
• Connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P9 from J1 on main hydraulic • Go to block 6.
centrifugal pump (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Replace main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved.

0090-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0090

From block 3

6
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact a and contacts on
2W103-7/J2 listed below:
• A
• b
• Connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
7 8
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
9 10
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0090-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0091

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 340 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P4 from J1 on auxiliary fueling
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFR LEFT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 LEFT FUEL
XFR SOL).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is LEFT FUEL XFR SOL circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace fueling manifold (Vol 4, WP 0444).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact K and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0091-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0092

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 341 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P14 from J2 on system prioritization
regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 2 NBC BLEED
AIR LOW/HI).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is NBC BLEED AIR LOW/HI circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace system prioritization regulating valve
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- (Vol 7, WP 1375).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 4.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact W and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0092-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0092

YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Connect 3W104-9/P14 to J2 on system prioritization regu-
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). lating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact r and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P14 to J2 on system prioritization regu-
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/J2. lating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P6 to J7 on remote switching module 2 • Connect 3W104-9/P14 to J2 on system prioritization regu-
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). lating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0092-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0093

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 342 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0444
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set FUEL XFR RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 FRONT FUEL
XFR PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is FRONT FUEL XFR PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 8.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P7 from J1 on cam actuated electrical
fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFR RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 FRONT FUEL
XFR PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is FRONT FUEL XFR PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace cam actuated electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- WP 0444).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0093-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0093

YES NO
6 7
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P7 to J1 on cam actuated electrical fuel
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P7 from J1 on cam actuated electrical
fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFR RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts A (-) and B (+) on
2W103-7/P7.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace cam actuated electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- WP 0444).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W103-7/P6.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W103-7/P7.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W103-7/P7 to J1 on cam actuated electrical fuel • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0093-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0094

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 343 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0454
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0503
Vol 4, WP 0508
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0586
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0663
References Vol 4, WP 0700
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0199
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 RIGHT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is RIGHT REAR FUEL PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to FS-1, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message(s)
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P2 from J1 on right rear fuel pump Appears On Display (Vol 2, WP 0199).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 RIGHT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is RIGHT REAR FUEL PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

0094-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0094

YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 12.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P3 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W158-8/P3.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P6 from J1 on water separator control • Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump
module (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Connect 2W158-8/P3 to J5 on remote switching module 2
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Replace water separator control module (Vol 4, WP 0503).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump • Connect 2W158-8/P3 to J5 on remote switching module 2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect 2W159-8/P6 to J1 on water separator control mod- • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
ule (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.

0094-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0094

From block 5

12
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W161-P1 from SV on water separator control
module (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and connector
body and contact A on 2W161-P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump • Go to block 17.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Disconnect 2W161-P2 from J1 on water separator solenoid
valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and connector
body and contact A on 2W161-P2.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
15 16
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W161. • Connect 2W161-P1 to SV on water separator control mod-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ule (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace solenoid valve (Vol 4, WP 0508).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0663). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 14

17
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and connector
body and contact A on water separator control module SV.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
18 19
• Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump • Connect 2W161-P1 to SV on water separator control mod-
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). ule (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Replace water separator control module (Vol 4, WP 0503). • Replace right rear in-tank electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Verify problem is solved. WP 0454).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0094-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0095

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 344 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0005
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0647
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
NOTE
Leave master power on.
• Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 DRIVER DTV).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DRIVER DTV circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
2 3
Is 2W104-8/P2 connected to A1J1 on driver's vision en- • Go to block 10.
hancer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7) ?

0095-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0095

YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set hull circuit breaker RSM 2 DRIVER DTV to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P2 from A1J1 on driver's vision en- • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
hancer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7). • Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to OFF.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. NOTE
• Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to ON. If you have reached this point, the driver's vision enhancer was
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts B (-) and A (+) on not installed.
2W104-8/P2. • Rerun FIT at CID (WP 0005).

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

NO YES
6 7
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching mod- • Replace driver's vision enhancer.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W104-8/P1. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W104-8/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W104-8/P2 to A1J1 on driver's vision enhancer • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0095-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0095

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P2 from A1J1 on driver's vision en-
hancer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 DRIVER DTV).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is DRIVER DTV circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching mod- • Replace driver's vision enhancer.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 13.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W104-8/P1
listed below:
• B and connector body
• B and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
13 14
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8. • Connect 2W104-8/P2 to A1J1 on driver's vision enhancer
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0095-3/4 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0096

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 345, TP 346, TP 349, OR TP 350 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
Vol 4, WP 0587
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0625
Two Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0700
References Vol 4, WP 0771.5
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Disconnecting harnesses may cause other messages to
appear.

1
• Determine which of the hull circuit breakers listed below trip
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• RSM 3 STOPLIGHT
• RSM 3 STOPLIGHT BO MARKER
• RSM 3 TAILLIGHT
• RSM 3 TAILLIGHT BO MARKER
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.

Is circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Connect 2W158-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 3 • Verify problem is solved.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.

Is circuit breaker tripped?

0096-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0096

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0097

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 347 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0590
Vol 4, WP 0702
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts T (-) and U (+) on
2W702-7/P4.

Does multimeter show 18 to 30 V dc?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact F and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W702-7/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0097-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0097

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse control
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0097-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0098

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 348 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 6, WP 1198
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P3 from J1 on hydraulic distribution
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set BILGE PUMP switch on driver's integrated display to
ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 BILGE PUMP
VALVE).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is BILGE PUMP VALVE circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hydraulic distribution manifold assembly
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- (Vol 6, WP 1198).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P1 listed below:
• C and D
• D and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P3 to J1 on hydraulic distribution
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0098-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0099

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 351 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0458
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0700
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0199

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 LEFT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is LEFT REAR FUEL PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to FS-1, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message(s)
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P1 from J1 on left rear fuel pump Appears On Display (Vol 2, WP 0199).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 LEFT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is LEFT REAR FUEL PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

0099-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0099

YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace left rear in-tank electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod- WP 0458).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W158-8/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W159-8/P1 to J1 on left rear fuel pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W159-8/P1 to J1 on left rear fuel pump • Connect 2W158-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0099-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0100

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 352 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0440
Vol 4, WP 0457
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0700
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
Does SMOKE GEN FUEL PUMP circuit breaker trip during
operation?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P3 from J1 on smoke generator pump
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set HULL LEFT and RIGHT REAR FUEL PUMP circuit
breakers on driver's integrated display to OFF.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
Rear fuel tanks draining procedure is being performed to apply
power to smoke generator fuel pump only. Ignore notes follow-
ing step 13 in rear fuel tanks draining procedure.
• Perform rear fuel tanks draining procedure steps to activate
smoke generator fuel pump (Vol 4, WP 0440).
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 SMOKE GEN
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is SMOKE GEN FUEL PUMP circuit breaker tripped?

0100-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0100

YES NO
4 5
• Perform rear fuel tanks draining procedure steps • Perform rear fuel tanks draining procedure steps
to de-activate smoke generator fuel pump to de-activate smoke generator fuel pump
(Vol 4, WP 0440). (Vol 4, WP 0440).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace smoke generator pump assembly (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching mod- WP 0457).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and contacts on
2W158-8/P2 listed below:
• Connector body
• A

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W159-8/P3 to J1 on smoke generator pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W159-8/P3 to J1 on smoke generator pump • Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show less than 50 ohms, leave test
probes connected for block 11.
• Test for less than 50 ohms between contacts A and B on
2W158-8/P2.

Does multimeter show less than 50 ohms?

0100-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0100

NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P3 from J1 on smoke generator pump • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W159-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contact Z and a on • Replace smoke generator pump assembly (Vol 4,
2W159-8/J1. WP 0457).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W159-8/P3 to J1 on smoke generator pump • Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0100-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0101

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 353 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 5, WP 0778
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P11 from J1 on filter bypass pressure
switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (AIM XMSN FILTER BY-
PASS SOL).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is XMSN FILTER BYPASS SOL circuit breaker tripped?

YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace filter bypass pressure switch (Vol 5, WP 0778).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 5.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 5 and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0101-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0101

NO YES
4 5
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact f and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P11 to J1 on filter bypass pressure switch
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/J2. (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact f and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P11 to J1 on filter bypass pressure switch
contacts and connector body on 3W104-9/P1. (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Connect 3W104-9/P11 to J1 on filter bypass pressure switch
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0101-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0102

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 354 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

From block 9

12
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W103-7/P5 listed below:
• M and connector body
• M and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
13 14
• Connect 2W118-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
ure 16). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace air temperature controller (Vol 4, WP 0588). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0102-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 355 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0448
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0458
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0648
Vol 4, WP 0650
References Vol 4, WP 0651
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0757
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 7, WP 1399
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0446

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (AIM FUEL SENSORS).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.

Is FUEL SENSORS circuit breaker tripped?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 12.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 5.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P3 listed below:
• R and S
• S and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

0103-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103

NO YES
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 26.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 6.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P3 listed below:
• T and U
• U and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P2 from 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 2W105-1-P1 from J1 on right front fuel level • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on right side Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1-J1 listed below: • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• 1 and 2 • Verify problem is solved.
• 2 and 5

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Repair or replace right side branched wiring harness • Replace right front fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 4,
2W105-1. WP 0448).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0650).
• Verify problem is solved.

0103-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103

From block 3

12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• a and b
• b and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
13 14
NOTE • Go to block 21.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• f and g
• g and connector body

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
15 16
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P3 from J1 on left rear fuel level liquid • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
17 18
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace left rear in-tank fuel level liquid transmitter
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? (Vol 4, WP 0458).
• Verify problem is solved.

0103-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103

NO YES
19 20
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Connect 2W131-8/P3 to J1 on left rear fuel level liquid
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 14

21
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P2 from J1 on auxiliary power unit
sensor assembly (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
22 23
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace auxiliary power unit sensor assembly (Vol 7,
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? WP 1399).
• Verify problem is solved.

NO YES
24 25
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Connect 2W131-8/P2 to J1 on auxiliary power unit sensor
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). assembly (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0103-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103

From block 5

26
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P1 from 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 10).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
27 28
• Disconnect 2W105-1-P1 from J1 on left front fuel level • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on left side Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1-J1 listed below: • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• 1 and 2 • Verify problem is solved.
• 2 and 5

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0103.4-1/2 blank Change 1

TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103.5

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 364 or TP 365 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching
module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts R and G on
2W158-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W158-8/P1 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts

0104-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0104

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts B and H on 2W107-8/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W107-8/P1 to J6 on hull power distribution unit • Replace branched wiring harness 2W107-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). WP 0642).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0104-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0105

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 401 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0602
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0654
Item 167)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

0109-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0109

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 3W103-P1 from 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
Figure 3). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts E and H on 2W156-7/J1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace generator branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
3W103. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0672).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0109-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0110

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 409 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0562
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0758
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

0110-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0110

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P1 from J1 on voltage regulator • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts M and N on
2W156-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace voltage regulator (Vol 4, WP 0562). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0110-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0111

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 410 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P1 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W111-7/P1 listed
below:
• L and M
• G and N

Does multimeter show continuity between both pairs of

contacts?

YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W111-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0653).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0111-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0112

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 412 OR TP 445 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0444
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and P on • Go to block 6.
2W103-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0112-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0112

YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
From block 3 • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

6
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P4 from J1 on auxiliary fueling
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W103-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W103-7/P6 to remote switching module 2 (2A103) • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace fueling manifold (Vol 4, WP 0444). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0112-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0113

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 416 OR TP 449 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 from J4 on remote
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and R on • Go to block 6.
2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 4, WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Verify problem is solved.

0113-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0113

From block 3

6
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 from J1 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W114-8/P2
or 2W114-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 to J4 on remote • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). (Vol 4, WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Replace position/navigation unit. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0113-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0114

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 417 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W702-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P2 from J3 on analog input module • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and F on 2W702-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0114-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0114

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 3 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0114-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0115

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 418 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts D and P on
2W162-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0115-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0116

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 419 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0702
Materials/Parts Vol 6, WP 1198
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P3 from J1 on hydraulic • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
distribution manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts E and G on 2W702-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 3 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hydraulic distribution manifold (Vol 6, WP 1198). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0116-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0117

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 425 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Materials/Parts Vol 5, WP 0923
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and N on
2W162-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P6 from J1 on shift control assembly • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts G and P on 2W162-8/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace shift control assembly (Vol 5, WP 0923). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0117-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0118

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 426 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0651
Electrical jumper (as required)

0121-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0122

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 431 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0576
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0756
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P3 from J8 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and L on
2W105-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0122-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0122

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P5 from J1 on driver's integrated dis- • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts G and S on 2W105-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0122-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0123

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 433 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0756
Materials/Parts Vol 5, WP 0927
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from RVDT-J1 rotary variable • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
differential transformer (2DT101) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Verify problem is solved.
ure 5).
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W105-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0123-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0124

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 434 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0667
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0756
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

0124-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0124

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
Figure 3). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and P on 2W105-7/J2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0124-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0125

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 435 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0287
Vol 4, WP 0596
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0702
References Vol 4, WP 0756
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0762
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts AD and AF on
3W105-P32.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114/J1 • Go to block 12.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for continuity between contacts GG and HH on 2W114-
P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0125-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0125

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P3 from J8 on analog input module Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts D and M on
2W105-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts F and S on 2W702-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2 • Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts F and S on 2W105-7/P8. • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

0125-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0125

From block 3

12
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Connect jumper between contacts F and U on 3W105-P33.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0125-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0126

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 436 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0673
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0755
Vol 5, WP 0814
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 2.
• Test for continuity between contacts E and Y on
3W104-9/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission • Go to block 6.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on 3W104-9/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0126-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0126

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Transmission internal harness is faulty, replace transmission Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

6
• Connect jumper between contacts E and Y on 2W103-7/J2.

• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module

(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts 46 and 66 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
7 8
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0126-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0127

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 437 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0588
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts 21 and 93 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P5 from J1 on temperature controller • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and K on 2W103-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0127-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0127

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace air temperature controller (Vol 4, WP 0588). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0127-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0128

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 438 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 16
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0665
Vol 4, WP 0755
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts 25 and 85 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
Figure 16). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and H on
2W118-9/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0128-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0128

YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W118-9.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Verify problem is solved. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0665).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0128-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0129

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 439 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0652
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0765
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P1 from J5 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts E and L on
2W110-7/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P7 from 2W160-J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and J on 2W110-7/P7.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0129-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0129

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W160. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0765).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0129-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0130

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 440 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0757
Vol 7, WP 1399
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts B and K on
2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and K on
2W131-8/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0130-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0130

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P2 from J1 on auxiliary power unit Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
electronic sensor (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Connect jumper between contacts 5 and 6 on 2W131-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W131-8/P4 to 2W702-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8.
ure 9). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace auxiliary power unit sensor (Vol 7, WP 1399). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0130-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0131

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 441 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0652
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P2 from J12 on hull power distribution • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W110-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0131-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0132

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 442 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0652
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P6 from J1 on hull/turret slipring • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts H and T on 2W110-7/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0132-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0132

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull/turret slipring assembly. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0132-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0133

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 443 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0652
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P3 from J1 on hull gyroscope • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts 5 and 6 on 2W110-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0133-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0133

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull gyroscope. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0133-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0134

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 444 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0586
Vol 4, WP 0649
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0700
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P3 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W158-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and P on • Go to block 6.
2W158-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0134-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0134

From block 3

6
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Connect jumper between contacts q and r on 2W158-8/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W158-8/P3 to remote switching module 2 (2A103) • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0134-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0135

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 446 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and P on
2W104-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0135-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0136

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 447 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0649
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0700
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W158-8/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and R on • Go to block 6.
2W158-8/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0136-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0136

From block 3

6
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Connect jumper between contacts L and M on
2W158-8/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0136-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0137

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 448 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and R on
2W158-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0137-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0138

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 457 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and N on
2W125-8/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W125-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0640).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0138-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0139

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 458 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and N on
2W105-7/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0139-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0140

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 519 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0458
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0757
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and L on
2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0140-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0140

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P3 from J1 on left rear Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Connect jumper between contacts 5 and 6 on • Verify problem is solved.
2W131-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W131-8/P4 to 2W702-7/J1 • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace left fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 4, WP 0458). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0140-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0141

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 520 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0650
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and L on
2W162-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P2 from right front 2W105-1-J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts 4 and 6 on
2W162-8/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0141-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0141

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace right side branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0650).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0141-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0142

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 528 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0755
Vol 7, WP 1386
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts 78 and 84 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect stubbing connector from 2W103-7/J4 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts T and Z on
stubbing connector.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace stubbing connector (Vol 7, WP 1386). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0142-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0143

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 529 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0755
Materials/Parts Vol 7, WP 1243
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 7, WP 1386
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P10 from stubbing connector or J1 on • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
auxiliary power unit fire sensor (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts E and F on
2W103-7/P10.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace APU fire extinguisher responder (Vol 7, WP 1243) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
or stubbing connector (Vol 7, WP 1386). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0143-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0144

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 532 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0592
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0648
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts f and g on
2W162-8/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch (2S107)-P1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
from 2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts G and J on driver's
hatch interlock switch (2S107)-P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0144-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0145

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 566 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0755
Materials/Parts Vol 7, WP 1243
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 7, WP 1386
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace APU fire extinguisher responder (Vol 7, WP 1243) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
or stubbing connector (Vol 7, WP 1386). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0145-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 572 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0600
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0636
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0717
Vol 4, WP 0719
References Vol 4, WP 0755
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 8) ?

NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 17.
• Check components listed below for signs of arcing, burnt or
melted insulation or obvious damage:
• terminal board 2W3 (Vol 4, WP 0636)
• harness 2W142-7 (Vol 4, WP 0719)

Do any components show signs of arcing, burnt or melted

insulation or obvious damage?

NO YES
4 5
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 2W142-7-E3 • Replace component or harness found faulty.
and chassis ground (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11). • For terminal board 2W3 (Vol 4, WP 0636).
• For harness 2W142-7 (Vol 4, WP 0719).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.

0146-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146

NO YES
6 7
• Manually reset APU circuit breaker. • Replace wiring harness 2W142-7 (Vol 4, WP 0719).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 27 and all other
contacts on 2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 2W103-7-E1 from terminal 4 on • Go to block 12.
APU circuit breaker (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11).
• Disconnect 2W103-7-E2 from terminal 5 on
APU circuit breaker (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11).

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
10 11
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace APU circuit breaker (Vol 4, WP 0717). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

Change 1 0146-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146

From block 9

12
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press POWER SOURCES pushbutton on DID.
• Press NATO UTL PWR A/M pushbutton to toggle NATO UTL
PWR A/M to M (Manual).

Does an APU CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION

message appear?

YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace APU circuit breaker (Vol 4, WP 0717).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts 27 and 28 on
2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace APU circuit breaker (Vol 4, WP 0717).
• Verify problem is solved.

0146-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146

From block 3

17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 18.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 27 and all
other contacts on 2W103-7/P3.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
18 19
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Change 1 0146-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0147

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 600 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0590
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0702
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0703
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7
(Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Test for continuity between 22 and 26 on breakout box.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Go to block 8.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9)
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and P on
2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0147-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0147

NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between N and P on 2W702-7/P5. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse • Verify problem is solved.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and P on
2W702-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for continuity between contacts F and G on
2W700-9/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
9 10
• Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0147-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 601 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0435
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0436
Vol 4, WP 0590
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0701
Vol 4, WP 0702
References Vol 4, WP 0703
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7
(Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Test for less than 10 ohms between 23 and 24 on breakout
box.

Does multimeter show less than 10 ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Go to block 8.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts H and M on
2W702-7/P5.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Reconnect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Test for continuity between 23 and 24 on breakout box.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0148-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9). unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for continuity between contacts X and Y on
2W702-7/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0148-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

From block 3

8
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 10 ohms between contacts N and P on
2W700-9/P1.

Does multimeter show less than 10 ohms?

NO YES
9 10
NOTE • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
Leave jumper connected for remainder of test. • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on 2W700-9/P1.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P2 from 2W701-9/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and P on
2W700-9/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go to block 27.
ure 21).
• Check for loose connections on 2W701-9/P1 thru P9 con-
nected to J1 thru J9 on pulse jet system solenoids 1 thru 9
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).

Are any connectors loose?

NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P1 from J1 on pulse jet system sole- • Connect loose connectors.
noid 1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P9 from J9 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 9 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and
contact D on 2W701-9/P9.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0148-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W701-9/P9 to J9 on pulse jet system solenoid 9 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P5 from J5 on pulse jet system sole- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
noid 5 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and • Verify problem is solved.
contact D on 2W701-9/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
17 18
• Connect 2W701-9/P5 to J5 on pulse jet system solenoid 5 • Go to block 30.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P3 from J3 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 3 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and
contact D on 2W701-9/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
19 20
• Connect 2W701-9/P3 to J3 on pulse jet system solenoid 3 • Go to block 37.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
21 22
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 1 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P2 from J2 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0148-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

NO YES
23 24
• Connect 2W701-9/P2 to J2 on pulse jet system solenoid 2 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 2 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P3 from J3 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 3 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
25 26
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9. • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 3 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 12

27
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on
2W700-9/P2.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P3 from J1 on pulse jet system
vacuum switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact D and E on
2W700-9/P3.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
28 29
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9. • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703). ure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace pulse jet system vacuum switch (Vol 3, WP 0435).
• Verify problem is solved.

0148-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

From block 18

30
• Connect 2W701-9/P5 to J5 on pulse jet system solenoid 5
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P7 from J7 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 7 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and D
on 2W701-9/P7.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
31 32
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1 • Go to block 42.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P7.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
33 34
• Connect 2W701-9/P7 to J7 on pulse jet system solenoid 7 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 7 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P6 from J6 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 6 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P6.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
35 36
• Replace pulse jet system solenoid 6 (Vol 3, WP 0436). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.

0148-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

From block 20

37
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W701-9/P3 to J3 on pulse jet system solenoid 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P4 from J4 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 4 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P4.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
38 39
• Connect 2W701-9/P4 to J4 on pulse jet system solenoid 4 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 4 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P5 from J5 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 5 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
40 41
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9. • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 5 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.

0148-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148

From block 32

42
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W701-9/P7 to J7 on pulse jet system solenoid 7
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P8 from J8 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 8 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P8.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
43 44
• Connect 2W701-9/P8 to J8 on pulse jet system solenoid 8 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 8 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P9 from J9 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 9 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P9.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
45 46
• Replace pulse jet system solenoid 9 (Vol 3, WP 0436). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0148-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0149

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 602 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0130
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, WP 0140
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test continuity between contacts B and K on 2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
2 3
• Test continuity between contacts C and L on 2W702-7/P5. • Do TP 440 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0130).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
4 5
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Do TP 519 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0140).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0149-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 603 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0246
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21
Pulse jet system test hose assembly (Vol 7, Vol 3, WP 0262
WP 1431, Figure 12) Vol 3, WP 0263
Vol 3, WP 0436
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0590
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0701
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0702
Three Vol 4, WP 0703
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0218

CAUTION
Do not run engine with PJS air cleaner assembly intake filter
elements removed unless powerpack is ground hopped and
ground hop filter is installed. Engine damaged could result.

NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• If you have a hard time hearing pulses with powerpack
installed, remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262) and repeat
this procedure. Install powerpack when troubleshooting is
complete.

0150-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If powerpack is removed from vehicle, do the following:
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263).
Do not start engine.
• Install pulse jet system test hose assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0246).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Test for greater than 1 V dc between 33 (-) and 27 (+) on
breakout box while holding throttle between 1550 and 1600
RPM until at least one cycle of pulses are heard (9 pulses,
approximately 4 minutes).

Does multimeter show greater than 1 V dc?

0150-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 14.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show less than 6K ohms, record test
points.
• Test for less than 6K ohms between test point 9 and test
points on breakout box listed below:
• 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11

Does multimeter show less than 6K ohms for all test

points?

YES NO
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 19.
It is important to read and understand the entire block before
starting test.
Firing order for pulse jet system solenoids are solenoid 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Each solenoid will be pulsed with 16 to 30 V dc for
a 100 millisecond period. A loud pulse should be heard when
each solenoid is fired. Duration between pulses is approxi-
mately 10 seconds. Pulsing should begin with solenoid number
1 approximately 2 minutes after engine speed is held above
1550 RPM, and run thru firing order 3 times (27 pulses).
Pulses are best heard when standing by the sponson air intake
grille on the left side of vehicle.
If repeating this test is necessary, return throttle to idle and set
hull circuit breaker RSM 3 PULSE JET SYSTEM to OFF and
then to ON (TM 9-2350-388-10) to reset the two minute timer
and solenoid firing order.
• Connect test probes to test points 9 (-) and 1 (+) on breakout
box (solenoid 1).
NOTE
Multimeters with auto ranging feature may not respond quickly
enough to capture reading. You may need to change multimeter
to use manual range.
• Prepare multimeter for dc voltage test (use +peak hold if
available).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Increase throttle to between 1550 and 1600 RPM and hold at
this speed.
NOTE
After holding throttle for approximately 2 minutes, you should
hear solenoid 1 fire when meter shows a voltage pulse.
• Listen for air pulse when meter shows a voltage pulse
followed by 8 more air pulses in 10 second intervals. Identify
which solenoid(s) do not fire by noting which air pulses are
not heard.

Were the first 9 air pulses heard with 10 second intervals?

0150-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

NO YES
6 7
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse • Verify problem is solved.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Select contact(s) in Table 1 for solenoid(s) that did not
produce an air pulse from test in block 4.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, record contacts.
• Test for less than 5 ohms on 2W700-9/P1 between con-
tact(s) selected from Table 1 and contacts listed below:
• Connector body
• All other contacts

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms between any

contacts?

YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P2 from 2W701-9/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W700-9/P2 that were recorded in block 6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

NO YES
10 11
• Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9.
ure 21). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W701-9 connector (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
listed in Table 1 from the jack (J1 thru J9) on the solenoid • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703).
where less than 5 ohms was found. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W700-9/P1 that were recorded in block 6.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms between any Table 1

contacts?
Solenoid 2W700-9 2W701-9
Contact Connector
1 R P1
2 T P2
3 W P3
4 X P4
5 a P5
6 b P6
7 e P7
8 f P8
9 j P9

0150-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9. • Replace pulse jet system solenoid that failed to produce air
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness pulse (Vol 3, WP 0436).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

14
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for greater than 1 V dc between contacts a (-) and
Z (+) on 2W702-7/P4.

Does multimeter show greater than 1 V dc?

NO YES
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Connect jumper between contacts Z and a on 2W702-7/P4. • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module • If problem is not solved, go to block 47 of Pulse Jet System
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). Checkout (Vol 2, WP 0218).
• Test for continuity between contacts D and E on
2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
17 18
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Go to block 26.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.

0150-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

From block 5

19
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 120 ohms between contacts on
2W700-9/P1 listed in Table 2 for recorded test points
from block 2.

Does multimeter show less than 120 ohms?

NO YES
20 21
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W700-9/P1 listed in
Table 2 for recorded test points from
block 2.
NOTE
If multimeter shows continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P2 from 2W701-9/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W700-9/P2 listed in
Table 2 for recorded test points from
block 2.

Does multimeter show continuity?

Table 2
Failed Test Points 2W700-9 2W701-9
Contacts Connector
9 and 1 R and S P1
9 and 2 T and U P2
9 and 3 W and V P3
9 and 4 X and Y P4
9 and 5 a and z P5
9 and 6 b and c P6
9 and 7 d and e P7
9 and 8 f and g P8
9 and 11 j and h P9

0150-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

YES NO
22 23
• Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9.
ure 21). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W701-9 connector (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
listed • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703).
in Table 2 for recorded test points from • Verify problem is solved.
block 2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on 2W701-9
connector.

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
24 25
• Replace pulse jet system solenoid that 2W701-9 connector • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
was disconnected from (Vol 3, WP 0436). unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.

0150-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150

From block 18

26
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 27.
• Connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• D and connector body
• D and all other contacts (except E)
• E and connector body
• E and all other contacts (except D)

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
27 28
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
29 30
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0150-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0151

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 604 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0590
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W702-7/P4 listed
below:
• Z and a
• b and c
NOTE
Leave jumpers connected for remainder of test.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.

Is PJS FAULT CAUTION message displayed on driver's

integrated display?

YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and F on
2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0151-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0151

YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse control • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
NOTE Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con- • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
nected and go immediately to block 6. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• F and connector body
• F and all other contacts (except G)
• G and connector body
• G and all other contacts (except F)

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • Verify problem is solved.

Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?

YES NO
8 9
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0151-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0152

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 605 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts Z and e on
2W702-7/P5.

Does multimeter show continuity?

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0152-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0153

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 915 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Vol 4, WP 0592
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0648
TM 9-2350-388-10
Equipment Condition
Driver's hatch open.

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W162-8/P3 listed
below:
• V and s
• X and e

Does multimeter show continuity for both tests?

YES NO
2 3
• Close driver's hatch. • Go to block 8.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms,
go immediately to block 4.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P3 listed below:
• e and connector body
• e and all other contacts
• s and connector body
• s and all other contacts

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms?

0153-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0153

NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 from • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms,
go immediately to block 7.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2S107-P1 listed below:
• B and connector body
• B and all other contacts except C
• E and connector body
• E and all other contacts except F

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms?

YES NO
6 7
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8. • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

From block 3

8
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 from
2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, go immediately to
block 10.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2S107-P1 listed
below:
• A and B
• D and E

Does multimeter show continuity?

YES NO
9 10
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8. • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0153-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0154

FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 916 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE

INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0592
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 6, WP 1071
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)

References
Page xxxv

NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).

1
NOTE
Make sure master power is off.
• Close driver's hatch.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 from
2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts A and B
on driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1.

Does multimeter show greater than 100K ohms?

YES NO
2 3
• Manually push in and hold plunger on driver's hatch interlock • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
switch. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on driver's
hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 with plunger pushed in and
held and driver's hatch closed.

Does multimeter show continuity?

0154-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0154

YES NO
4 5
• Release plunger on driver's hatch interlock switch. • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
• Open driver's hatch. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on driver's
hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1.

Does multimeter show continuity?

NO YES
6 7
• Do driver's hatch lock and interlock switch bracket • Connect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 to 2W162-
adjustment (Vol 6, WP 1071). 8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0154-2
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Date you filled out
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4. this form.

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727, Your mailing address
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION Signature
Your Signature
Your Name

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, Your address Date you filled out this
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727, form
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED

SAMPLE

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

Your Name Your Signature

USAPPC V3.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION Signature

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION Signature

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION Signature

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION Signature

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

USAPPC V3.00
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

Official: GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.

General, United States Army
Chief of Staff

JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0831806

DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number (IDN) 372538
requirements for TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
PIN: 085199-000

TM 9-2350-292-10 Recovery Vehicle, Heavy, Full-Tracked M88A2
100% (1)
TM 9-2350-292-10 Recovery Vehicle, Heavy, Full-Tracked M88A2
484 pages
fm3 20
93% (15)
fm3 20
577 pages
Asv m1117 TM 9 2320 381 10 Operator Technical
100% (1)
Asv m1117 TM 9 2320 381 10 Operator Technical
924 pages
TB 9-2350-264-12&P-1 - M1A1 Abrams Tank Urban Survivability Kit (TUSK)
89% (9)
TB 9-2350-264-12&P-1 - M1A1 Abrams Tank Urban Survivability Kit (TUSK)
696 pages
TM 91425-688-10 - M98 Javelin Weapon System
100% (5)
TM 91425-688-10 - M98 Javelin Weapon System
332 pages
M2 Bradley M3 Turret Operators Manual TM 9-2350-252-10!2!1984
No ratings yet
M2 Bradley M3 Turret Operators Manual TM 9-2350-252-10!2!1984
737 pages
Tank, Combat, 120mm Challenger - Part 1 Automotive System
100% (15)
Tank, Combat, 120mm Challenger - Part 1 Automotive System
224 pages
Chieftain Tank Servicing Instruction Booklet FREE
100% (5)
Chieftain Tank Servicing Instruction Booklet FREE
28 pages
B GL 383 003 FP 001 Individual Battle Task Standards For Land Operations English 2006
100% (2)
B GL 383 003 FP 001 Individual Battle Task Standards For Land Operations English 2006
115 pages
TM 9-1015-203-12 Howitzher Light Towed 105mm M101A1
No ratings yet
TM 9-1015-203-12 Howitzher Light Towed 105mm M101A1
389 pages
TM-9-2350-256-10 (Manual M88a1) PDF
100% (1)
TM-9-2350-256-10 (Manual M88a1) PDF
796 pages
TM 9 2350 292 10
100% (2)
TM 9 2350 292 10
654 pages
"Tank, Combat, 120 MM GUN, Challenger" - Part 2 "Fighting Systems"
89% (19)
"Tank, Combat, 120 MM GUN, Challenger" - Part 2 "Fighting Systems"
439 pages
Tank T-80 Technical Manual
75% (4)
Tank T-80 Technical Manual
146 pages
TM 9-2320-387-10 (M1113)
100% (1)
TM 9-2320-387-10 (M1113)
279 pages
TM 9-2350-277-10. Operator's Manual For Carriers
100% (2)
TM 9-2350-277-10. Operator's Manual For Carriers
868 pages
Tanks T-64B and T-64B1 Technikal Manual and Description
67% (3)
Tanks T-64B and T-64B1 Technikal Manual and Description
136 pages
Peq-2a 11-5855-308-12&P
100% (5)
Peq-2a 11-5855-308-12&P
131 pages
TM - 9 2350 311 10 PDF
100% (1)
TM - 9 2350 311 10 PDF
10 pages
TM 9-2350-230-12 - Armored Reconnaissance/Airborne Assault Vehicle M551 Sheridan
75% (4)
TM 9-2350-230-12 - Armored Reconnaissance/Airborne Assault Vehicle M551 Sheridan
783 pages
TM 9 1220 239 34
100% (1)
TM 9 1220 239 34
130 pages
TM 5-3805-291-23-1
100% (2)
TM 5-3805-291-23-1
1,520 pages
STP 9 - 91a14 PDF
100% (1)
STP 9 - 91a14 PDF
420 pages
TM 9-2350-238-24p-2 Recovery Vehicle, Full-Tracked Light, Armored, m578
100% (2)
TM 9-2350-238-24p-2 Recovery Vehicle, Full-Tracked Light, Armored, m578
303 pages
TM 9 2350 311 10 OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR HOWITZER MEDIUM SELF PROPELLED 155MM 2004
100% (1)
TM 9 2350 311 10 OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR HOWITZER MEDIUM SELF PROPELLED 155MM 2004
763 pages
TM 9-1265-209-10 - STINGER - Miles - Sim. - M74 - 1984 PDF
No ratings yet
TM 9-1265-209-10 - STINGER - Miles - Sim. - M74 - 1984 PDF
73 pages
Operator's Manual M224 D00011
50% (2)
Operator's Manual M224 D00011
206 pages
TM 9 1015 234 10
No ratings yet
TM 9 1015 234 10
326 pages
Practical Guide to the Operational Use of the MK19 MOD3 Grenade Launcher
From Everand
Practical Guide to the Operational Use of the MK19 MOD3 Grenade Launcher
Erik Lawrence
No ratings yet
TAWHEED - Questions & Answers
86% (14)
TAWHEED - Questions & Answers
16 pages
Ajp - 01 (F) - V1 - 2022
No ratings yet
Ajp - 01 (F) - V1 - 2022
166 pages
TM 5-4210-249-13P-1
No ratings yet
TM 5-4210-249-13P-1
1,188 pages
Bradley M2 IFV Procedure Guides: Evaluation
100% (3)
Bradley M2 IFV Procedure Guides: Evaluation
101 pages
Tank Combat Full Tracked 105 MM Gun M1 2
No ratings yet
Tank Combat Full Tracked 105 MM Gun M1 2
881 pages
Tank Driver
100% (2)
Tank Driver
1,107 pages
Us Army Vehicle Identific
No ratings yet
Us Army Vehicle Identific
4 pages
T-64A Russian Main Battle Tank - Technical Manual
33% (3)
T-64A Russian Main Battle Tank - Technical Manual
48 pages
WG Brochure Pam-Catalogue 1019 v1 en
100% (3)
WG Brochure Pam-Catalogue 1019 v1 en
506 pages
A Mini Research For Math Grade 10
80% (10)
A Mini Research For Math Grade 10
5 pages
TM 9-2350-230-10 M-551A1 152mm Airborne Assult Vechicle
100% (3)
TM 9-2350-230-10 M-551A1 152mm Airborne Assult Vechicle
495 pages
M1a1 Tusk
100% (3)
M1a1 Tusk
696 pages
M2 M2A1 Bradley M3 M3A1 Turret Technical Manual TM 9-2350-252-20-2-3 1985
100% (3)
M2 M2A1 Bradley M3 M3A1 Turret Technical Manual TM 9-2350-252-20-2-3 1985
815 pages
TM 9-2350-258-34-1 Tank, Combat, Full Tracked 105-mm Gun M48A5 Hull 1977
100% (2)
TM 9-2350-258-34-1 Tank, Combat, Full Tracked 105-mm Gun M48A5 Hull 1977
116 pages
AFV Interiors - M1a2 Abrams
100% (1)
AFV Interiors - M1a2 Abrams
17 pages
TM 9-2350-247-10 M548a1 NSN 2350-01-096-9356 and M548a3 NSN 2350-01-369-6081
No ratings yet
TM 9-2350-247-10 M548a1 NSN 2350-01-096-9356 and M548a3 NSN 2350-01-369-6081
640 pages
TM 9-2350-238-10 Recovery Vehicle, Full-Tracked Light, Armored, m578
100% (3)
TM 9-2350-238-10 Recovery Vehicle, Full-Tracked Light, Armored, m578
291 pages
Challenger - Stowage Illustrations
100% (6)
Challenger - Stowage Illustrations
9 pages
TB 9 2350 292 10 PDF
100% (1)
TB 9 2350 292 10 PDF
61 pages
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved For Public Release Distribution Is Unlimited
100% (1)
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved For Public Release Distribution Is Unlimited
189 pages
Operators Manual - XM803 Pilot No 7
100% (2)
Operators Manual - XM803 Pilot No 7
552 pages
M1 Tank Development 2005 A476340 PDF
100% (1)
M1 Tank Development 2005 A476340 PDF
57 pages
TM 9 1025 211 20 and P
No ratings yet
TM 9 1025 211 20 and P
823 pages
TM 9 1265 373 10 1 HR PDF
No ratings yet
TM 9 1265 373 10 1 HR PDF
14 pages
TM 9-2350-238-34-2 Recovery Vehicle, Full-Tracked Light, Armored, m578
100% (1)
TM 9-2350-238-34-2 Recovery Vehicle, Full-Tracked Light, Armored, m578
327 pages
TM 9 1005 347 10 Machine Guncaliber 50m2a1 April 2011
No ratings yet
TM 9 1005 347 10 Machine Guncaliber 50m2a1 April 2011
169 pages
Mwo 9-2320-307-23-3
No ratings yet
Mwo 9-2320-307-23-3
28 pages
MCWP 3-14.1 Light Armored Vehicle 25 Gunnery and Employment
100% (2)
MCWP 3-14.1 Light Armored Vehicle 25 Gunnery and Employment
229 pages
Operator Information On m829 (Apfsds-T), M829a1 (Apfsds-T), m830 (Heat-Mp-T), m831 (TP-T) m865 (TPCSDS-T)
100% (1)
Operator Information On m829 (Apfsds-T), M829a1 (Apfsds-T), m830 (Heat-Mp-T), m831 (TP-T) m865 (TPCSDS-T)
34 pages
TM 9 2350 314 34 2
No ratings yet
TM 9 2350 314 34 2
783 pages
TM-9-2320-366-24P-1 Despiece M1038 PDF
No ratings yet
TM-9-2320-366-24P-1 Despiece M1038 PDF
1,496 pages
Soviet T-62 Main Battle Tank
From Everand
Soviet T-62 Main Battle Tank
James Kinnear
No ratings yet
U. S. Army Ordnance Research and Development In World War 2: A Review
From Everand
U. S. Army Ordnance Research and Development In World War 2: A Review
Ray Merriam
No ratings yet
Challenger 2: The British Main Battle Tank
From Everand
Challenger 2: The British Main Battle Tank
Robert Griffin
5/5 (4)
tm9-2350-264-10-1
No ratings yet
tm9-2350-264-10-1
696 pages
TM 9 2350 261 20 1 PDF
No ratings yet
TM 9 2350 261 20 1 PDF
1,233 pages
2023-iran-airdefense-systems-table-POL3813
No ratings yet
2023-iran-airdefense-systems-table-POL3813
1 page
CoE_KETfS_06.06.-20
No ratings yet
CoE_KETfS_06.06.-20
1 page
QG20 FinInv
No ratings yet
QG20 FinInv
6 pages
HSS-1 Seabat SAC - 15 March 1960
No ratings yet
HSS-1 Seabat SAC - 15 March 1960
6 pages
Mikoyan MiG - 29
No ratings yet
Mikoyan MiG - 29
22 pages
Kamov Ka - 27
No ratings yet
Kamov Ka - 27
1 page
C-124C Globemaster II CS - 14 September 1956 (Yip)
No ratings yet
C-124C Globemaster II CS - 14 September 1956 (Yip)
2 pages
MV-22 Osprey SAC - June 1986
No ratings yet
MV-22 Osprey SAC - June 1986
11 pages
C-119G Packet CS - 3 October 1955 (Yip)
No ratings yet
C-119G Packet CS - 3 October 1955 (Yip)
2 pages
FB-111A Aardvark SAC - November 1974
No ratings yet
FB-111A Aardvark SAC - November 1974
8 pages
USAF Almanac 1997 - Weapons
No ratings yet
USAF Almanac 1997 - Weapons
20 pages
SH-3H SAC - April 1972
No ratings yet
SH-3H SAC - April 1972
9 pages
PBY-6A Catalina SAC - 15 August 1948
No ratings yet
PBY-6A Catalina SAC - 15 August 1948
6 pages
B-gl-305-009pt-003 - Cougar Application of Fire 10 - November - 1982
No ratings yet
B-gl-305-009pt-003 - Cougar Application of Fire 10 - November - 1982
76 pages
History of US Special Forces II
100% (1)
History of US Special Forces II
5 pages
SAS HB 06 Weapons ID Ch9
No ratings yet
SAS HB 06 Weapons ID Ch9
18 pages
Boeing - 737 800 LSV3
No ratings yet
Boeing - 737 800 LSV3
11 pages
AFM 12-00 - Russian Airborne Command Posts
No ratings yet
AFM 12-00 - Russian Airborne Command Posts
4 pages
Beretta Law Enforce Catalog 2003
No ratings yet
Beretta Law Enforce Catalog 2003
24 pages
Level（3～4年级）2021澳洲AMC
No ratings yet
Level（3～4年级）2021澳洲AMC
12 pages
De On Tap Thi Giua Hoc Ky 1 Mon Tieng Anh Lop 3
No ratings yet
De On Tap Thi Giua Hoc Ky 1 Mon Tieng Anh Lop 3
25 pages
Aetna's First Amended Counterclaim
No ratings yet
Aetna's First Amended Counterclaim
38 pages
Artistic Personality
No ratings yet
Artistic Personality
4 pages
Current Electricity
No ratings yet
Current Electricity
19 pages
Converting A Drawing Into A .PDF File - VB
No ratings yet
Converting A Drawing Into A .PDF File - VB
5 pages
22.02.24 EU 2022 Digital Handbook - v02
No ratings yet
22.02.24 EU 2022 Digital Handbook - v02
44 pages
Differences Between Wind and Insect Pollination
No ratings yet
Differences Between Wind and Insect Pollination
14 pages
Section 354
No ratings yet
Section 354
6 pages
Upskilling - An Imperative Approach For Equipping Students of Fabrication and Welding Craft in Technical Colleges For Employment in The 21st Century
No ratings yet
Upskilling - An Imperative Approach For Equipping Students of Fabrication and Welding Craft in Technical Colleges For Employment in The 21st Century
15 pages
Promote Equality, Diversity and Inclusion in The Workplace: Multiple Choice Questions
No ratings yet
Promote Equality, Diversity and Inclusion in The Workplace: Multiple Choice Questions
3 pages
Mukesh Malhotra
No ratings yet
Mukesh Malhotra
3 pages
SMK Simanggang: Physics SPM Analysis Table (By Topic)
No ratings yet
SMK Simanggang: Physics SPM Analysis Table (By Topic)
4 pages
De8 888
No ratings yet
De8 888
3 pages
SCH PCB CPC
No ratings yet
SCH PCB CPC
1,193 pages
Template Isolette C2000 - 8000 New 2021
No ratings yet
Template Isolette C2000 - 8000 New 2021
3 pages
CUCM Video Series Region
No ratings yet
CUCM Video Series Region
9 pages
Heather Lee Resume
No ratings yet
Heather Lee Resume
1 page
PAS Bahasa Inggris SMA KEL 12 v2
No ratings yet
PAS Bahasa Inggris SMA KEL 12 v2
19 pages
How To Calculate or Design A Solar (PV) System
No ratings yet
How To Calculate or Design A Solar (PV) System
6 pages
SIPA SFR EVO Rotary-Blowing-Systems
No ratings yet
SIPA SFR EVO Rotary-Blowing-Systems
6 pages
202 TMA Secondary English 202 2022-23
No ratings yet
202 TMA Secondary English 202 2022-23
2 pages
Daftar Nama Pembagian Orang Tua Angkat Terbaru 2023
No ratings yet
Daftar Nama Pembagian Orang Tua Angkat Terbaru 2023
34 pages
2020-06-24 Earlier Fine PDF
No ratings yet
2020-06-24 Earlier Fine PDF
19 pages
The Filipino Values
No ratings yet
The Filipino Values
9 pages
The Beauty and The Beast Soprano and Alto
0% (1)
The Beauty and The Beast Soprano and Alto
1 page
Tax Cases
No ratings yet
Tax Cases
10 pages